Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
File 3 of 7 - Downtown Specific Plan Update - Public Hearing
.1 P.w[,TON REACH Rev. October 23 Huntington Beach DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO . ° e ° i ° 0 ° r' o �n m g 0 m \ al a •; yv � �. 9,Q., m m 9 a I ° � s o F \• 0. • +' din a 0 Sk sat n r, ra 7i ••.0n� �is 1P �'. a• at 1 If Legend Pedestrian m Main 0000 Route/Paseo ooStreet C t=Cultural Arts Area .,nSM _ LiGgrylGultural Arta • C Street Pacilitr 000 Pacific Coast I Primary Gaeeway/ m' a! Rignway Intersection a • m . C amtpm Trolley Route y Secondary Gateway/ Inteme Lion ;•``Up Pier Connection Reigfimorl,00d J \/ Connettbn . Bigcle Route O' Structr Parkin, HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN MAW WA `w., S IDY b, "P .,% 4 drj C S'gig' `Y n WOO" z A R >( 1' { gas WWW AMITY 1%lot s e , 'h R 1 r - .in-mill, WOO Tic; %UT ways 50 . c "Q 2C 4 .'� # t� � � 3 �. v e a.I to SKUY" on. can "YAWggTow Know MAN A MANZ'A wq Y yPon Vww QAO At IM .fa ,� r. n - m � s �`an } 05 IM a" ir ,✓ a (SS r'r 3 �' 'a"*' "�€�,'n .a2 ti.'" +#' r '� '.a t .t ip '`*' a`3' ,� _> HUklik, TbW BEACH .QbWN-TOWIN SPECIFI=C�PLAN°'NC? 5 DOWNTOWN �'SPEC"L.FfC P"LAND ' Rev.Oct 23 HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN NO. 5 BOOK � � HUNTINGTON BE.1CH _ —~-- —..____Adopted by City Council XXXX Prepared for: City of-Huntington Beach 2000 Main Street Huntington Beach,CA 92648 Prepared by: rrmdesigngroup creating environments people..enjoy HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN "SPECIFIC PLAN NO. �5- w DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN a 17 HUNTINGTON, BEACH DOWNTOWN, SPECIFIC PLAN NO. -5` '-DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN . Rev.Oct 23 TABLE OF CONTENTS Table of Contents Page No. Ch.apter..1....-. Introduction............... . ......... . .. ...................... .... .............. .......... ................ ......................... ...................................................1.-1. 1. 1...........Pu.rpose...a.n.d...l.nt.en.t............................................................................. ................................. . ...................... ..-�. 1. 2............6O u n.d.a.r............................................................................................................................... ........................................................................................................................................................�..-�. ...3.... .. ...Document.-Orga.nizatiOn................................................................................................. -3. ......................................................................... �......... 11.3.,1...............specific..Plan..as..a...Consolid.ated...Document................................................................................................................................................. ....17 1.,3.,.z............. tandards_vs.._Guidelines.................................................................................................................:.......................................................:..................................................1.73. _ 1.,.3.,.3.............. hapter._Organization...-............................................................................................................................ ....................................................................................... -4. 1...4......._-..Pla.nni...... Process......................-........._ ..................-....... ..................................................................................... ...........................,........................................................ .....�.-.5. 1,..40.,.............Existing.Co,nditio.ns................................................... ?.-6. 1 ......................................................................................................................................... 1..4,2.,............ o_mmunity..Outreach............................................................................................................................._......................... �.-.9................................................ 1.4,3.,............Existing..Issues.................................................................................................. .._...............................................................1.-.9. ................................................................................... 6 1...5............ p.ecific..Pla.n...1.nte.nt..................................................................................................................................... . �..-�.?- .......................................................................... . 1.,.5il1 .............Goals........................................... . .. . .. . . 1 12 1,5.,.z. Objectives-,and...Policies..................... ............................ ................................... 171.2 1.,5.,3.............Vision.... -�.4. ......................................................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................ 1,6,.... Downtown Desi ..n Conce . is .:.....1..-1.. 9 ' 1..6.�.,............Smart.Growth........................-.................................................................-.................................................................................................................................................... 9 1...6.2.,............N.ew..Urbanism........................................:. .. _....................................................I........... .-20. , I............................................................................................................................... ........... 1..6.3............Sustaina.ble...Desi.gn.................................................................................................. ......................... 1.-22. ....................................................................................................... j 1.,..6....4.,.......Cri.me...Prevention.Through..Environmenta.l.._Design............................................ ................. �-25. i C.hapter...2..-.Ad.m .n. strat o.n............... ............... ... ...........................................................................- .................................................................. ...........I.ntroducti_On................................................................................... ...................................................................................I..........27.1- ......................................................................................... 2..2...... ..Ad.o.pti....n...a.n.d...Auth.o.r...... ......... .......................... .. ..............2.-�. ................................................................................................................ ..................................:................................................................................................... . ..........2-�. z 4 Relation.shi.p..to..Existing.Plan.n.i.n.g.Do.currents...........................................................................: + ........ .• .. .......... ....................................2-2. 2•.4,1............City_of„H.untington,.Beach,_General...Pla.n........_.................................. ..........................................................................................................................2-? ,4,2,........... ity.of.Huntington.Beach.-Loca.l..Coasta.l..Program.. ..........................................................................:.............................. ...........2-2 Z,413.........City_of Huntington.Beach Zoning and Subdivision.Ordinance............ ...... ................................................Z-.2 � Z..5........Proced.u.res...Esta.bl Established.........................................................:...........................................................................................................................................:.......... ...2.-.3 12.,5.,11............CCoastal...Develo.pment.Pe.rm,it............................................:...... .......................................................--......................................................................... I z 5 z Permitted..Uses.........................................._.......... ._..........._.................................. ....................................................................._......................................................Z-3. i. k ....., .,.. ........... ! 2.,.5.,.3.,.......-..Admi.nistrative..Perm-it.........................._.................._.................................................................._............................................................................................................2-3 1 HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC ,PLAN, N0.A5, DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN - Table of Contents Page No. 2..5..4............. ondition,al...U.s.e...Pe,rmit.to..the...Zoning.,Ad.m.in,istra,tor...................................................................................................................2-3. 2..5.5............. onditional...Use...Permit.to the...Pla.nning_Commissio.n..................................................................................................................2.-3. 2...5..6............Specia.....Permit.......................................................................... ............ ...................................................... .......................................................................................................?-4. 2..5•.7...........variances.... ............. ........................ ..................................................... .....................................................................................................................................................................2-5. 2..5...8...........Temporary..Use,.Permit..................................................... ... .............................. .... ........................................................... ............................ .........................2-5. 2..5.9..........De5ign Review.......................................................................................................... ...............................................................................................................................................2.-5. _. 2..5..�0.......,Minor.Amendments...._....................... ................................2-5 -- —, ................................................................................................................................. 2. -1.1.............N.onconforming.Uses....................................... ........................ ....... ..............................._.. ............................................................................................:............... 76. 2..5..1.Z.........Ap.peals...._........._................._............................ ............................................................- ..................................... ......_......................................._.................._......._....-_........................2-7 2..6..........Amen,d.ments................................................................... ........................................................... ........................2.-.7. ?..7..........De......nit>.o.ns............. ... . ..... ...................................................................................... .................. z-.7 C.h.a.pt.er-..3:...-...La.n.d....Us.e.s...&....D_eve.Lo.D.m.e.nt...5ta,n.da.rd.S.........................................._.................. .1. Introduction 3-1. .z. General Provisions ......................................... ...... .3.-3 j 3.2..�...............Design..Guidelines.............................................................................................................................................................._.... ............................................................... ............3.-3. .2 z. Sustainable Development ment .......................................3-3. . 3.3.2..3............_Multi. property..Conso.l,i.d.at%ons............................................................ ... .. .....................................................................................................I..................3.. $ 3..2. 4.............Encr......Encroachments,:...................................................................................................... ...........................................-._.............................................................................................3-.4. 3. 2...5.............Street.Vacation.s..............................................................................._....................................................................................................................................-.................................3-.4. .z.6 Me.Ys................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. I t • 3 j 3.2..7............Private.,Access..Ways......................._....................................................:......................................................................................... 3-6 ..................................................... ht 3.z.8...........Accesso n Structugres Limits..................... ................................................................................................._.......................................... .......................................3.-.7. 3........9............................................. !.......................................................... .. ........................................ ........ ....... .................................. .......................................:..........................................................3.-.7. 3.2..m........l3vilding sepa.ration........................._....... ..............................__......::............................._................_.-......................................................:................,.._......................3-.7. s 3.241� ......... ubterra.nean...Development..... ....... ...................................................................................................................................-............................................................3-8. r ' 3.2.42......._L_andsca.p.i.n.g............................. ............................................... . .... . 3-.9. ............... 3 J,1.3.......Fences.,and.,Walls..._....._......................................... 3.-�0. ....................................................................................................................................................... 13.z.� Mixed-Use Pro'ects 1 . . ...4.. ..................................................I. . ...ts. ...................................................................................................................... ......................................................................................:................. 3......... 2 Minimum Dwellin Unit Size 12 g.......... .....3.-.. -. 3..2:.�.6..:.....Open..Space„for Multi-family.Res,id.ential Developme,nt.......................................................................................................3-�2. `. 3.z.�7.......Lighting for Multi-family.Residenti.a.l.Development ......... . .. ... ....... .. ............ ............... .................................. 3. �.3. 2 �8 $tora e S .ace for Multi-family..Residential Develo.pment...... .... .... .... ... .. . ........ ...........................3.13. , 3...... ............. .. ......g . . ..p...... . ......... . . 3.z..1.9... ...Refuse.and..Recydi.ng..Coll.ection.Areas .... ... ........ . .... ........ ......... ......... .......3..�.4 ..... .... ... . .. ... . HUNTINGTON° BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO: 5 : 'DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC 'PLAN Rev.Oct 23 Table of Contents Page No. 3..2...20.......Afordable..Ho.usi.n.g............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................3-1.4. 3.Z...21.,.........Res.identia.i...Buffers..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................3-1 3,Z.,22.,.......Signs.................................................................. ........... 3-1 6. .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 3.,2,23,......Awnings.................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................3.-z o. 3,2.,24�......Outdoor..Din ing....................................................................................... .....3-zo. ............................................................................................................................................................. 3.Z.,.25.,......O9tdoor..Displa.y...Areas..and..Sales.....................................................................................................................................................................................3-23. 3..Z..z6........Parking....:....................................................... 3_-26. ................................................ 3,2.,27.........Outdoor.Storage..........................................__............._........................................................................ ......................................3-.33. ........................................................................... z z8 Utilities ` z.z Water ualit ' f 3.,Z.,3o.........Resource..Production.............................................................................. 3-.35. 4 .......................................................................................................................................... ....... 3.,3, DlstriCt..S . ecific Provisions ............ ...3.-3.6 ...:.................................... .......................................................................................................................................... ................................... .................................................... 3. 3.0,.............District_?....-...Downtown..Core...Mixed-Us.e..............................................................................................................................................................3-37 . 13J,...........pistrict..2..-._Visitor-serving.Mixed-Use...................................................................... 3.-58. .......................................................................................... 3,3.,3.,..........District..3...-Visitor-servi.ng._Recreation....................................._............................._................................... :...3-68. 3.,3.4�_......._.Distri.0-4..-...Established Residential............................................................................................................................... ....... .................................3.-78. 3.3:,5.,...........District_5..-..Multi-...— .y..Residential......................_...................................................._...................................................................................... .....3-8.4. 3.3.6,..........District..6....-..Pier-related..Comm.ercial..................................................................._.......... o. ..............................................................................................3-.9... 3.,3.,7,_.........District.7....- Bea.ch................................. ............... .................3-95 1 f i i i j y � � I HU.NTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN this page intentionally left blank u _ i i 3 5 v HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFI'C -PLAN UPDATE I i Chapter 1 INTRODUCTION i C i i HUNTI_NGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN' UPDATE I this page intentionally left blank E i I HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN, UPDATE Rev.Octz3 1 - INTRODUCTION i I Chapter 1 - Introduction 1.1. Purpose and Intent The purpose of the Huntington Beach Downtown Specific Plan No. 5(hereafter,"Specific , Plan")is to create a unique and identifiable downtown for Huntington Beach that capitalizes on the unique location and features of the City's beachside downtown and is an economically vibrant, pedestrian-oriented destination for residents and visitors alike. This 2009 Specific Plan is an update to the 1983 Downtown Specific Plan and is part of a City-lead effort to ensure that planning regulations and guidelines provide direction with flexibility to accommodate both current and future development opportunities in the downtown area. A Specific Plan is a regulatory tool that local governments use to implement the City's General Plan and to guide development in a localized area. While the General Plan is the primary guide for growth and development in a community, a Specific Plan is able to focus on the{unique ! characteristics of a special area by customizing the planning process and land use regulations to that area. A Specific Plan is enacted pursuant to Section 6545o et seq of the California Government Code. S An overall goal of the Specific Plan is to promote orderly and viable development that meets the community's vision for the future of the downtown. This Specific Plan provides refinements to existing regulations where necessary to further the community goals and vision. E 1.2. Boundary The Specific Plan covers an area of 336 acres in the traditional and historic heart of the City of I Huntington Beach. A detailed description of the exact Specific Plan boundary can be found in Appendix A. Generally,the Specific Plan Area extends from the intersection of Goldenwest Street with Pacific Coast Highway and curves along the coastline, including the Huntington Beach Pier,down to Beach Boulevard. The inland boundary of the Specific Plan Area follows the prolongation of Sunrise Drive from Beach Boulevard to Pacific View Avenue where the boundary curves along Huntington Street and Atlanta Avenue. From Atlanta Avenue,the boundary flows j along Orange Avenue and continues up Lake Street to Palm Avenue where it connects over to Main Street and along Pecan Avenue to link down along 6th Street. From 6th Street,following i j along Walnut Avenue to Goldenwest Street, parcels within the first block adjacent to Pacific Coast Highway are included in the Specific Plan Area. All boundary lines follow the centerline of the affected street. Figure 1-1 shows the location of the Specific Plan Area within the City of Huntington Beach. HUNTI'NGT.ON BEACH DOWNTOWN SP&CIF[C PLAN -NO. 5 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN ' . _ i INTRODUCTION • V'ti mot. • �' •+. • .. E • ;' Borden , 1 w«mrlmw sow •.. '~s rAe,v.vfv� Mp %mil S V ` ,• ; NII Beach� anll• ,•r•r.• r `� + 1. I';' �� i 3 SIN b AM EN Huntington Beach loll Valley <' fNewport ar �A,A40 �� ea i3 �. paw L cnrulrunwmnrr 'S � •�D ♦ ''4 . � `� qtj , r rrrr r.rr.r„ru..= 1! q� •_Y yy U is ♦ '.- all by C Hill L� ��.� Y _`�� 11= � Legend N QSpecific Plan Boundary r Building Footprints Figure 1-1 City Location Map 1 1-2 HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN Rev.Oct 23 1 -.INTRODUCTION �.3. Document organization 1.3.1. Specific Plan as a Consolidated Document Prior to the adoption of this Specific Plan, development within the Specific Plan Area was subject to several City documents: the Downtown Specific Plan and Parking Master Plan, the,Huntington Beach Design Guidelines, and the Huntington Beach.Zoning and Subdivision .� _ Ordinance(hereafter,"HBZSO"). . } I Each of the above documents independently contain"excellent recommendations and'direction The California Chapter of the American Planning Association,awarded the Downtown Parking " a Master Plan an Honorable Mention for a Planning Project(199' and awarded the Huntington , Beach Design Guidelines an Award of Excellence zoos Additionally the Downtown Specific Plan helped to create development worthy of a Livable Community Award(1996)from the. i Southern California Association of Governments and Local Government Association and any , .a American Institute.of Architects Orange County Chapter Merit Award for fostering outstanding ; laces in the public realm. This Specific Plan consolidates previous recommendations from several documents with new development standards.and guidelines for ease of use: e This Specific Plan eliminates the Downtown Parking Master Plan concept and revises and incorporates those standards and policies,as well as new parking standards and strategies,into �� € this Specific Plan document. . Also, portions of the Huntington Beach Design Guidelines relevant only to this-Specific Plan . :, Area have been removed from that document, updated,and incorporated into this Specific Plan document in Chapter 4. Design Guidelines. Relevant portions of the HBZSO have either been incorporated into this document or are " a=C referenced for easy review. �.3.2. Standards vs. Guidelines ;wn " As this document contains both development standarcls_and design guidelines, it is important to make a distinction between the two types of regulations. Development standards are mandatory regulations that must be met by development:, i to which the standards apply.These standards are regulatory tools that are critical to the l performance of each use, such as building height, massing, setbacks, build to lines, required:' amount of parking, location, etc. I i vi HlJ„"Nrt`I.N6301 BEACH D:OWNTQWN SP'ECIF`IC' PL, N NO 5t; : 13 DOWNTQWN�SPEC� FIC _PLAN .. 121 f - INTRODUCTION In addition to the regulated development standards provisions of this Specific Plan,future development is also directed by design guidelines. Design guidelines are not mandatory requirements,but the guidelines provide a defined framework of design principles that supplement zoning development standards. Design guidelines address such issues as site design; building massing,forms, and articulation; and utilitarian aspects of a building.The guidelines provide direction on the more qualitative aspects of a development project. i Projects must meet ALL development standard regulations.The City of Huntington Beach may interpret the design guidelines with some flexibility in its review of specific projects The ' guidelines will be utilized during the City's development review process to encourage the .k highest level of design quality,while at the same time providing the flexibility necessary to . > �Ji encourage creativity on the part of the project designers. All projects will be evaluated on adherence to the development standard's and the_degree to which substantial compliance with the intent of design guidelines is dem6nstrated,1eading't0 a � recommendation of project approval or denial. f 1.3.3. Chapter Organization i This Specific Plan is organized into two books: Book 1 - Downtown Specific Plan and Book z -Downtown Specific Plan Guidelines and Strategies. The first book contains the Introduction, Administration, and Land Use and Development Standards sections. This book also serves. as the Huntington Beach Local Coastal Program. Book two includes the Design Guidelines, Circulation and Parking, Streetscape and Public Amenities, Infrastructure and Public Facilities, g: E - Implementation,and Appendix sections. ` Book Chapter i. Introduction provides an introduction to the Specific Plan effort and contains a _ . summary of existing conditions, community outreach,and a vision for the future Chapter 2.Administration gives detailed direction for the proper administration of tlie`Specific ''PI- regulations and provides definitions forlerms used within the Specific Plan. ," A -� Chapter 3. Land Uses and Development Standards sets forth general provisions for developrment _L, 7 'within the Specific Plan Area and details the permitted land uses and development standards for each district within the Specific Plan Area. 4,1 -- AI Mv .HUN.TINGTON BEACH DOWNT�O-W P.EQJFI;C PLAN ` DOWNTOWN SP1 C]-FIC PLAN , � �� Rev.Oct23 1 - INTRODUCTION Book 2 Chapter 4.Design Guidelines gives design guidelines for development within the Specific Plan on topics such as site planning and design, landscaping, building design, utilities,signs, and special design considerations. Chapter 5.Circulation and Parking details current circulation and parking conditions within the downtown. Enhancements for all modes of transportation, including vehicles,transit, bicycles, -- and pedestrians, are addressed. Parking strategies for improved parking opportunities are, presented.. Chapter 6.Streetscape and Public Amenities discusses streetscape improvements for all portions a of the Specific Plan Area. Street and sidewalk design, paving patterns, streetscape furnishings, and landscaping materials are detailed. Chapter 7.Infrastructure and Public Facilities addresses essential infrastructure requirements,f or future development within the Specific Plan Area. i Chapter 8.Implementation provides implementation strategies and direction for achieving the goals set forth within this Specific Plan. ,, Appendix.Contains supplemental documentation and technical studies. 1.40 Planning Process At the onset of the Specific Plan process,the City of Huntington Beach City Council developed a set of goals and objectives to provide direction for the development of the Huntington Beach Downtown Specific Plan No. 5. An initial part of the Specific Plan process was to develop an understanding of the existing conditions of the Specific Plan Area,which includes understanding the setting and history of the downtown, as well as the existing regulations for the area. j Conducting community outreach efforts also helped to gather information about the existing i I conditions and to gain insight about the local community's concerns and desires for the area. The information gathered.helped to establish a set of existing issues on which the Specific I Plan should focus. The next step was to develop a vision for the ideal future conditions in the ' downtown. From all of these elements,this Specific Plan was created to mold Downtown Huntington Beach } into an economically vibrant, pedestrian-oriented area that is attractive to both tourists and local residents. j HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN,..SPEClFIC:PLAW' N0.,5 5, DOWNTOWN DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 1 - INTRODUCTION 1.4.1. Existing E� Conditions 1.4.1.1. Setting The City of Huntington Air Beach is located along �the Pacific Ocean in � northwest Orange County. The City has an area of 28.5 square � miles, including 8.5 ' _ miles of coastline, and is 4 f•^ �;� _ "7 ° home to almost 200,000 residents. j Huntington Beach has a variety of residential, . commercial,and I 4- r recreational uses � surrounding an older The City desires to seize the opportunity to make downtown a healthy,pedestrian- downtown core with friendly urban village the Municipal Pier as a focal point. Over the past io to 15 years, new development has occurred in the downtown, s but potential remains for a variety of sites and enhanced development in the downtown. This Specific Plan update will consider the newest conditions and will continue to help guide the development of the downtown. The City recognizes that market demand will exert pressure for future development in the <_.... downtown. The City respond and to these demands in a manner that will achieve the optimum P ff potential while at the same time protecting the existing character of the downtown core and I surrounding neighborhoods. In addition,the City wishes to seize the opportunity to make downtown a vibrant, pedestrian-friendly urban village. I 1 ply I The California Coastal Act adds still another set of considerations to the planning process by requiring that certain regional and statewide coastal concerns be included in any plans for the t area. L 1. - "'_1-6 HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PU'AN N�O DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN Rev.Oct 23 1 - INTRODUCTION 114.1.2. Existing General Plan Designations Land uses designations for the Specific Plan area were established by the City's Coastal Land Use Plan,which was adopted as part of the City's Coastal Element and became part of the City's General Plan. The Coastal Element used many of the same designations established for other parts of the City; in addition, new designations that more specifically reflect the intent of the State Coastal Legislation were also adopted. The following General Plan land use categories are found within the Specific Plan Area and are illustrated on Figure 1-2. • Mixed Use • Mixed-Use Horizontal • Mixed-Use Vertical • Commercial Visitor • Residential High Density • Open Space • Public General Plan -- City of Huntington Beach I I i� r General Plan Designations Figure 1-2 General Plan Designations HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 1 - INTRODUCTION 1_4.1.3. Existing Zoning Designations The existing zoning for the Specific Plan Area is Specific Plan 5 — Downtown Specific Plan. Within that 1983 Specific Plan,there were 11 separate zoning districts,which are listed below and illustrated on Figure 1-3: • District 1 —Visitor- serving Commercial «` • District 2 `a• cf — Residential • District 3 —Visitor- serving Commercial • District 4 2 — Mixed-Use; Office o� Residential 'ae 6 • District 5— Mixed- Use; Commercial/ 5 Office/Residential 11 4 g Atlanta • District 6—Mixed- 8A L Use;Commercial/ m Office/Residential 00 • District 7—Visitor- 11 8B serving Commercial 9 • District 8 — High Density Residential • District 9 Le end /h —Commercial/ C3'"3 sl&-- n0. O• {-wrf Recreation Figure 1-3 1983 Specific Plan Districts • District to— Pier- related Commercial • District 11 — Beach Open Space i The Downtown Specific Plan has been amended several times over the past 25 years;these resolutions and ordinances are listed in Appendix B. D R A F 1-8 HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN Rev.Oct 23 i -"INTRODUCTION 1.4.2. Community Outreach Ongoing public outreach and participation was a specific concern of the City Council and is an important component for developing this Specific Plan. Outreach efforts focused on issues and opportunities existing in the downtown and recommended goals, policies, and implementation strategies for meeting the vision for the downtown. Outreach through key stakeholder interviews and public workshops is detailed in Appendix C. Additional outreach was conducted _. through the methods listed below and the input gathered was incorporated into this Specific Plan. Focus Groups • City Website } • Local News Articles _ t Coastal Commission Coordination Technical Studies: Parking" Traffic Economics and Marketing s InfrastructureA _CEQA C » Event Marketing Study 1.4.3. Existing Issues Through the existing conditions analysis and community outreach efforts,several existing issues �FY _ were identified. It is the intent of this Specific Plan to address these topics. Parking,the mix of land uses downtown the lack of pedestrian orientation of some locations and the desire to " expand development past the first three blocks of Main Street are all salient concerns. 1.4-3:l. Seasonality }, 4 Downtown Huntington Beach,experiences different issues depending on the time of year. Peak ; s _ season for downtown_is from Memorial Day weekend to'Labor Day,weekend,during which; �y .<. the city sees the highest volume of visitors,from both tourists and residents. While.weekends . " during the non-peak season may also experience increased patronage,weekdays during they _non-peak season show only moderate visitor volumes. The City wishes to make the downtown " a;year-round destination for both residents and tourists. The Specific Plan establishes policies that will work to increase the attractiveness of downtown as a year-round destination. X, x. .. HUNTVN'GTO`N BEAC`H :DOWNT0W,N SPEC1F41C PLAN N'O 5 DOWN_TOWN.'SPEQIFIC• PLANAµ w ff - INTRODUCTION 1.4-3.2. Parking Adequate parking is one of the most x significant issues for downtown. While' parking is usually available during the weekdays in the non-peak season, parking - at other times of the year can be difficult to n find. This Specific Plan explores a variety s of strategies to resolve the parking issue, _ I _ including new parking structures, a revision of the current parking standards,and u* {` ��`�` � to r' t � nformation to direct visitors to parking locations. Refer to Chapter 5. Circulation and Parking fora more detailed discussion. , Adequate parking within the downtown is a significant issue 1.4.3.3. Development Standards There is a desire to create opportunities for } additional development downtown. This Specific Plan provides revised standards toencourage � <� the development and redevelopment u � V of these currently r T under utilized parcels. New development o` FRI Ix —.r.•� standards encourage a- wider mix of. M .� � . uses and provide ! ; revised parkingMEMO— g " requirements. ; Due to a variety of factors, some parcels within the downtown, such as-this vacant lot,_have failed to develop to full potential n ' 1. 3. Mixed-Use ; 9 4•.4• , more mixed-use development, the Specific Plan Area',will provide a,broader t P P ..1 base of residents to mix with the tourists to patronize the downtown.retail'and restaurant environment year-round and to utilize local office space. Mixed-use development allows all users to accomplish several goals with one trip and decreases the necessity of snaking multiple V. transportation trips to multiple destinations:' #$ nu 4 ^ . h10 HUNTIN,GTO'N BEACH DOWNT#OW"N SPEC,Ir1C PL`AN` N�()� 5 ' 3 DOWhITO\NN SPECIFIC PLAN �� ' ` ..L. d G". ,.�`" - g,..�.:1.t;,,a ';� " •°?_ m.{",.e 9 ., is...' i �'� e"�., "^��',.� ���t 3,r., �s,d Rev.Oct 23 1 -'INTRODUCTION 1. n Character 4.3•S. Design Existing design regulations encourage adherence to a Mediterranean style of architecture. A desire . exists to provide opportunities for a broader 3 interpretation of the Mediterranean architectural ' style. The revised design guidelines found in this _ l Specific Plan encourage this architectural variation . " y in downtown. 1. 6. Pedestrian Environment ` In addition to issues with parking, development " standards,and,design guidelines, a focus of concern in the downtown is the pedestrian nature of the area. It is crucial that the downtown be a h pedestrian-oriented environment. There is also A desire exists to provide opportunities for a broader a desire to minimize the areas of pedestrian and interpretation of the,prescribed Mediter'ranean� � _ �� vehicle conflict to direct pedestrian traffic flows architectural style away from vehicle traffic flows, as well as a desire : ' to accommodate bicycle interplay. Clear pedestrian-and ADA path of.travel links from parking � ' -=:.:y � areas to core retail areas are important, in the form of enhanced paseos. These links will reduce the number of pedestrians crossing vehicle traffic. ADA compliant sidewalkjmprov�ements through enhanced paving-materials and street furnishings are also significant portions of.this Specific Plan. . L 7. Main Street Treatment ' Main Street will be developed with the atmosphere of an urban plaza,while still remaining open to vehicle traffic. The plaza design elements will create an intimate pedestrian environment that will function whether the street is open to traffic as in normal conditions or whether the street is closed for special events. t } . M g y T, HUNTI, . T'O.N B-E.ACH'°DOV1/N TOW N SP;ECIFhC PLAN NO 5 i a 11 i D.:OWNT-O'WN SPEC'IFI.C `PLAN `, - INTRODUCTION 1.5. Specific Plan Intent To begin the Specific Plan process,the City Council and City Staff developed a set of goals and objectives for the process to accomplish. Two main goals were developed,one for Vision and Land Use and one for Tourism. From these two goals,three objectives were drawn. Each objective is supported by a collection of policies.The goals, objectives,and supporting policies form the basis for this plan. The vision and supporting guidelines and standards included in the Specific Plan were constructed to build upon the intent of the following. 1.5.1. Goals 5.1.1. Vision and Land Use Establish the vision and create a land use plan for reuse of critical parcels so that the next phase �; 110� of the community investment and improvement can begin. 1.5.1.2. Tourism Create an environment that promotes tourism to increase revenues to support community' services and transform the City's economy. 1.5.2. Objectives and Policies ; - 1.5.2.1. Objective 1 Create a healthy mix of land uses that are geared toward creating an urban village that serves as i a destination to both residents and visitors. ; 1.5.2.2. Objective 1 Policies " 1) Establish a well-balanced mix of land uses that includes retail, restaurant, and office uses while limiting alcohol-related uses. - �z) Correct prior land use assumptions that were never realized and modify to reflect current market trends. Ei �" .§ 3) Revise the land use plan to identify Iocations where public parkmg,shouldbe_provided r above and beyond code-required parking. , 4) Work closely with the Coastal Commission staff and all stakeholders early an,, - throughout the process. 5) Land use regulations shall account for two development scenarios-..as a.Main Street._. Promenade or as currently exists. F � g Al ?.VIE 112 HUNTINGTON BE',4CH ,D0WN°T+O1N:N SPECIFICF PLAN -NIO 5 ;" DOWIVI OWN SPEC F CKC 'PLAN Mx Rev.oct 23 1 = INTRODUCTION 1.5.?.3. Objective z Implement development standards and design guidelines that encourage development of underused parcels with a mix of uses and unique architecture. 1.5.2.4. Objective z Policies 1) Implement development standards that encourage mixed-use development. 2) Establish standards and design guidelines that encourage upgrading and/or redevelopment of existing properties. " 3) Revise current design guidelines to allow market forces to dictate architecture and form with no specified architectural style. -4) Include"quality standards"that will exchange increased development potential for, quality architecture, including green design methods. " 5) Create public directional signs to new downtown projects. "� a# x 6) Development standards and guidelines shall account for the"promenade"scenario: 1.5.2.5. Objective 3l ! Ensure that adequate parking is available and is integrated into the framework of pedestrian : .. pathways within the downtown,taking into account Pacific City and the Strand: 1.5.2.6. Objective 3 Policies "" s 1) Create clear pedestrian linkages from parking areas to core retail.areas. 2) Develop a plan to provide a pedestrian link between Pacific City,the-Strand, and existing downtown sites. 3) Revisit existing parking regulations to encourage consolidation and development of underutilized parcels. 4)" Consider'all available options for additional parking within the downtown core. I ,£ g` 5) Enhance directional signs to inform motorists of available'public parking standards. . 6) Simplifying the parking regulations of the Downtown Parking Master Plan to be easily understood by decision-makers,the public,and the development community. 7) Develop a.tracking mechanism that can be modified to track shifts in land use that affect ` Paz the parking model. fk F- f H [� NT�_NGTONBEACH�DOWN�OV�%N S>PECIFIC PLANNo 5 �� 1 5 tp , DOWNTO,WN. SPECIFICPLAN a. � 1 - INTRODUCTION 1.5.3. Vision Following the existing , conditions analysis and initial community outreach efforts, the consultant team � r developed a vision for the 1 downtown that further = "E defines the intent of i z the Specific Plan. The vision for the downtown emphasizes the link to the ocean, ocean activities, and the ability of visitors �r and local residents to hA coexist and interact with the ocean experience. The special events The vision for the Downtown Specific Plan evolves from the ocean as the source and ` held on the beach are center of the City's vitality a special attraction for g� tourists to Huntington Beach that also draw local residents to the downtown. Creating a link between the downtown and the ocean is a key component of this Specific Plan. .The relationship to the ocean establishes a theme to serve as a guideline for new private and � public investment in the downtown core. The vision concentrates on the Municipal Pier and ' ,; ,- the natural extension of the pier down Main Street. An important emphasis of,thevision is,fo �-� extend�Main Street inland from the ocean and encourage pedestrian movement#romthe beach r t areas along the downtown streets. A major goal of the Specific Plan is to:extend the activity , _ from the Pier Plaza area north along Main Street,to draw pedestrian traffiiclurther into the,. << > heart of the downtown. , B ex andin the activit from the ier the commercial core can become a live) sho in I Y P g Y P Y Pp g ::. district oriented to pedestrians and offering opportunities to shop, dine,or brovuse in an'ocean related atmosphere.These improvements will also benefit the local residents,of Huntington r y I Beach as the strong pedestrian-orientation makes downtown a destination for locals as'well` as visitors. Encouraging local residents to partake in downtown activities'will,aiso greatly � 9 - i benefit the local businesses in the off-season while intensities in the clowfit6w' m core,area will be _buffered with transitional measures as the downtown core merges'with,the adjacent residential J areas. 1 A- "t � 347g � sAZ Jx �s !',.,.,.- , 'z { _ HUNT.IN°GTON BEACH D`0wN TOW;N' SP€CIF(-,C. PLAN NO S a a ' DOV1/�!TO.WN SRECITFIC PALAN , :"E� �.•k,�a,�':��, � v -;;.„. _ N ''�� r , , ����..,n�y ,� ''! ` � �'Sa�Z -eta- .�- ::;e� �� ��� � Rev. 00t23 INTRODUCTION b o To 1sswnuare alaz v \ e kneri o O 1 / \ Q •� U 0 h O rt , ran � Aam t�.; W •� Pro en 0 o ° / • ion . 6a• mac` � ' �� � �a. De < • Pa i ity Legend 000� Pedestrian o ®Q Main RouteCulturaPaseo l - Street O OCR:Cultural Arts Area s, 5th LibrarylCultural Arta °• �- 'O Street Facility p d O OO Pacific Coast Primary Gateway/ • G Highway Intersection c AattMitio Trolley Route Secondary Gateway/ C V. /// Intersection o 00 Pier Connection Neighborhood e Connection o •o 0 lis Bicycle Route 0 Public king Structure Figure 1-4 This diagram illustrates the major corridors and activity centers envisioned for Downtown Huntington Beach HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 1-1 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 1-- INTRODUCTION As the downtown core expands outward from Main Street, enhancements to 5th Street as ' a secondary focal street become an important part of the vision. A strong visual connection between the pier and the cultural arts district will be established through a vibrant streetscape design. The proposed downtown streetscapes are inspired by the ocean with new furnishings that mimic a sunset over the ocean and unique wave pattern paving that flows along the sidewalks of Main Street. Improving Main and 5th Street with wider sidewalks, streetscape enhancements,improved ADA accessibility, revised development and parking standards, and s , more opportunities for outdoor dining will create a pleasing&inviting downtown environment forvisitors and residents alike. Pedestrian connections within the expanded-downtown area will"also become significant witKthe opening of the new Strand and Pacific City'developments The S ecific Plan employs design features-that will attract edestrian'acfivit between these €� Specific g P y> two activity centers and the remainder of the downtown.�,A trolley system is also proposeds to reduce'individual automobile uses and connect the major activity centers of the beach,-the � Hilton and Hyatt hotels, Pacific.City;the Strand,and the proposed activity center at the north end of Main Street. 41 �z � t v i t 5 tAI Improv6nr ents to 5th and Main Streets will include wider sidewalks, streetscape enhancements,and moreopportunitjes for outtlaor dining F. vz t6 " zm M �?ks r f 116 HUNTINGT0N BEACH [ -0WN�TOWKN ,EC1 �1C�'PEAN' NO 5 z# ° DOWNTO.WN =SPECGFIC"`PLAN > � � _ Rev.,Oct 231 - INTRODUCTION As activity in the downtown extends further up Main Street past Orange Avenue, an opportunity is created for the north end of Main Street to create a community-oriented cultural activity area,which builds on the preservation and enhancement of the.Main Street Branch of the Huntington Beach Public Library and the Huntington Beach Art Center. A cultural arts plaza will incorporate:open green space for pedestrian use and public events;decorative paving along pathways; shade and accent trees,as well as turf areas; street furnishings such as benches and trash receptacles; bicycle parking;and public art. . - - , v All of these proposed features work together within the Specific Plan to.establish a"mixed-use urban village with an identity that builds off of the ocean as the downtownmaoras . The ' following elements are central to the vision for do'Wntown: t ° Creating a successful mixed-use environment that incorporates visitor-serving retail,. restaurants, offices and residential development that thrive off-of each other Creating a link between focus points of the Municipal Pier and the cultural arts area at each end of Main Street within the Specific Plan Area. fstUt�,: �t•si,j � 4 , } j r y The intent of the Specific Plan is to establish amixed-use;urban vitiage wifhan idenfity built offof the ocean ((( V_ HU',NTFNGTON BEACFi ,DOW$NTOWN SPIE,C-, 117 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN' w.0 - INTRODUCTION • Provide connections to and protect established residential neighborhoods and orienting intensive land rx � uses away from these neighborhoods. • Providing view, light, and air corridors to the ocean. p • Providing a strong link to the ocean for visitors to Huntington Beach. '} � r�f " 0 Providing a pedestrian link between the Pacific City and " Strand developments. a • . Designing building architecture that reinforces the ocean theme through a variety of Mediterranean styles. creating walkable neighborhoods is V, . encouraged in the Specific Plan Area , • Incorporating brightly colored streetscape elements that v relate to the ocean theme in form and shape. • Providing bicycle and transit opportunities, including a potential trolley system;and �'. establishing strong pedestrian connectivity. - " Integrating public open space areas into development proposals in key locations and in conjunction with new development. a Providing locations for public parking. Incorporating public direction signs into the downtown streetscape. " Establishing a framework of landscaping''elements that provide interest and character to414, �h :specific locations. • Provide and maintain a safe environment for everyone. Working closely with the California Coastal Commission staff and stakeholders early and, throughout the Specific Plan process. Incorporating environmentally sustainable development practices into new development �l proposals. g s 1.60 Downtown Design Concepts +Y 11$3 HUNTINGTOW B EACH - DOW"NT,OWV S CtfIC �PLAN Nth 5�"� - " 6,WNT0WN S,PECI`FiC �*z`y��a 6 � �. - � r �d• *. , z:' s �� nr'�`h'� a a ��}„.�#-ig5.+&"4'"'� '�� z 9` 'ais���,i` e�'� > Rev.OGt23 1 -,INTRODUCTION Development of the Specific Plan's standards and guidelines were also based on sound planning theoriesTI " about successful downtown design concepts, such as Smart Growth, New Urbanism, Sustainable Design, ' and Crime Prevention through Environmental Design. a : This section lays the foundation for development within the Specific Plan Area by exploring these ` design concepts. - I .,. These concepts promote a mix - _ = of commercial uses and an appropriate density and diversity Promoting a mix of land uses is an important principle of Smart Growth t " k of housing types supported by } recreational uses within close. - 1 proximity to each other that induces pedestrian activity and ultimately establishes a sense_ 'of community. Over the past few years,sustainable planning and design practices have also become common in the building industry due to the sense.of community ideals`and quality � ' 9 neighborhoods in which the sustainable practices result. The City of Huntington Beach promotes Smart Growth, New Urbanism,Sustainable Design and Crime Prevention through Environmental Design,design concepts through the development s standards,and design guidelines within this document. x 1.6.1. . Smart Growth Smart Growth is a concept that describes the efforts of Plan ners,'designers, and communities to manage and direct growth in a pattern that reduces environmental degradationnand builds :y� livable neighborhoods. Smart Growth advocates believe that compact mixed-use development is necessary to establish environmentally-friendly pedestrian-oriented neighborhoods.A variety of uses(essentially residential, commercial, open space,civic,and institutional):is&critical component of any vibrant community. Mixed-use development provides an opportunity to` :re accommodate many household types and needs. The core principles of Smart Growth,as stated by the Smart Growth Network, include: . ' .; N, yt a � s d s n i 11 ' v r ' s ' HUNT1`NGT6N BEACH .D0WNT01N"N IF,hC -DQ-,,NTOWN :SPE.CIFIC. PLAN` < ` - � - INTRODUCTION • Mix land uses. • Take advantage of compact building design. . Create a range of housing opportunities and choices. �Q 0 q • Create walkable uu �^ neighborhoods. Foster distinctive,attractive communities with a strong ;. sense of place. • Preserve open space, Smart Growth advocates compact mixed-use development to establish environmentally-friendly pedestrian-oriented neighborhoods farmland, natural beauty, , and critical environment . areas. t Strengthen and direct development towards existing communities. R �a • Provide a variety of transportation choices. i Make development predictable,fair, and cost effective. s � Encourage community and stakeholder collaboration in development decisions: r Ultimately, Smart Growth encourages patterns of development that promotes a balanced mix'of land uses and :a ` a transportation system that accommodates pedestrians, bicycles,transit, and automobiles. YM� New'Urbanism t r New Urbanism is an urban design movement that was o -established in the 198os as a basis to promote compact w `r neighborhood designs that reduce automobile dependence and enhance the sense of community. New Urbanism is also referred to as traditional neighborhood design, neotraditional r_ design,and transit-oriented development. New Urbanism is n based,on traditional urban design principles that stress the ._... ; Placing buildings:in the noighborhood importance of establishing a diversified neighborhood core center close to the street is an element off with a mix of land uses that are well connected and allow for New Urbanism b� 3"A � t cs 4-w' ag. ,y wM�s 3-'� �S"^.. x �' ,�� '�`' id 93'0 HUNTINGTON BEACH, DOw'NaT,OWNSPEC�FIC PLANNO ;5' x 4 - � DOWNTOWN SPECI�FiC PLAN* i � � Rev.Octz3 - �.1=INTRODUCTION a variety of travel options. New Urbanism promotes streetscapes with grid-like street patterns, to relieve congestion, narrow streets to reduce the dominance of the automobile,and buildings with a pedestrian scale. Similar to Smart Growth objectives, New Urbanism principles include designing streets that are pedestrian-oriented. By providing wide sidewalks with landscaped buffers,street trees, and on-street parking a separation is established between the pedestrian and the street traffic,thus make walking safer and more appealing., a In addition,the pedestrian experience can be enhanced if site furniturelsuch'as be-ches, bollards,waste receptacles, and other similar elements are well placed.The built � environment defines public spaces such 1 ? f as squares, plazas, x small parks, and civic institutions that are A � dispersed in prominent ` locations throughout IMp� the neighborhood. New Urbanism goals include: . Identifying �� discernible center. ' �Jia Placing most w dwellings within a five-minute walk_of the center. Providing a variety of ! - •'° �dwelling types. es. ® Providing a mix of ' commercial uses that can meet the New Urbanism is based on'traditional urban design principles that'stress fhe importance weekly needs Of a of establishing a diversified�neighborhood core with a'mix of land uses that are well. ' household. connected :W t c a q - a _ _a. a HUNTIN.GTO_N BEACHrDOWNTOWN 5P'ECIF.IyCPLi4NN0 DOVVNiOWN;SFEC.iFtC-PLANS s r r- 5 �' 1 - INTRODUCTION • Placing civic uses and schools within walking distance of most homes. • Locating parks and playgrounds near every dwelling. • Creating a well connected network of streets and paths that disperse traffic by providing a variety of pedestrian and vehicular routes to any destination. • Designing relatively narrow streets shaded by rows of trees. • Placing buildings in the neighborhood center close to the street. - � � Locating parking lots and garage doors away from the street. 1.6.3. Sustainable Design ¢ Sustainable design refers to design and construction practices that significantly reduce'oY ' :f eliminate the negative impacts of development on the environment and its inhabitants.'A _ sustainable design approach can be defined by a variety of green building practices.and the availability of pedestrian-oriented amenities. The essential components that create successful sustainable developments have been j4 identified by the US Green Building Council (USG BC)through their Leadership in Energy and .µ Environmental Design (LEED)programs. The USGBC works to advance structures that are A environmentally responsible, profitable,and healthy places to live and work. { The LEED programs provide ' - universally acceptedI 4i tools and performance �� Q cr ' criteria for creating . sustainable development in the United States. LEED a _ addresses several areas of - development,such as New - - Development(ND), New � � ; p Construction(NC), Existing ' Buildings(EB),Core and Shelf((S), Commercialp fg Inferiors(Cl),and Homes. r While all types of LEED construction are A sustainable design approach can exhibit avanefy of green baildmg practices an - encouraged within the the availability of pedestrian-oriented amenities , , I77 , ': #.*r .ax $ as sit ci `4l- s 122 FisUNT,I.N.GT,ON BE:ACH D Id: OW' :TOWNSP-EClF1C �.*< '`>=t�.�,� R":, "Y .'�.e ,'' P2'.x ''�'�� „.�'v °i' xz�'.mi.� �., 'F t�``', �^+``.�.` ;a«,'� ,�k�R,` 5� ,��e:•;�;.��; �r"u�:'se°" Rev.Oct 23 _ _1 - INTRObILICTION Specific Plan Area,the LEED-ND program is particularly relevant to development of this Specific Plan. LEED-ND was developed as a tool to gauge the effectiveness of neighborhood design principles similar to those promoted through Smart Growth and New Urbanism. The program recognizes that the layout and design of the built environment influences the way residents and visitors experience a neighborhood and that these features can impact the quality of life and sense of community._ _ m ` E According to the USGBC,the benefits of developing a community with the LEED-ND principles in , : C Reducing urban sprawl. ;KK ® Encouraging healthy living. � Protecting threatened species. s l ® Increasing transportation choices and decreasing automobile dependence. Following are selected sustainable design criteria developed for the LEED-ND process that are .�� supported by this Specific Plana -` ® Encourage development within and near existing neighborhoods orpublic transportation infrastructure to reduce vehicle trips and induce pedestrian activity. Encourage new development within and near existing communities in order to reduce multiple environmental impacts caused by sprawl.Conserve natural and financial resources � w required for construction and maintenance of infrastructure. ` Promote neighborhoods that are physically connected to each other to foster community and connectedness beyond one individual project. Preserve community livability,transportation efficiency,;and walkability. ® Design parking to increase the pedestrian orientation of projects and minimize the adverse environmental effects of parking lots by locating parking lots at the side or,.rear of buildings and leaving building frontages and streetscapes free of parking lots. �� Provide appealing and comfortable pedestrian.street environments,in order.to promote �. pedestrian activity. ' Promote bicycling and transportation efficiency. 777 7 $ °7 ; F r 77 — a. - HUNT�INGTO,N" BEACW�-D,OWNTO-WN SP,E�CIFIC PLAN NCO 5 123 ' DOWNTOWN ,SPEC:fFICPLAN. _ " 1 - INTRODUCTION " Encourage the design of projects that incorporate high levels of internal connectivity and ul - _f, -the location of projects in existing communities in order 7t to conserve land, promote multi-modal transportation and i _promote public �' ;� .�� ,, .�i3,�• 'k - 3 health through �-� � � �� � �4� increased physical , ,- F- ,ram i activity. t: 1' .�* �: • Provide direct and safe connections `_ ' -& Art , �► '`rr: jam_? �� h for pedestrians and bICyCIISts as well Using pervious pavers in parking areas is one element of sustainable design . I { as drivers to local destinations and a neighborhood centers. Promote public health by facilitating walking and bicycling. Encourage community participation in the project design and planning and.involve the t g people who live in a community in deciding how it should be improved or how it should change over time. � Encourage the design and construction of buildings to utilize green building practices. Encourage the design and construction of energy efficient buildings to reduce air;water,and, a_ land pollution and environmental impact's from energy ; production and consumption. �� • Minimize water use in buildings and for landscape ' s _ irrigation to reduce the impact to natural water resources and reduce the burden on municipal water . supply and wastewater systems. f � Achieve enhanced energy efficiency by creating the _ ;optimum conditions for the use of passive and active. , Utilizing green building'practices, such solar strategies. as this green'roof is encouraged in the Specific Plan Area — — -- — - 'k s .-"542'' 3 ��� �.�.� Ja# .•� � "� �" � `�r<a- 8�i � ." ��w,ate -� -� -17 12" H,U`NTIWGTON' B;E,AChH .DOWNTDOWTV SPEC'IF!" PLAN N`O 5 4 a �x tP ° DOV�IN�TOWN SPEC('FICPLAN � � � 4{ Rev..Od 23 1 - INTRODUCTION • Preserve existing tree canopy, native vegetation and pervious.surfaces while encouraging high density, smart growth communities. • Use recycled materials to reduce the environmental impact of extraction and processing of virgin materials. • Minimize light trespass from site, reduce sky-glow to increase night sky access,improve nighttime visibility through glare reduction,and reduce development impact on nocturnal environments. asp 1.6.4. Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design, or CPTED, is a concept that encourages the creation of a defensive environment by addressing both physical and:psychologicalaspects of . crime by designing a physical environment that positively affects human behavior.,i s The goal of CPTED is to reduce opportunities for crime by utilizing,physical design features that ,u 1 discourage crime while encouraging the legitimate use of the environment. CPTED-strategies are guidelines anyone, including property owners developers,and planners,can aPPI to i reduce the opportunity for crime and improve quality of life.CPTED principles can be applied relatively easily and inexpensively to'structures and property and are.encouraged within the _Specific Plan Area. The five overlapping CPTED strategies:- Natural Surveillance,Territorial Reinforcement, Natural , Access Control,Target Hardening,and Maintenance. j.6.4.1 Natural Surveillance ' Natural surveillance is a design concept that ensures potential intruders are easily observable by other individuals in the area. This concept is promoted by features that maximize the visibility of people,parking areas, and building entrances. Examples include featuring doors and, windows with views onto streets and parking areas,pedestrian-friendly sidewalks and streets, . front porches, and adequate nighttime lighting. € =: 1.6.4.2. Territorial Reinforcement ; � k a In this concept, physical design features create a sphere of influence over an area"and induce a sa. -.2 sense of territorial control.in the users of the area. That control is,perceived by and discourages , potential offenders. Territorial reinforcement isprorrioted,by features that define property,lines and distinguish private spaces from public spaces by utilizing landscape plantings, pavement "t ' designs,gateway treatments and specially designed fences. g g. Y _ P Y g Y s. r F titl,NTtNG.TOiV BEACH DOWNT:OfW,N SF''ECIFI:C PLAN N'O 51. 125 "£ DOWNTQINN SP EGI•FIC:PLAN, Z 1 - INTRODUCTION 1.6-4-3. Natural Access Control Natural Access control features decrease the opportunity for crime by denying access to crime targets and creating a perception of risk in potential offenders. Natural access control is gained by designing streets, sidewalks, building entrances, and neighborhood gateways to clearly indicate public routes and to discourage access to private areas through structural elements. 1.6.4.4. Target Hardening -.: This concept includes introducing features that prohibit entry or access. Examples are elements t x such as window locks, dead bolts, and interior door hinges. t 11.6.4.5. Maintenance 3 The maintenance concept is built off of the"Broken Window"theory,which holds that one broken window, or other nuisance, in a neighborhood indicates a lack of concern by the community and will ultimately lead to a proliferation of broken windows,or other nuisances, in the neighborhood. Neglected and poorly maintained properties indicate less,concern and control by the owners and intended users of a property and often feature high crime activity. Care and maintenance of a property allows for the continued use of the space for its intended .` _ purpose. - r. i Al 41 UN- 3 �€ y .. - 4 „ .. t7 _ Taro , G ,s:` 4 "` `�' ._,"�� a�` .xM 126 H„U.NTINGTON B,E,ACH •D0WNTo1NN SPECCFFC PLEAN D-OINNT-0V1/:N' sPECIrF1CPLANE �� k Chapter z ADMINISTRATION,. .-7 HUNTiNGTO.N'..BEA'Ck{ DOWNTOWN2 SPECiFICr` f'l"ANt ll�F'DATEt �� this page intentionally left blank know; w ? a k, .., Wszon TON too ? � wc _ -. — ' -- _, e. a S}AM RAW -Z RUMMY& Say-, 3 c t K '4 21 #" ZIZ 1 r r MAL a q a "' s c - # 'ice` Ph Food" x s Wv a. Spa it y `�^�ss s`^ pay M ( 0 s:- VON4, t� w .� J5 Cops f 'HP, GTON ,BEACH DO�%V�NTOWN'SP�EL1�Ft�t�P��A�N U'P�DAfiE� ���� �� � ��� ��� �, i Rev.Oct23 2 -ADMINISTRATION I I i Chapter z - Administration 2.1. Introduction This chapter describes the authority of a Specific Plan and the administrative procedures required for amendments and/or modifications to the Specific Plan. -*,-f A Specific Plan is a regulatory tool that local governments use to implement their General Plan and to guide development in a localized area. While a General Plan is the primary guide for growth and development in a community, a Specific Plan is able to focus on the unique characteristics of a specialized area by customizing the vision, land uses,and development standards for that area. The Specific Plan has been prepared pursuant to Section 6545o et seq i of the California Government Code. 2.2. Adoption and Authority This Specific Plan was adopted by City Council XXXX(insert Ordinance No.). Adoption of this Specific Plan involved City Council approval of General Plan and Local Coastal Plan amendments. Upon adoption,the Specific Plan and Environmental Impact Report established the land use and supplemental development standards for the Specific Plan Area. z 2.3. Severability If any section, subsection, sentence, clause, phrase, or portion of this title, or any future j amendments or additions hereto, is for any reason held to be invalid or unconstitutional by the decision of any court of competent jurisdiction, such decision shall not affect the validity of the remaining portions of this title, or any future amendments or additions hereto. The I Council hereby declares that it would have adopted these titles and each sentence, subsection, ! f sentence, clause, phrase, or portion or any future amendments or additions thereto, } irrespective of the fact that any one or more sections, subsections, clauses, phrases, portions or ! i any future amendments or additions thereto may be declared invalid or unconstitutional. i f I 1 1.4 HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5= 2-1 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN. 2 -ADMINISTRATION 2.4. Relationship to Existing Planning Documents 2.4.1. City of Huntington Beach General Plan The Specific Plan is consistent with and furthers the objectives of the City of Huntington Beach General Plan by providing detailed criteria for the development of specific sites and public improvements. The Specific Plan's vision,goals, and implementation measures are based on direction given in the General Plan.The Specific Plan provides for more precise implementation of the General Plan's goals, objectives, and policies. The Specific Plan has been prepared to n reinforce all elements of the General Plan. ` 2.4.2. City of Huntington Beach Local Coastal Program t°A Local Coastal Program consists of two parts: 1) A coastal element including policies and a land use plan, and 2) An implementation program with zoning ordinances, zoning district maps, and other implementing actions. The Coastal Element of the Huntington Beach General Plan constitutes Part 1 of the Huntington Beach Local Coastal Program. For the Specific Plan Area,this Specific Plan constitutes Part 2 of the Huntington Beach Local Coastal Program. The Specific Plan has been prepared to reinforce the Coastal Element of the General Plan and provides appropriate implementation actions and j zoning standards to regulate the Specific Plan Area. ! ` 2.4.3. ' City of Huntington Beach Zoning and Subdivision Ordinance { := { The City of Huntington Beach Zoning and Subdivision Ordinance(H BZSO)j consists of land use controls, development standards,and administrative provisions that allow for development in ! the City. This Specific Plan document is an update to the existing Downtown Specific Plan that customizes the standards and regulations found in the HBZSO to help achieve the vision for the downtown. The Specific Plan provisions shall take precedence over the requirements of the HBZSO. If not specifically addressed in this Specific Plan,the applicable provisions Of the HBZSO and Huntington Beach Municipal Code shall apply. t f 1 � 1 _fit_ 2-2 HUNTINGTON BEACH -DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAIN N,O. 5 z DOWNTOWN SP�EC'IFIC -PLAN °° Rev.Oct 23 - °2 -ADMINISTRATION' , 2.5. Procedures Established 0 This chapter establishes procedures for approval, conditional approval,or denial of applications for coastal development permits,administrative permits, conditional use permits,special permits,variances,temporary use permits, and design review. 2.5,1. Coastal, Development_ Permit . Developments within the Specific Plan Area will be subject to the re q uirements�pertaining to `r p P ) q. P g Coastal Development Permits(CDP)in the Local'Coastal Program Implementing Ordinances,,in addition to the other provisions of Chapter 245 of the HBZSO. 2.5.2. Permitted Uses i - Permitted uses shall be established in each District and shall be required to;meet all applicable .z provisions of this Specific Plan. 2 Administrative Permit Uses requiring Administrative Permits shall be established in each District and shall be required �`e to meet all applicable provisions of Chapter 241 of the HBZSO. In addition,administrative permits shall be required for a Waiver of Development Standards pursuant to Section 241.2,2 of .` the HBZSO,Accessory Dwelling Units pursuant to Section 230.10 of the HBZSO and'.additions ' (<lo%)to Nonconforming Structures/Uses pursuant to Section 2.5.11 of this Specific Plan. �` # 2.5.4. Conditional Use Permit to the Zoning Administrator 4 Uses requiring Conditional Use Permits from the Zoning Administrator shall be established in each District and shall be required to meet all applicable provisions of_Chapter z4� of the HBZSO. �_�:�,_'� ^ 2.5.5 Conditional Use Permit to the'Planning Commission . " -3 Uses requiring Conditional Use Permits from the Planning.Commission shall be established in �} each District and shall be required to meet all applicable provisions,.of Chapter 4i of,the HBZSO 'H,:UNTI'Nit N B��E.ACH;D�OWNTO.W,N 5°P`EC1FI^;C PLANS NO; 5, 23 _ , E DOWNTOWN °SPECIFIC` PLAN'' s. A 2 -ADMINISTRATION 2.5.6. Special Permit The-Specific Plan development standards are designed to encourage developments that create an aesthetically pleasing appearance, enhance the living environment, and facilitate innovative architectural design and adaptation of the development to the unique surrounding environment. Special Permits allow for minor deviations from the development regulations of this Specific Plan. Special Permits may be granted at the'time of project approval for unique architectural ' siting or features, including but not limited to site coverage, setbacks, open space"and " " landscaping. Special,Permits shall only be allowed when, in the opinion of the Planning Commission.or-Zoning ,,4 Administrator, significantly greater benefits from the project can be provided than would occur _ if all the minimum requirements were met. Some additional benefits that ma make a project q y p � eligible for approval of Special Permits include: greater open space,greater setbacks;unique ri ° dMor innovative designs, Public parking, Public open s ace and the use of energy conservation or, } solar technology. " The developer shall request a Special Permit at the same time as the filing of any required, applications and both requests shall be heard concurrent) The Planning Commission project PP q Y• g a and Zoning Administrator may approve the Special Permit in whole or in part only upon the t finding that the proposed development, in addition to providing greater benefits as required above,will also: Promote better living environments;and k Provide better land planning techniques with maximum use of aesthetically pleasing types 4 of architecture, landscaping, site layout and design; and , v Not be detrimental to the general health;welfare, safety and conveni nce of the -neighborhood or City in general, nor detrimental or injurious to the value of property or, improvements of the neighborhood or of the City ingeneral; and x :i Be consistent with objectives of the Downtown Specific Plan in achieving a,developmentl r; adapted to the terrain and compatible with the surrounding environmen`t;:and x Be consistent with the policies of the Coastal Element of the City's General Plan^and the-- � ! bCP f California Coastal Act; and " Comply with State and Federal law. el Ll 54 H U'N . .OVI�NT O W N TKO1NFtSCPFE LC�A FN T GN. BA +Nr }N 05 214 'Et,-s QWN .SP � x .e .. ," v+r: WC "^" "f^"4 Rev,.Oct 23 2 -,ADM IN I STRATION A special permit may not be granted for deviations from maximum density or parking or from requirements of the Conservation Overlay in any district. Nor shall any special permits be granted for deviations from maximum building height in District 1, 2,4, 6, or 7. 2.5.7. Variances Variances may be granted to resolve practical difficulties or unnecessary physical hardships that - - may result�from the size, shape, or dimensions of a site or the location of existing structures thereon;from geographic,topographic,or other-physical conditions on the site or in the ;a immediate vicinity;or from street locations or traffic conditions in the,immediate vicinity of.the site. Variance procedures shall be conducted pursuant to Chapter 241 of the HBZSO. _ ;F p d 2.5.8. Temporary Use Permit Uses requiring Temporary Use Permits shall be established in each District and shall be required : - . ; to meet all applicable provisions of Chapter 241 of the HBZSO. f 2.5.9. Design Review Design review is required for all new construction;additions equal to'or greater than 50:percent s of the existing floor area,facade improvements/remodels, and new signs not already covered , b a sin program. Signs that are not subject to requirements for planned sin program as Y g P g g I q P g P g �.� '=J� ° specified in Section 3.2.21 that comply with the design guidelines shall not require design review' a Single-family residential uses shall not require design review. The Director may refer any project to the Design Review Board. � . 2.5 �o. Minor Amendments -The"Director of Planning may approve minor amendments to plans and/or conditions-of approval as appropriate based on changed circumstances, new information,or.otherrelevant factors. The Director shall review the proposed changes for conformance with the,intent of . the Planning Commission's or Zoning Administrator's action. If,the proposed changes are of a substantial nature,an amendment to the original entitlement reviewed by,either the Planning € " Commission or Zoning Administrator may be required°pursuant to HBZSO Section 241.18. Amendments made by the Director of Planning may be appealed by the Planning Commission i pursuant to HBZSO Section 248.28. _ 8 � W� �. �. H"UNjT51NGTON B'E"ACH DOWNTOWN S°PECIF:IC- LAN N`O DOV1lNTOWN SPEClF1C;PLAN : .; 2 -ADMINISTRATION 2.5-11. Nonconforming Uses All nonconforming uses or structures, or uses which have been abandoned for more than six months, shall be required to meet all applicable provisions of this Specific Plan for each of the following scenarios: 1) For rehabilitation with less than lo percent expansion and less than 50 percent demolished/ r constructed,the following applies: A e An Administrative Permit is required. Setbacks are required. The amount of existing parking shall be maintained and is deemed adequate, Economic Development review is required. -1 Design Review Board review is required pursuant to 2.5-9. mprovements in the If less than 1/3 of the value of the building, no dedications or off-site i X11"A public right-of-way are required. _6 V;kj "k if greater than 1/3 of the value of the building,dedications and off-site im provemlents in-. the public right-of-way are required. Public Works Department review is required for water meter upgrade and backfldw ',q protection device requirements. 2) For a seismic retrofit or tenant improvement with the same use and no increase in height or density, the following applies in addition'to the above requirements: J No CUP is required. kN No setbacks are required. If exterior improvements, Design Review Board review is required. For rehabilitation with less than lo percent expansion and more than 50 percent� tZ, demolished/reconstructed,AND/OR for any expansion of floor area of more than,lo percent'' �M�'k the following applies: 7": A CUP from the Zoning Administrator! is required. 4A Setbacks are required. % Parking shall meet the requirements of this Specific Plan. 'Q 0 6, Econ mic Development review is required. bi- Design Review Board review is required pursuant to 2.5-9. d Dedications and off-site improvements in the public right-of-way are req uire kfl Public Works Department review is required for water meter upgrade,and bac ow, IeV; protection device requirements. IQ V�e 7i�4, 5 T 0, U Xy AN v X H tNT I,'N G T 0 N- B E A C H D 0 W + -iF,,QA`N-NF()A�I -1 F�,ECJ- ,I C UV_VV,I FOWN S P;E'C 1�>:. IL-N Rev.OCt23 2 -ADMINISTRATION Note: The value of valuation of the building shall be as defined in the building code as adopted by reference by the City of Huntington Beach. Valuation shall be the cumulative valuation of building improvements. Determination of conceptual development scenarios may be modified pending staff review of architectural/structural drawings of the proposed development. 2.5.12. Appeals Appeals shall be made pursuant to Chapter 248 of the HBZSO. " 2.6. . Amendments } I � E Amendments to the Specific Plan may be pursuant to Chapter 247 of the HBZSO. " r -2 Definitions � E f ;V The following definitions shall apply to the Downtown Specific Plan. Terms not described herein ,. shall be subject to the definitions contained in the HBZSO. � =1 I F 5 P —key A public or private way permanently reserved primarily for vehicular service access to the rear �. or side of properties otherwise abutting a street. Amendment 3 A change in the wording, context,-or substance of this ordinance or,a change in the district boundaries on the zoning map. Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) . The Americans with Disabilities Act gives civil rights protections to individuals with disabilities y similar to those provided to individuals on the basis of race, color; sex,national origin, age, and religion. It guar antees,equal opportunity for individuals with disabilities in_public accommodations, employment,transportation, State and local government services,and E telecommunications. Jr t� Archi ectural projections or appurtenanc s � " 4 Features on a building that provide visual variation anEd/orrelief but do'notyserve as:interior,or exterior living or working space. } Uf HU'N1ItU`GTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SP-ECIF1°C PL�4N Nt) 5 �� >? 7 DOWNTOWN =SPECIFIC °-PLAN. .: 2 -ADMINISTRATION Artists' studios Work space for artists and artisans, including individuals practicing one of the fine arts or skilled in an applied art or craft. Banks and financial institutions Financial institutions that provide retail banking services to individuals and businesses.This classification includes only those institutions engaged in the on-site circulation of cash money. Beach area _ { The ocean side of Pacific Coast Highway including the Bluff Top Park area and the Pier: .a.. Bed and breakfast inns Q ' Establishments offering lodging on a less than weekly basis in a converted single-family or multi a family dwelling or a building of residential design,with incidental eating and drinking service or lodgers only provided from a single kitchen.' p ` F Bluff Top Park area That area of improved beach access bounded on the south by 9th Street continuing r)orth tothe dividing line of Bolsa Chica State Beach. . Bolsa Chica State Beach i The area seaward of Pacific Coast Highway extending from Seapoint Street northwest to Warner Avenue. The portion of this beach from the pier to Goldenwest Street is within the boundary of the Huntington Beach Downtown Specific Plan. " (� z :Bulkhead .,.. . � The portion of-the building between the bottom of the storefront window and the a outdoor g level. djacent: - t r round I v I. Cart "._ Ki6sk n Any portable, no -motorized unit used by a vendor as,described in Section 230:94 of the HBZSOa -< Catering services 41 Preparation and delivery of food and beverages for of-site consumption without provision for on-site pickup or consumption. np j " , U 1 ate` 5, Z t, +$': ar 'a HUNTi.NGTON BETA{CH D`O'WNTOW1 SPECIFIC PI_AN� Np5 � g DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC Rev.Oct 23 2 -ADMINISTRATION, " Coastal zone A geographic zone adjacent to the shoreline,the boundaries of which are determined by the California Coastal Act of 1976, as amended. Commercial parking facility Lots or structures offering short-term or long-term parking to the public for a fee. Common open space v ' Ausable open space within a residential development reserved for the exclusive use of., residents of the development and their guests. k Condominium-hotel .. Facility providing overnight visitor accommodations where ownership of.at least some of . the individual guest rooms(units)within the larger building`or complex is in the form of separate condominium ownership interests,as defined in California Civil Code Section 1351(f) '. The primary function of the Condominium-Hotel is to provide over transient visitor � .f accommodations within every unit that is available to the general public on a daily basis year- round, while providing both general public availability and limited owner occupancy'of.those _ units that are in the form of separate condominium ownership interests. Conversion X A change in the original use of land or.building/structure. Coverage, lot or site � The percentage of a lot or site covered by roofs, balconies,fireplaces, architectural projections, or overhangs extending more than 2.5 feet from a wall, decks more than 42 inches in height above grade, and stairs. Cultural institutions Nonprofit institutions displaying or preserving objects of,interest,in one or more of the arts or sciences.This classification includes libraries, museums;and art galleries. A_' 'l HV:NTI�N.GT0N BEACH DOV1/1dT0WN SP..EC] FIC PLi4N N0 � lut DOV1/NTQWN ��SPE-CtFIC'�PLA.N°= ;. z -ADMINISTRATION Development On land, in or under water,the placement or erection of any solid material or structure; discharge or disposal of any dredged material or of any gaseous, liquid, solid or thermal waste; grading, removing,dredging, mining, or extraction of any materials; change in the density or intensity of the use of land, including, but not limited to, subdivision pursuant to the Subdivision Map Act(commencing with Section 66410 of the Government Code), and any other division of land,including lot splits, except where the land division is brought about in connection with the purchase of such land by a public agency for public recreational use; change in the,intensity 1_ _ �_ �., of use of water, or of access thereto; construction, reconstruction, demolition, or alteration of, TM -- --� the size of any structure, including any facility of any private, public, or municipal utility-*�-.and the 3 � removal or harvesting of major vegetation other than for agricultural purposes, kelp harvesting, and timber operations which are in accordance with a timber harvesting plan submitted pursuant to the provisions of the Z ber -Nei' dl Forest Practice Act of 73(commencing, with ' p p g Y 9 Section 4511). Demolition T The deliberate removal or destruction of the frame or foundation of any portion of a-building or, I structure. Director h The Director of the Department of Planning or his or her designee, unless otherwise specified. Dwelling, multiple unit L A building or buildings designed with two or more dwelling units. = Dwelling, single unit _ �A detached building designed primarily for use as a single dwelling, no portion of which is rented ; as a separate unit, expect as permitted by this document. Attached single family dwellings.shall ' be considered as multi-family. � � Eating and drinking establishments � = Businesses serving prepared food or beverages for consumption on or off the premises:, ; Entertainment i { ». A single event a series of events or an ongoing activity or business occurring alone or as< � . g g g Y � g part of another business,to which the public is invited to watch, listen, or participate,,or is �g conducted for the purposes of holding the attention of,gaining the attention of,or:diverting or - amusing guests or patrons, including, but no' limited limited to: ; � . 17 key a z CH 'r x ` *t, r�'� as ` zto HUNIIN,GTON B EACHDOWNTOW-N�SPECIFJC FLAN N�O5 � t � .... a, ri a ✓ a m av a - " .SKEC]I-FTC. LAW �.,= r ' � "� a � � pit., � ✓ ���� s v ,°�" �` �$�.�� ;. Rev.OC,t 23 2--ADMINISTRATION' a. Any amusement or event such as live music or other performance which is knowingly permitted by any establishment subject to this chapter, including presentations by single or multiple performers,such as hypnotists,pantomimes, comedians, song or dance acts, plays,concerts, any type of contest;sporting events, exhibitions, carnival or circus acts, demonstrations of talent or items for gift or sale;shows, reviews,and any other such activity which may be attended by members of the public. b. Live or recorded music where public dancing is permitted. c. Any event controlled, conducted,sponsored, encouraged,or.knowingly permitted, by an establishment'subject to this chapter,which involves any of the activities described in the l = foregoing paragraphs which is presented by members of the public,w' hetherornot the_ participants in said activities are compensated by the establishment. � d. Establishments-which provide jukeboxes,televisions,video games,video programs,or s i recorded music and no other entertainment,as herein defined, are not required to comply with the provisions of this chapter, unless the recorded music is.played on equipment which is operated by an agent or contractor of the establishment for a period exceeding ten w .n " minutes per hour. The intent of this section is to.require an Entertainment Permit of establishments which -�_ j provide that which is commonly known as a"DJ"and to exempt establishments which ,Y z provide`incidental or ambient music. Facade ._ The main face or front of a building. :r j Feasible ti Capable of being accomplished in a successful manner within a reasonable period of time, i -taking into account economic,environmental, social and technological factors: s Floor area ratio (FAR) A number which indicates how many square feet of structure can be built on a site.,FAR is determined by dividing the gross floor area of all buildings on a'lot by the,area of that lot. , FIB+Tower . The structure and rigging behind and above the stage in a performing arts theater.SThe purposedM of a fly tower is a system to move set pieces, lights microphone' other equipment on or,off r ' stage.and to lift or"fly"the scenery above the stage. .�, f H.IJTlT.INCT,ON BE'AC'H DOWNTOWN SP.ECIFF PLP+N DOW"N'TO'WN SPEyC'IFIG'PLAN' 2 -ADMINISTRATION Food and beverage sales Retail sales of food and beverages for off-site preparation and consumption.Typical uses include groceries or delicatessens. Establishments at which 20 percent or more of the transactions are sales of prepared food for on-site or take-out consumption shall be classified as Catering Services or Eating and Drinking Establishments. Food and beverage sales with alcoholic beverage sales shall mean establishments where more than ten percent of the floor area is devoted to sales, display and storage of alcoholic beverages. Fractional ownership hotel " Facility providing overnight visitor accommodations where at least some of the guest rooms 3 (units)within the facility are owned separately by multiple owners on a fractional time basis. A �<< fractional time basis means that an owner receives exclusive right to use of the individual unit for a certain quantity of days per year and each unit available for fractional ownership will have a multiple owners. " Frontage - a The linear length of a building that contains a public entrance or a lot measured along the property line adjacent to a street or easement. Fr ntin Any lot or portion of a lot which abuts an arterial shall be considered to front on that arterial ::. A and shall comply with the required front yard setbacks,whether or not the development on " that lot actually takes access from the arterial. Gross floor area The total enclosed area of all floors of a building measured to the outside face-of the"structural ti `l members in exterior walls,and including halls, stairways, elevators shafts at each'floor level;, - service and mechanical equipment rooms, and habitable basement or attic areas, but,excluding. a` P area for vehicle parking and loading. Gross site area The area within the lot lines of a parcel of land before public streets,alleys, easements or other p 'areas to be dedicated or reserved for public use have been deducted ` Height of building - A,vertical dimension measured from the top,�,of the hi hest roof to the top of tlie-subfloor/slab � ,n located at finish grade. (See Section 230.70 and Section 230.72 of the HBZSO.)_ x ad. ,. K't "'.ztr „4E w " . .. E y: Ht1NTLNGTO,N BEACt1 D.OW`NT§OW-N SPrECIFtC PLANS NQ5 R� DQWNTOwN `SPECFFIC•PLAN *6'V, ' Rev,.oct 23 r 2 -ADfVl1NISTRATION Home occupation Business activity conducted in a dwelling unit in a residential district that is incidental to the principal residential use of a lot or site per the requirements of Section 230.12 of the HBZSO. Hotels Establishments offering lodging on a weekly or less than weekly basis. "Suite" hotels may have kitchens in all units.This classification includes eating,drinking, and banquet service associated with the facility. .. i A „ . Hotel ownerloperator The entity that owns and operates a hotel. If the hotel operator is separate from the hotel $u ` x. owner,both are jointly and severally responsible for ensuring compliance with the requirements described in this Local Coastal Program and/or recorded against the property, as well'as jointly r and severally liable for violations of said requirements and restrictions. Infill lot development A lot contiguous t' one or more develo ed arcels exc(udin parcels separated b streets a ' I s g P P g P P y:, ..a=; - vacant parcel, or a parcel with an existing residential structure,which will have 5o percent or more square footage of habitable areas removed in order to remodel or construct a detached2 ' - single-family unit: d -. Landscaping An area devoted to or developed and maintained with native or exotic plantings, lawn,�ground cover,gardens,trees, shrubs,other plant materials. Plants on rooftops,porches,or in boxes attached to buildings are not considered landscaping. - -` 'i Limited use overnight visitor accommodations Any hotel, motel,or other similar facility that provides overnight visitor accommodations P g perpetuity, Y wherein a purchaser receives the right infor life or a term of ears to be recurrent exclusive use or occupancy of a lot, parcel,unit, room(s), or segment of the facility, annually or i on some other seasonal or periodic basis,for a period of time that has been or will be allotted n " from the use or occupancy periods into which the facility,has been divided,and shall include x,r E but'not be limited to Timeshare, Condominium-Hotel, Fractional Ownership Hotel,or of a ;° '. similar nature. a d" it HU'NTINGTONBE.ACH D:;OWNTO`�/VN SP�fC1F•1'C PLAN 3 DO-wNTOwN�`'.SPECI'FIQ`�: LAN7: � i � ; z -ADMINISTRATION " LiveNork ; A live/work unit is a dwelling unit or sleeping unit in which a significant portion of the space includes a non-residential use that is operated by the tenant. Dwelling units that include an office that is less than ten percent of the area of the dwelling unit shall not be classified as a live/work unit. If the unit does not comply with the following, it is not considered a live/work unit: a. The.live/work unit is permitted to be a maximum of 3,000 square feet. b. The non-residential area is permitted to be a maximum 50 percent of the area of each_live/ � work unit. c. _ The non-residential area function shall be limited to the first or main floor only of'the live, a work unit. z d. A maximum of five non-residential workers or employees are allowedto occupy the non q residential area at any one time. v r� Mezzanine An intermediate floor within a room containing not more than 33 percent-of the floor area ear of the room. A mezzanine should not be counted as a story for residential projects if the mezzanine complies with the following: — z' a. The mezzanine does not exceed 33 percent of the floor area of the room in which the ._� mezzanine is located and does not exceed 400 square feet in size. € ~ b' ;The mezzanine complies with the California Building Code. I "N t 01 mini-parks ..I Areas under City ownership used for the purpose of open space, plazas,landscape buffers-or � public gathering. Motels ` Establishments offering lodging on a weekly`.or less-than weekly basis Motels may Have kitchens in no more than 25 percent of guest units.This:classification rnclWes:eating,',drm ,ing, t I . . and banquet service associated with the facility. . s: 9 -Net site or lot area r The total horizontal area within the property lines of a parcel of land All rights=of-way or j easements which physically prohibit the surface use of that portion of the property for other than vehicular ingress and egress are excluded. r Y4,6 wi:! '� f y a av* # a f a #tea 1 s trx < ." ar € H;U.,N T) G T O.:N B E.:A C H'.':P Q WW T' J S P E C I�F�I wC P L/��1 N O B S,x >r , 60,Vy=N:T-OWNS SP3ECII IC 'PLAN Rev.Oct 23 2 -ADMINISTRATION Neighborhood notification Notification process pursuant to Chapter 241 of the HBZSO when no entitlements are required and the use of requires such notification as stated in the HBZSO. Offices, business and professional Offices of firms or organizations providing professional, executive, management, or administrative services,such as architectural, engineering,graphic design, interior design, real estate, insurance, investment, legal,veterinary, and medical/dental offices.This classificationY_- includes medical/dental laboratories incidental to an office use, but excludes banks'and savings and loan associations. i Outdoor dining An area where a cafe/restaurant provides food service on either public right-of-way, city owned open space,or privately owned open space. Patron(s) A member or members of the public who enter any establishment, except as hereinafter provided. "Patron(s)"do not include: a. Any agent,owner, employee or contractor of an establishment subject to this chapter. Any person who indirectly or directly receives anything of value in exchange for his or her services rendered on behalf of such establishment shall be considered an"employee" hereunder. b. Any agent or representative of any governmental entity of any description whatsoever, including ad hoc boards,task forces,and commissions, provided that such agent or representative enters an establishment, acting in his or her official capacity on behalf of said governmental entity. c. Persons who conduct entertainment at the subject establishment. Performing Arts Theater The use of a site for presentation of plays, motion pictures,or other dramatic performances within a building. ' E Personal enrichment services Provision of instructional services or facilities, including photography,fine arts,'crafts, dance or music studios, driving schools, business and trade schools,and diet centers, reducing salons, yoga or martial arts studios,and massage in conjunction with Personal Services businesses. HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN.SPECIFIC ,PLAN NO.-rS 2-15. DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 2 -ADMINISTRATION Personal services Provision of recurrently needed services of a personal nature. This classification includes barber and beauty shops, seamstresses,tailors, shoe repair shops, dry-cleaning businesses(excluding large-scale bulk cleaning plants), photo-copying, and self-service laundries. Pier The structure owned by the City that extends from the termination of Main Street at Pacific Coast Highway into the Pacific Ocean 1,966 feet. -- -, { Pier Plaza The area adjacent and contiguous to the pier. Planned unit development (PUD) A large scale development of a parcel or of a combination of related parcels to be developed by a single owner or group of owners acting jointly, involving a related group of uses, planned as an entity and having a predominant developmental feature that serves to unify or organize development. Private access ways Streets and alleys not owned or maintained by the City of Huntington Beach. Private open space A usable open space adjoining and directly accessible to a dwelling unit, usually in the form of a i patio or balcony,and reserved for the exclusive use of residents of the dwelling unit and their i .� guests. .15 f s Public open space =� Outdoor or unenclosed area on the ground floor or above floor levels designed and accessible for use by the general public. Public open space may include one of the following: patios; I plazas; balconies;gardens or view areas accessible to the general public;and open air commercial space, open to the street on the first floor, or on at least one side above the first floor, or open to the sky. . Public right-of-way f T I That property dedicated through acquisition or easement for the public right-of-way or utility purposes which includes the area spanning from the property line on one side of a street, alley, or utility corridor to the property line on the other side of the same street,-alley,or utility j corridor. i kiY> t 2-16',*°t HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5".� DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN Rev.Oct 23 I-ADM I N I STRATI ON Rakers One or more timbers sloping between the face of the structure to be supported and the ground. Recreational vehicle A travel trailer, pick-up camper or motorized home with or without a mode of power and designed for temporary human habitation for travel or recreational purposes. ' Redevelopment Project Area Redevelopment Project Areas shall be as defined by the Huntington_B.each'Redevelopment Agency. F Rehabilitation y The physical repair, preservation,or improvement of a building or structure: Does not include an expansion of existing floor area greater than ten percent;does not increase,the building N j ` ? height;does not result in an increase in permitted density. Religious assembly ;= Facilities for religious worship and incidental religious,education, but not including private ` schools as defined in the H BZSO. Retail sales ,u The retail sale of merchandise not specifically listed under another use classification. This, ���� .. _? classification includes department stores, drug stores, clothing stores, and furniture stores'and businesses retailing the following goods: toys, hobby materials, handcrafted items,jewelry, f�. cameras, photographic supplies, medical supplies and equipment, electronic equipment, records sporting goods surfing boards and equipment, kitchen utensils, hardware appliances, antiques, art supplies and services, paint and wallpaper,carpeting and floor covering, office supplies, bicycles,and new automotive parts and accessories(excluding service and installation)- 'Right-of-way (ROW) That portion of property that is dedicated or over which an easement is granted-for public'" streets, utilities pedestrian access or alleys. , , P , Y Roof scuppers -`r Roof scuppers are a device:placed in an opening in the wall or parapet that allows water to drain', s from a roof. -77-71 "HU,NTI.NG'TOX EACH b.,bWN�TOW'N S.PECIf-I'CWPLA,NiNO g . DOWNTOWN.- SPEt`IFlC PLA1VP *� 2 -ADMINISTRATION Semi-subterranean parking Parking structure that is partially recessed into the development site,and which may or may not support additional structures above(e.g. dwelling units or parking structures). Service stations Establishments engaged in the retail sale of gas, diesel fuel, lubricants, parts, and accessories. This classification includes incidental maintenance and minor repair of motor vehicles, but x excluding body and fender work or major repair of automobiles motorcYcles lig.ht and heavY :x.:,k. . , trucks or other vehicles. Setback s A line across the front, side, or rear of any private or public property that delineates an area adjoining a property line in which erection of a building,fence, or other structure is prohibiteld except as otherwise provided in the zoning ordinance. s % rShoring The process of supporting a structure or excavation in order to prevent collapse.: .°� U _ Site coverage Any part of the site covered by a roof, including covered walkways, patios and carports,shall be .v $ ; included in site coverage. Special sub-surface construction z � Refers to the products, procedures and results required to provide an adequate tree rooting space that will allow larger trees to be grown in normal tree planting areas and allow'the roots n from those trees to grow in such a manner that they will not impact the street or infrastructure negatively for an extended period of time. ` Storm water Best Management Practices (BMPs� ' Methods minimizing the effect of urbanization on site hydrology, urban runoff flow rates or,- y velocities,and pollutant loads. 7 13 fr l i Storrn'water management ' 2 Storm water management is the practice of"controlling" runoff generated from a storm -event to reduce flood potential and other potential negative implications:Types of"'control measures may include underground storm drain systems of pipes, retention basins; infiltration BMPs; pump stations and channels. V4 . W� ..`., AT HU.'NTINGTON BE'AC=H".DOWNTOw(VSPECI'FIC PLANN�4 � s<r DOWNTOWN `5PEC1F1C� Rev.Oct 23 2—ADMINISTRATION - Stork That portion of a building included between the surface of any floor and the surface of the floor or finished undersurface of the roof directly above it. A rooftop deck with walls less than or equal to 42 inches in height and covered access thereto shall not be counted as a story. Suite hotel A building designed for or occupied as a temporary lodging place which contains guest rooms and may contain kitchenettes and a separate living room for each unit. ._�? Tiack t Horizontal wire or rod used to reinforce retaining walls for temporary or permanent shoring. With one end of the tieback secured to the wall,the other end is anchored,to a stable structure, I such as a concrete deadman which has been driven into the ground.The tietiack-deadman yd structure resists forces that would otherwise cause the wall or structure to lean. $. Travel services, ' Establishments providing travel information and reservations to individuals and,businesses'.This e classification excludes car rental agencies. } Ultimate right-of-wayE The most lateral edge of the area dedicated for street, utilities or alley purposes. j Usable open space _ Outdoor or unenclosed areas on the ground or on a balcony, deck, porch, or terrace that is � "`ra ` designed and accessible for outdoor living, recreation, pedestrian access or landscaping. Usable " ' - .4 open space does not include parking facilities,driveways, utility or service areas,any required front or street side yard, any space with a dimension of less than 6 feet in any direction or an w q' area of less than 6o square feet. Visitor-servingfacilities Public and private developments that provide accommodations,food, and services including hotels motels timeshares campgrounds, restaurants retail salesj cultural uses and amusement areas for tourists. Wetland, a Lands within the coastal,zone which may be covered eriodicall or" ermanentl with shallow _ y periodically.Y. p - y water and include saltwater marshes,fresh water marshes,open or closed brackish'water ` s marshes, swamps,.mudflats and fens. H'UN,T1N.GT"O,'N BEACH-,DOWNTO,WN 'S�P,ECIFiaC PLANreNQ � f DO N'TO.W NI,SPECI�FIC-'PLAN�' <: _ L _ this page intentionally left blank v . rVT 4 sMi .y r 0 's p F v4 `d QQ wa 30 41 Woo , .,� HUNTINGTON BEACH D�0,YWNTO,WN SPECIFIC' PLAIR, TE � x � �� �>��,,�« is '�"� �'' �•� � , � �, � N rog' ;,�. � �.�.�s�. ,�,,.� �� �;"': .,•; �i �fiw`�:. €` '°' 'a � a°� x 3 p Co- .a' z ..,'s � a d - Chapter 3 LAN USES -,_ DEVELOPMENTSTA-NDARD5 >z r � a 4 i 16 HUNT�ING,TONBEAeCH DOV1/NTOW S�E`,CI �C� PLA-N LPI?�4� E` this page intentionally left blank a. 9 lot SUM 1W 4�l * now I Imp QQ of 3 ± 1 At 1 YET tyL �e +9 ai AV k f Grp jig '_ " " A Tsai �.. k6 ,y vW sson,` Menry Zoom a � 140 A a M I QW ,•? � � . HUNTINGTON ;BEACH DO3WNTOWN SPE.CIFICkP1. UPDATE � M"* �r Rev.Ott 23 3 - LAND &.DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS Chapter 3 - Land Uses & Development Standards 3.1. Introduction This chapter provides direction for private property within the Specific Plan Area through regulatory tools and guidelines established to shape development. These.tools will help achieve the overall Downtown Huntington Beach vision, and more specifically,will provide refined " direction for the types of uses that should occur and'how these uses will be allowed to develop in each area of the downtown. . z The development standards will guide new development as well"as the re-use of existing =.� I buildings.The provisions of this chapterapply to any addition, exterior remodel, relocation, or new construction requiring a building permit within the City. F The 1983 Downtown Specific Plan divided the Specific-Plan Area into 11 districts,"each with its own set of regulations and standards. Due to development within the Specific Plan Area over the last 25 years, and due to the nature of expected future development,this 2009 Specific.Plan has revised the individual district boundaries and updated the development standards. EE I This Specific Plan Area is divided into seven districts based on the characteristics of existing and �= , expected future development. The seven districts are listed below and illustrated in Figure 3-1 4 on the following page. • District 1 - Downtown Core Mixed-Use o District z-Visitor-Serving Mixed-Use ` e District 3-Visitor-Serving Recreation District 4-Established Residential o District 5-Multi-family Residential ® District 6-Pier District'j-Beacha� Some of the development standards apply across all parts of the,Specific Plan,Area,while other regulations are more specific to a particular district. This chapter first presents standards that w . ;. are applicable across districts within the Specific Plan'Area under Section-3:z.,General Provisions ,= Section. . District-S Specific Provisions provides specific requirements for each district. To use ` 3 3 P P p q, this chapter, one should utilize both the general provisions to determine which standards are rs c' ew } p g e a B s a a HUjNTPNG-TON BEACH DOWN TOWN, SP;'ECIFrIt PLAN tdQ b Q W NT'0�1/N��S°P,E'CI F,I r 3 LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS e° 3 e° a Vo` 4 P.1m 4 �' Acatia 6tn 9 9 y` O. y �e A �a '�� Atlanta ca ti 5 6 2 A Pw 3 Legend 01-Downtown Core Mixed-Use ■2-Visitor-Serving Mixed-Use 03-Visitor-Serving Recreation 04-Established Residential E 5-Multi-family Residential M6-Pier ❑ Beach Pa Parcels Figure 3-1 -rcF!< i , -sn^ap 3-2 HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN jai Rev.Oct 23 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS applicable to the proposed development, as well as the individual district section in which the proposed development lies. Where the Specific Plan is silent,the provisions of the Huntington Beach Zoning and Subdivision Ordinance(HBZSO)and the Huntington Beach Municipal Code shall apply. If there is a conflict between this Specific Plan and the HBZSO or the Huntington Beach Municipal Code, this Specific Plan shall take precedence. 3.2. General Provisions The following general provisions shall apply to all new development within the entire Specific Plan Area. 3.2.1. Design Guidelines All development shall comply with the spirit and intent of the design guidelines presented in Book 2: Downtown Specific Plan Guidelines and Strategies, Chapter 4, Design Guidelines. 3.2.2. Sustainable Development Sustainable or"green"building practices shall be incorporated into all projects proposing new structures and/ Must meet Disbict4 or site improvements. Sustainable building practices shall . reaurements include(but are not limited to)those recommended by 4 \ the U.S.Green Building Council's Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) Program certification or Build It Green's Green Building Guidelines and Rating Systems. <,1 aa�b �Dlstnd Boundary 3.2.3• Multi-Property Consolidations Where property consolidations span more than one district, the requirements of each district shall apply to the portion of Must meet Dainct t the development lying within that district as seen in Figure requirements 3-2 Figure 3-2 Where property consolidations span more than one district, the requirements of each Divisions between districts shall be the center line of the district shall apply to the portion of the existing or vacated street, alley,or access way. development lying within that district D r7 r T HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN '3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS 3.2.4• Encroachments No permanent private encroachment shall occur in the public right-of-way(ROW)or onto public property. 3.2.5• Street Vacations The following conditions will apply to City vacation of streets and alleys,due`to,lot,consolidation. A 1. ,The City shall approve.analysis of the impacts on"circulation pattern's'and shall determine whether the vacation will be detrimental._ ;kzA g. 2. A General Plan,conformance analysis shall be completed. z 3. 'State and local code r_equirements'for processing and notifications shall'be met a 4. The cost of relocating all utilities and other public.improvements shall be borne by;the developer. - 5. Any public parking removed must be replaced either on-site or off-site through in-lieu fees j „ Such parking shall be in addition to required parking for the proposed use. "� t 6. Any development proposing the vacation of streets intersecting Pacific Coast Highway in District 1 shall provide a,view corridor that meets.the,following criteria:. 1) Shull be located between Walnut Avenue and Pacific Coast Highway: - z) .Width shall be no less than the former,right-of-way x 3) No-permanently installed solid structures greater than 42"in height shall be allowed�,' within such view corridor. " v A io'wide pedestrian easement shall be provided through the development generalhy parallel to the vacated street._ Alleys and Vehicular.,Access Ways y z The following,standards shall apply to all vehicular access ways and"alleys a k� 1.,. Access to development�shall not be taken'directly,from.Pacific Coast Highway, Main Street, rn p or 5th Street; new driveway or.,alley curb cutsonw these right of�yvay are prohibRed:x ` z.' Vehicular access shalt be limited to the alley where alleys,are provided. <_ y gp „ 3 € > * ` + ' V ez ,air2' ; ,M a` z" `s £ ' Si:^ HU�;NTIN`GTON BEACH Q W'N'7OWN S,P.ECJFI�C PL1A N;O S, � ' 3", 3^,A',} DOWNT(3WN�:,SPEC�F PLAN. � fi , jZ H G Rev.00t z3 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS 3. All alleys not highlighted on Figure 3-3 shall be a minimum of zo'wide and no more than 1/2 of the total alley dedication shall be from one side, as measured from the centerline of the public right-of-way. 4. Figure 3-3 designates the amount of dedication required from each side for alleys within or bordering District 1. All alleys shown on Figure 3-3 shall be 24'wide. 1) For alleys with Even Dedications, no more than t/z of the total alley dedication shall be from one side, as measured from the centerline of the public right-of-way. 2) For alleys with Uneven Dedications, an ultimate right-of-way width of 14'shall be dedicated from the existing centerline to the commercial side of the alley and an ultimate right-of-way width of io'shall be dedicated from the existing centerline to the residential side of the alley. 5. Service or loading areas shall not impede vehicular flow in alleys,and truck deliveries shall not interfere with parking or vehicular travel through alleys. Legend ti EVen Dc,d"hon 6. Paving in alleys shall Uneven Dedloauon be per Public Works MDistrictI Downlown Core Mixed Use T p Q Specific Plan Boundary AcgPis A e standards. The driving $ Pa,.Ix TTj area shall be capable le Bttr si of supporting a fire 1` { apparatus(72,000 9 pounds and 12,000 ,. pound point load). ♦�, ay �I•� °a° a ^ 9< r 7. Alleys shall be well [it; �♦ •' ° a( landscaping shall remain 4' low, and visibility within O 6, rr all and around the alley t°4`9. a+`` •,r' shall remain open. o W m f ;a f `c l r q )a jf 9 r .6� c� �e4 Figure 3-3 Alley Dedications Required - HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS 3.2.6.1. Alley Vacation/Relocation Alley vacations are allowed upon evaluation and necessary infrastructure studies required by the City. 1. The City shall approve analysis of the impacts on circulation patterns and shall determine whether or not the vacation will be detrimental. 2. A General Plan conformance analysis shall be completed. 3. State and local code requirements for processing and notifications-shall be met.: 4: The.cost of relocating all utilities and other public improvements shall be borne by-the- developer. ' 5. An alley.may be shifted"or relocated upon the condition that any,items(e.g.parking,service loading areas, utilities and infrastructure) located within,the alley are'relocated along with vacating and_dedicating the new alley. 3.2.6.2. District 1 Alley Special Paving At areas'where alleys intersect with paseos or parking ° structure entrances and/or exits, as shown in Figure 3-4, PASEOIPARKtNG ' ' ,»:� the alley paving shall be printed with distinctive patterns ,� ��� srRucruRE ENTRANCEIEXIT -{ reminiscent of the wave pattern incorporated into the , downtown sign program, as shown in Figure 3-5,to identify 't°'a"P"IV pedestrian,links,entrances;and exits along the'alleyway. PASEo :. The distinctive paving.pattern will indicate tomotorists that this is an area where motorists may find pedestrian activity: ;} LU �� �� -r, 3.2.7. Private Access"Ways. - Figure 3 4;At areas where a, eys h Private access,ways shall be developed pursuant to Chapter Intersect with paseos,or parking structure 231 of the H BZSO. en trances,andtor exrfs,alley paving:shall "Ir X be printed with a distinctive v%ave pattern .. ° C � N j Figure 3 5 The alley wave pattern mimics he-paftera.tbund:in the downtawn,sign program ` r -77777, � 1 ye 36 HUNTINGTt3N. BEACH R�0W'`NTOWN SP,ECIIFlC PLAN NOSE �c , ck - a r a d F:,,f .as. ., ,r rt^.'a j r° z .DOWNT©WN SPECI,)FTC PLAN > ' k , p� caaa ; r a, a _.`x` Rev.Oct 23 3 - LAND USES &,.DEVELOPMENT-STANDARDS " 3.2.8. Exceptions to Height Limits Chimneys,vent pipes, cooling towers,flagpoles,towers,spires, domes,cupolas, parapet walls not more than 4' high,water tanks,fire towers,fly towers associated with performing arts theaters,transmission antennae(including wireless communication facilities), radio and television antennas(except satellite dish antennae), and similar structures and necessary mechanical appurtenances(except wind-driven generators)may exceed the maximum permitted height in the district in which the site is located by no more than lo'. The Zoning i Administrator may approve greater height with a conditional use permit. 3•2-9• Accessory Structures All structures incidental and accessory to a permitted principal use or structure may be { µ erected on any parcel containing a main building provided that such structures conform to the following:. .. 1. Shall not exceed 15'in height. aPo. r t 2. Shall not_be closer than 1o'to any other structure on the same parcel. >° 3. Shall not encroach into utility or other recorded easements. 4. Shall conform to all setback requirements. 5. Parking structures are excluded from this provision but must meet.the,standards set forth in Section 3.2.26. Parking of this document. 3.2.1o. Building Separation r 1. 10 minimum separation between buildings on the same site. 2. 6'minimum separation between a patio cover and another building on the same site. - -- - � , a kt[�.N�aN.GTO,N-BEAtH „Dr0WNTO�tVN ,SP'ECaF°d,C `PLAN NCO 5" 4 `DOWNT�OWN� SPECIFlC "PLAN. 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS . 3.2.11. Subterranean Development 1. Any story of a structure that is located entirely below finish grade(Figure 3-6)shall not be counted as a building story for determination of maximum height restrictions. 2. Semi-subterranean portions of a structure that are greater than 42" in height shall be counted as a story(Figure 3-7). �` t� L : O ti c , T — ^`� Entirely subterranean level �— � �` T Y - Semi-subterranean areas { — does not count as a story over 42"in height are 6 — considered a story -Figure 3-6 Any story or level of a structure Figure 3-7 Semi-subterranean portions of _ �` Pa that is located entirely below finish grade a structure over 42"high shall be counted >� shall not be counted as a building story or as a building story for determination of =' level for determination of maximum height maximum height restrictions restrictions Xl :_`3 No minimum setback from a public right-of-way shall be required for subterranean and semi-,,,,, 3• P g Y Q �a subterranean development unless otherwise specified by the Building Code. l 4. Shoring for.underground parking structures shall be in compliance with Section 12.:38 of the l Huntington Beach Municipal Code. A41 5.,.°Shoring methods for underground construction shall be reviewed and approved by the � Department of Building and Safety. If there are any encroachments) to the publtcrtght I = ' of-way,the developer shall obtain approval from the Department of Public'Works'prior to � submittal of shoring plans to the Department of Building and Safety for review and approval . Conditions for the use of tiebacks include: } c,. - ✓ � r''� }"°�,,�t ,5.#, ��1j .}-q -: t r- ,' r � �+k` �� psi�,*x,: �, '-s,�r �-� 'axr IL p .. .N ,"F. Y q § .Y C fiFg's Af�, ,fia 3$ HUNTIN:GTON BEACH ,D6W:N4 OWu;N SPECIFIC' PLAN > DOFWNTOWN 45Ff'LCI FUL PL 'N :r q -r '` r'fi its 4."v` '��`- Rev.Oct 23 _ ^ 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS 1) All proposed tiebacks shall be for temporary use only. No tiebacks for permanent structural support purposes will be allowed to remain under the public Right-of-way. 2) The extent of all proposed tiebacks into the public right-of-way shall be clearly identified on the shoring plan. 3) Upon termination of the temporary use of the subject tiebacks, all tieback portions less shallow than 5' below the existing or future deepest utility(in the public right-of-way) shall be removed from all public right-of-way. The lower portions of these tiebacks may remain under the public right-of-way but must be--de-tensioned. s 4) A"For Reference Only"plan shall be included with the As-Built Precise Grading Plans to >F .' show tiebacks and/or concrete grout sections that will remain in place in the public_City right-of-way under existing and newly constructed,utilities after the shoring is removed .F 5) All existing utilities in the public right-of-way shall be°clearly shown in shoring plans and profile views, along with the proposed tiebacks'relation to these utilities. "[ s, a 6 The anticipated future vertical and horizontal alignment utilities identified in an Cit w P g Y y x master plan shall be shown for reference. i i 7) The following notes shall be included in the shoring plan: I ;i r a) "Installation of the tiebacks for temporary,shoring purposes requires a separate �� I encroachment permit where they extend into the City's right-of-way." . b) "All tiebacks installed in the City's right-of-way for temporary shoring purposes that p are placed over existing or newly constructed City utilities shall be removed after shoring is no longer needed(to-allow for future access and public infrastructure `' maintenance)." # a g 3.2.12. Landscaping In addition to City standard landscape plans and specifications, as well as requirements found in Chapter 232 of the H BZSO,the following standards shall apply: All setback areas fronting on or visible from an adjacent public street shall provide: 1) 7o%minimum landscaping material, including a combination of trees,shrubs,,and groundcover. z) 3o%maximum of the setback area.shall be covered in hardscape materials,w.hich,may include driveways, paths, or accent features., 3) Commercial and mixed use development in District 1 and=single-family-residential, j development shall be exempt from this requirement for all-setbacks.. E ' HU�N^TINGTO`N BEACH DOWNTOWN S'PxEC1FIC PLAN N0 5 t 3g ► DOWNTOWNS:PECIF7C PLAN' ^ w q 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS 2. The setback areas adjacent to parking lots shall include at least 300 square,feet of landscaped area with trees planted no closer than 30'on center. Tree variations shall adhere to the City's approved tree species. 3. Landscaping located within the setback shall not be included when calculating the minimum landscaping required within the parking lot interior. 4. All landscaped areas shall be permanently maintained in an attractive manner. 5. Landscaping shall not interfere with visibility for crime prevention purposes. t i 6. Landscaping shall not impede or affect sight distance and visibility requirements of vehicular traffic. 7. Special sub-surface construction may be required by the City. fQ, , 8. All landscaped areas shall comply with the Cit 's Water Efficient Landscape Re uirements of ' P P Y Y p_ q the Huntington Beach Municipal Code. ` 1 � s 3.2.13. Fences and Walls 3.2.13.1. All Districts 1. 6'maximum height. .., . 2 42"maximum height within the front yard setback. ! 3. Sight distances shall be maintained F= � T 'per Section 230.88 of the H BZSO. ! • "�-'` ao 4. Both sides shall be articulated with � " a . materials and colors that are similar41 + or complementary to the project buildings. jSi�vca7c.�ackwn� , 5. , A pilaster, change in wall plane, F or other design feature shall be Figure 3-8_Single-Family Residential Standards' provided a minimum of every 12'to v _ avoid presenting a blank wall where visible from a public right-of-way. 6. Chain link fencing, barbed wire fencing,and smooth-face block walls are prohibited 2 z Additional Standards for Single-Family Residential Uses u > 1. A 3'landscaped setback from the front property line is required in�front of a maxim urn 42", Al height wall within the front yard setback(Figure 3-8). I= rwt � .a ,6 . " a"af ° °•. "?� 5' �' # `� .�+„,,. f,.i 'i�t ..f f :, r `7 °' E, ",w. ''B'- 3 x J' .r. .s, 3, v', , 3` ' H,t1.NTINGTOIV Bf.;4CH D'OW.NTOV+/..N £SPECIFT`C ' DOWIVTOWN 'SPECI.FIC PLAM " ,.y k•��E y, ..= v�, a''w" a ., e " r. _ b �3: �F ..��, tf s i � : ,�� i±',g,,�"� # �' :�i. 2"' � $;;,y f , K�,y Rev.Oct23 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS 2. 18"maximum height of a retaining wall on the front property line,as measured from the top of the highest adjacent curb. 3. A second retaining wall up to 18"in height may be erected above the 18"high retaining wall with a minimum 3'front setback. 4. A wall or fence up to 42"in height may be erected on top of the retaining wall with the minimum 3'front setback. 3.2.14. Mixed-Use Projects E Mixed-use projects combine commercial,office, and/or residential uses into one single development. The uses can be combined in multiple ways, such as each use located on a separate floor or wing of a building or each use in separate buildings on the site. Both types of mixed use development are encouraged. Mixed-use projects can create unique design issues, such as the need to balance the F requirements of residential uses with the needs of commercial uses.When designing mixed-use I developments, it is important that commercial and office uses are sensitive to the residential uses of the project. 1. All commercial portions of a mixed-use project shall adhere to all standards pertaining to commercial uses within this Specific Plan. . 3 i 2. All residential portions of a mixed-use project shall adhere to all standards pertaining to residential development within this Specific Plan. 3. Architectural style and use of quality materials shall be consistent throughout an entire -__ mixed-use project; however,variations in materials and details may be used to differentiate between residential and non-residential portions of the project. 4. In areas where residential uses are not allowed on the ground floor,a central lobby may be located on the ground floor. I 5. Dedicated parking spaces shall be provided for residents and shall be clearly distinguished from spaces provided for commercial and/or office uses. Residential guest parking and commercial and office parking may be shared.All residential parking must be provided I on-site. f 6. Mixed-uses,when located on the same site and in separate buildings, shall provide landscaped pedestrian walkways or multi-use paths to connect the mixed-uses,structures, and open spaces. 7. All buildings shall be sited to reduce odor, noise, light and glare, and visual and other conflicts between commercial and residential uses. HUNTINGTON BEACH .DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC_PLAN NO.,,=5 3-11, j DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS 8. Lighting for the commercial uses shall be appropriately shielded so as not to spill over into the residential area or negatively impact the residential units. g. Landscaping shall be used with other features to reduce potential visual, light,and glare conflicts. io. Loading areas and trash and recycling enclosures for commercial uses shall be located away from residential units. . 11. Loading and service areas for commercial uses shall not be located within residential parking areas and shall not block access ways for the residential areas. 12. Special consideration should be given to the location and screening of noise-generating ! equipment,such as refrigeration units and air conditioning and exhaust fans. Noise-reducing -� screens and insulation may be required if any equipment has the potential to create a negative impact on residential uses. 13. Commercial uses with residential units either above or attached shall provide ventilation systems to prevent odors from adversely affecting residential units. .2.1 Minimum Dwelling Unit Size i 3 5• g 500 square feet minimum dwelling unit size shall apply to all residential dwelling units. 3.2.16. Open Space for Multi-family Residential Development 150 square feet minimum per residential unit shall be consolidated to provide open space area (private and common). For purposes of this section, open space shall mean an area that is designed and intended to be used for active and passive recreation. Parking areas, access aisles, <, and driveways shall not qualify as usable open space. 3.2.16.1. Private Open Space 1) 6'minimum width shall be provided in courts or balconies. 2) 6o square feet minimum of private open space shall be provided in a minimum of 75%of the dwelling units. 3) Shall be contiguous to the dwelling unit. 4) Shall not be accessible to any dwelling unit except the unit it serves. 5) 42"minimum height wall or hedge shall physically separate private open space from common areas 6) 6o" minimum height wall, hedge, or planted vine fence shall provide a physical I separation between individual private open spaces °3-12 HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC "PL'AN Nam. 5v`"' DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN Rev.Oct 23 -3 - LAND,USES& DEVELOPMENT STAN"DARDS' 7) Shall be open on at least one side but need not be open to the sky. 3.2.16.2. Common Open Space - 1) 1o'minimum width in any direction shall be provided for any interior side yard, patio, court,terrace, and/or rooftop deck counted toward common open space requirement. 2) Shall substantially be open to the sky. 3) Driveways or parking areas shall not be counted toward common open space requirement. 4) Projects with more than zo units shall include at least one.amenity,such as a clubhouse, a swimming pool,a tenniscourt,a volleyball court; an outdoor cooking facility,"or other recreation facility. Such common amenity spaces shall count toward the common open space requirement.- . : I 5) In multiple unit developments; common areas shall be guaranteedby a restrictive i i covenant describing the common space and its maintenance and improvement, .w running with the land for the benefit of the residents. The developer shall file with the ' Department of Planning for recordation with the final subdivision map legal documents ., that will provide for restricting the use of common spaces for the designated purpose,as E I approved on the final development plan. All lands to be conveyed to the homeowner's . association shall be subject to the right of the grantee or grantees to enforce maintenance and improvements of the common space._ ; ..E 3.2.17. Lighting for Multi-Family Residential Development, aj r i. For developments of more than z units,the developer shall install an on-site lighting system pon all vehicular access ways and along major walkways. � z. Lighting shall be directed.onto driveways and walkways within the development and away from adjacent properties. 3. Lighting shall be installed within all covered and enclosed parking areas,and light control : switches shall not be controlled by or accessible to residents. _. 4. Security lighting fixtures shall not project above the fascia or roof line of the building and 4 shall be shielded. z �8Stora e Space Multi-Family Residential Development " �3' P y P 1. 50 cubic feet minimum enclosed storage space located outside the unit for each dwelling " unit where a proposed residential development does not include a separate attached I garage. 2. All storage space shall be architecturally designed to complement the"design of the'dwellmgb units. U HUNTI.IVf�TO"N° BEACH `.DOWNTO"wN S`0tbjiFrIC PC' °1V;0 5' 373 _ DOWNTOWN ',SPECIr"tC: PLAfV° ; 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS 3. All access ways shall be free and clear of any and all structures including, but not limited to, storage areas. 3.2.19. Refuse and Recycling Collection Areas In all developments, refuse and recycling collection areas shall comply with the following: 1. Shall be located within a single enclosure that is roofed with a solid, impervious material. z. Shall be located within a building or screened on 3 sides by a 6'high wall that is clad,or -€ > finished with materials utilized on the primary building surfaces and equipped withea gate. =�z 3. Shall be situated in order to minimize noise and visual intrusion on adjacent property as well ' as to eliminate fire hazard to adjacent structures. 4. Shall not face a street or be located in a required setback. 5. Shall be provided prior to occupancy. DO- 6. All access ways shall be free and clear of any and all structures including,but not limitedrto, . ' P t g` refuse and recycling enclosures. _ 7. Specific location shall be depicted on the grading plan and shall be approved by the City. q 8. The area shall be paved with an impervious surface,designed to not allow run-on from =f adjoining areas, designed to divert drainage from adjoining roofs and pavements diverted around the area, and screened or walled to prevent off-site transport of refuse. 9. The connection of refuse area drains into the storm drain system is prohibited;however, if feasible,the refuse enclosure shall be connected into the sanitary-system. ' = 10. Development shall adhere to Section 8.21 of the Huntington Beach Municipal Code. 3-.2.20. Affordable Housing 1. , All residential development must adhere to Section 230.26 of the HBZSO of all"new residential ` z. If the site is within the Redevelopment Project Area, at least 15/ . ��. units developed shall be provided at affordable housing cost to low and moderate income households. _ `j a { a a 3. 4 H UN<T.1.N G T Q N� B E.AC<N,.DO WN`-T O W N S PG l F{CP 1 %�NkOS as."�`" ., � .� � � t• , � ';���4-t�*�:�,, `� � � '. �,`°.� �,'...,., � D01N.NTQW'N SPECfFlC -PLAN � Rev.Oct 23 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS 3.2.21. Residential Buffers ,�„ C3 BouM.ry These standards shall apply to the property line abutting the line depicted on Figure 3-9= a. d s 1. Minimum setbacks, as shown in s Figure 3-10: 1) 3'minimum side or rear setback. 2) 25' maximum building height at ,f the side or rear setback line. y 3) 45'maximum building height at 1o'away from the side or rear , property line. z. The following activities associated with a commercial business are not permitted within 50' of the residential Figure 3-9 Locations in District 1 where residential buffers shall use: be applied • Loading docks. • Service areas. • Noise-or odor-generating operations. 3. The following activities associated with a commercial business are not permitted within 20' of the residential use: d 2 �I 45. • Trash and recycling enclosures. a v, i • Mechanical equipment. ; — a c, Building a /EnveI 4. Open space buffers incorporating landscaping shall � / be used to separate commercial and mixed uses from potentially incompatible uses. The width and treatment of the open space buffer will vary 3' depending upon the types of potential land use 10' conflicts to be resolved. Figure 3-f0 Graduated rear yard setbacks are required for parcels adjacent to single-family residential parcels or districts HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 3 - LAND USES &DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS a 5. Landscaping shall be used along, or in conjunction with, other features to reduce potential visual, light, and glare conflicts. 6. Screening and/or buffers shall be required to obscure features such as trash and recycling enclosures, rear entrances, utility and maintenance structures, and loading facilities. 7. The odors released from any operation or activity shall not exceed detectable concentration beyond lot lines, measured at any location on the lot lines. 8. Commercial uses with residential uses either above or attached shall provide ventilationF systems to prevent odors from adversely affecting residential units . 9. Special consideration shall be given,to the location and screening of noise generating 7 equipment,such as refrigeration units and air conditioning and exhaustfans. Noise reducing , screens and,insulation may be,re wired if an _e ui ment has the otential„to create a y - q y ,q P P negative impact on residential-uses. lo. Construction and re p air,of items for sale or repair shall be located entire) within an P P be located y', enclosed structure. ii. Cutoff lighting fixtures shall be used and mounted parallel to.the ground .The fixtures shall be located,aimed, and shielded to direct light only onto the building and walkways and not # toward adjacent roofs or residences. � .< ` 5.2.22. Signs �. Commercial uses-shall conform to sign.standards summarized in Figure 3-11.r z: Residential uses shall conform to sign standards provided'.in Chapter. 233 of the HBZSO. . . Individual dwelling units shall be identified with, per City Specification# o Street � 3• g P Y P;. 4. 9 '',Naming and Address Assignment Process. The Planning Department shall review and make y� address assignments. # R 3.2.22.1. General Sign Standardsf 1) All public'signs'shall be approved through adoption of a downtown sign program and are # - subject to review and approval by the Design Review Board. a z) Pole signs,box cabinet signs,and signs that r,oject above;the edge of the roof'line:are I not permitted. _ Rectangular aluminum illuminated light box signs. are not ermitted 3) g gP 4)_ Signs that rotateand flash are not permitted. � 5) Flags, banners, and pennants are permitted as temporary signs pursuant to Cliapteri33 : of the H BZSO. `°77, R m r V $ x x H,,UNTIN,GTON BEACH <D?OWN'TOW.N SPFEClF1CPLAN N,fJ }5 i. ti' , . g fi D0Y NT9,W.NSPEC TICS P�R�1��� � �� �° �� �� Rev.Oct 23 3 = LAND USES& DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS . . " 6) A single development with more than 5 users shall provide a unifying sign theme through a planned sign program. All signs shall be consistent in the following ways: a) Type of construction materials. b) Letter size. c) Method of sign support. d) Configuration of sign area. - e) Shape of total sign and related components. n - o 7) Sign placement shall not cover up windows or important architectural features,without approval by the Director of Planning and the Design Review Board., 8) Sign supports and brackets shall be integrated into the'overall sign design and shall be . € E compatible with the design and scale of the sign. F g)- Electrical connections shall not be visible on signs, " ' lo) Lighting of all exterior signs shall be directed to,illuminate the sign only. s3.2.22.2. Monument Signs n� 1) 42" maximum height. . E i) Monument signs shall be located in a landscaped planter with no poitio_n of the sign, , extending beyond the perimeter of the planter. .` ' 3) Copy shall be limited to center identification and/or major tenant identification,and av single field color shall be used. 3 �' 3.2.22.3. Wall Signs �) Signs painted directly on the wall are not permitted. 2) The proportion of channel letter height to a building wall or fascia shall be carefully considered. The maximum letter heights shall be: x. a) 48"for major anchor stores, i.e. department stores, etc. "" b). 30"for major stores, i.e.supermarkets,drugstores, etc. � c) 20"for freestanding single tenant buildings and in-line tenants with either 6o'or more linear frontage, or 3 bays,whichever,is greater. . d). 16"for all other in-line tenants. . 3) A wall sign shall not project more than.12"from the surface to which the sign is attached Y "€ 4) Returns on channel letter signs shall be finished to`match the letter color,the r 4 .T background building wall,color, or the predominant trim color. ' 5) Cabinet signs shall be custom designed to form a unique shape. , a HU- IT,IN'GTON B' ACH "QOwNTO=W'N SP,ECIF"IC PIAN N:O 5", �; =317 `ar '� DO��NNTO"WN ,"SPECIFtC,PLAN' .a 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS Sign Standards for Commercial Uses Use Maximum Maximum f Sin Type Number Sign Area Business ID Monument One per site, provided the structure on the site is setback zo sq.ft. a minimum of 20 feet and the site has a minimum of loo linear feet of frontage >aw Wall or AwningIf less than loo linear feet of street frontage, one wall 1 sq.ft. per linear . " ) g � or one awning sign is permitted per business foot of building >_ g g P P g � ; -ua 2) If greater than or equal to loo linear feet of street frontage frontage, one wall or one awning sign is permitted per entrance, up to two entrances per street frontage 3) If the business if located on a corner with street frontage on two streets, one wall or one awning sign is permitted per street frontage N�, :.� �Z a Hanging or One hanging or projecting sign or one window sign is 4 sq.ft. V: projecting permitted per business � ' S+ Window One hanging or projecting sign or one window sign is 15%of total d permitted per business window area } ' Tenant Wall One per site 12 sq.ft. = Directory Figure 3-11 Sign"Standards for Commercial Uses s : , .z. 2z. Awning ins fa 2 �' g Signs fi. 1), Signs shall be limited to the front facing awning panel. 2)` Messages shall be limited to the business name and logo. r .. 3) Copy shall be centered on the awning canopy or valance. ?•, Projectingor. Hanging Signs > moo— A 8'minimum ground clearance. 1 . z) Signs shall be double-faced. h ' .n . c ` "W 318 ; HUNTI,N.GTO N BEACH 'D:OWNTOWN SRECIFEbt PL-W4` NOS 5 INO ` � .`�� .. ,. D 01N N T 01NuN �'S Pi &I'F'I c P h,A N - UX y ti r 5t ., w s a ., .n`* .. R t$:v R.✓ !4 5 }r.°{b ,. °°%43m,Wu- 4 an.s g P z1�.4".us £`s' Rev.Oct23 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS 3.2.22.6. Window Signs 1) Signs may be applied to the storefront windows or 36"Max. doors, but may not cover more than 15%of the overall combined window and door areas located on the same facade. interior Sign 2) Copy shall be limited to business name, address, and Building Envelope; phone number. - -_4 3) Signs shall be limited to individual,letter signs and graphics. Glass-mounted graphic logos may be applied by silk screening or pre-spaced vinyl die-cut forms. Figure 3-12 Interior window signs f shall be located within 36 inches of the { 4) Letters shall be vinyl or painted. window to be readable from the exterior 5) Interior window signs shall be located within 36" of the window to be readable from the exterior. I t 3.2.22.7. Tenant Directory Signs Tenant directory signs shall be located and oriented to the pedestrian rather than to the street. F 3.2.22.8. Outdoor Advertising �-� All outdoor advertising shall be subject to the standards found in Section 3.2.25.Outdoor Display Areas and Sales, as well as the following additional standards. 1) Movable,freestanding advertisements approved in compliance with this Section 3.2.22.8. Outdoor Advertising are exempt from other sign regulations of this Specific Plan. 2) Signs associated with merchandise display shall be located completely within the area of a sign frame or structure that is permanently installed and constructed of sturdy, quality E materials. _ 3) Multiple-sided advertisements in excess of z sides are prohibited. 4) 3 square feet maximum surface area per side for a single-sided or double-sided i advertisement. i 5) 2 square feet of additional surface area per side,for 5 square feet maximum total surface area, may be permitted, as determined by the Director,for designs that incorporate colorful or interesting graphics or logos. 6) 1 maximum outdoor advertising sign per business. I 7) 3'maximum distance from the storefront for a freestanding advertisement sign. 8) All advertisement structures and materials shall be maintained in good repair and in clean condition at all times and shall be constructed of high quality materials that possess a professional appearance and complement the permanent signs on site. HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIF:I.0 PLAN N.O-. 5 349 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS 9) Hand lettered signs on temporary materials, such as paper or cardboard, are not permitted. io) Design,including materials, lettering and graphics, shall be of good quality and appearance and shall be subject to review and approval by the Department of Planning. Outdoor advertisements shall be constructed and lettered in a professional manner. 11)All materials and lettering finishes shall be durable and weather-resistant. 12)Any advertising sign that is significantly damaged, dilapidated,worn,weathered or not securely or properly attached shall be immediately removed or replaced. 3.2.23. Awnings 1. 8'minimum ground clearance. ! 2. Shall not be wrapped around buildings in continuous bands. ' ! Shall only be laced on to of doors windows and other openings. j 3• Y P P � 4. All awnings on a single building shall be a consistent material, color, size,and style regardless of a difference in tenant or use. Y € 5. Frames and supports shall be painted or coated to prevent corrosion. 6. Internally illumination is prohibited. Downward directed lighting is allowed. 7. Shall be well maintained at all times and shall be replaced immediately when in a worn or torn condition, as determined by the Director. j 8. Shall have lighting under the awning to avoid creating a shadow under the awning and at ` the front door. i 3.2.24. Outdoor Dining 3.2.24.1. Permitting s a 1) Outdoor dining on public or private property may be permitted, pursuant to the HBZSO; when in compliance with this section. 2) The sale of alcohol shall be subject to the review and approval'of a'Conditional Use {' Permit by the Zoning Administrator and compliance with this section. 3) For any existing restaurant with alcohol sales with an existing outdoor dining area,the sale of alcohol in the outdoor dining areas shall be subject to the review and approval by 1 the Director of Planning and the Police Chief with Neighborhood Notification pursuant to Chapter 241 of the H BZSO and compliance with this section. 4) Enforcement of this section shall be by the Director of Planning or his/her designee. i° 3-20 - HUNTINGTON- BEACH DOWNTOWN SPEtI FIC=PLAN N`O "' DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN Rev.oct z3 " 3 - LAND USES& DEVELOPMENT"STANDARDS 3.2.24.2. Location and design criteria 25'Min. i) Outdoor dining shall be an extension of an existing ouvEavENUE — or proposed eating establishment on contiguous ----- , property and shall be located directly adjacent to the W dear UJ (..,Passage i Sidewalk eating establishment. y I Area 2) On Main Street, if an extended sidewalk area for N i ���,Building.f f outdoor dining exists at the time of Specific Plan adoption,any outdoor dining shall be relocated at the l _ time stre'etscape improvements detailed.in Section ' 6.3.1. Streetscape 1: Main Street are implemented. : . Figure 3-13 The triangular area formed " 3) 8,minimum clear passage area is required for _ by measuring_25 feet along fhe curb lines " I pedestrian access between outdoor dining area and shall be clear passage area. the curb where overall sidewalk width is greater than. 10 . �. 4) 6'minimum clear passage area is required for pedestrian access between outdoor dining d,5 area-and the curb where the sidewalk is lo'or narrower in width.. . 5) No sidewalk smaller than 8'in width may be allowed to have outdoor dining.. ' 6) A wider clear passage area flay be required for any of the previous.conditions at the ' discretion of the Directors of Planning and Public Works or the Zoning Administrator: 7) There shallbe a clear distinction between dining area and the public sidewalk through i the use of planters and/or,physical barriers. 3 8) 36" minimum height physical barrier shall surround any outdoor dining where alcoholic ;�� beverages are served. ti 9) All tables and chairs shall be of sturdy construction,made STREET STREET of quality materials, and - x: 0 0 designed to complement the Outdoor y� 0 ' character of the Streetscape. 4� 0 0 Outdoor Dining " io)Temporary, mobile,,or F0 0 4 A - free-standing food service ;a" providers must adhere to the " carts and kiosks standards Building Envelope .Building Envelope found in.Section z3o.94 of the HBZSO and may not provide_ � a ,i outdoor seating. THIS NOT THIS Figure 3-14 Outdoor dining shall be'ldcated directly adjacent to the, eating"establishment , -; I S F r > s P HUNT(-NGTO'N; BE,AC'H :DOWNTOWN 5F'ECIF,IC PLAN NO DOWNTOWN SPELCIFICFPLAN" > 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS „ z z4.3_Operating requirements, provisions, and conditions 1) All provisions of the Huntington Beach Municipal Code and HBZSO shall apply. 2) A License Agreement including use fees shall be obtained from the City and/or Caltrans,if applicable,for outdoor dining located on public property. 3) The License Agreement shall be subject to termination at any time upon a to day prior qiwritten notice upon determination of the Director or Zoning Administrator that 1 or more of the conditions or provisions of this section have been violated or that 1 or more � factors listed in Necessary Findings below have changed and the permitted use is no longer compatible with the intended use of the public right-of-way or public property.4) Termination of a License Agreement shall nullify the Conditional Use Permit: 5). The applicant shall enter into a Maintenance Agreement with the City for maintenance of all onions of the public property used and approved b the Director or Zoning, P P P P Y PP Y ` + Administrator for the outdoor dining: Said agreement shall be'submitted to and ' approved by the Department of Public Works prior to commencement of the use. 6) All outdoor dining operators shall provide a public liability insurance policy as specified , r in all current insurance resolutions. Such liability insurance shall be provided in a forme acceptable to the City Attorney. The policy shall name the City of Huntington Beach as � g _ an additional insured and shall be maintained at all times. 7) No food or beverages of any nature shall be sold to any occupant or rider of any motor vehicle or bicycle. 8) Alcoholic beverages shall only be served in glass or hard plastic containers. Each glass, or hard plastic container shall be permanently printed with a number identifying the establishment serving alcohol. < 9) Alcoholic beverages maybe served on public and/or private property subject to the ' provisions provided herein. P P . 10)The applicant or operator shall pay all fees and deposits required by the Huntington . IA Beach Municipal Code, including the fee established for use of'put lic property,prior to 1 operation of the outdoor dining use. _ - = The Conditional Use Permit may be transferred upon sale or transfer of the restaurant _ subject to a written request approved by the Zoning Administrator and the property, owner. An amendment to the License Agreement and Maintenance Agreement-will- be required prior to transfer of the Conditional Use Permit for outdoor dining on LL public property. A Conditional Use Permit transfer or License Agreement renewal and Maintenance Agreement renewal or amendment may be denied if'one of the factors listed in Necessary Findings below have changed and the permitted use is no longer,;, compatible with the intended use of the public right-of-way. - - t 15, yki ` 322 HCINTIN.GION BEACH DOWNTOW4N SPECIFIC PLRN 1405 " : ;, <1 Rev.Oct23 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS .2.24.4. Parking for Outdoor Dining t) Parking shall comply with Section 3.2.26. Parking of this Specific Plan. 2) No parking spaces shall be required for the outdoor dining portion of the restaurant if the outdoor dining area does not exceed: • Maximum of 20%of the restaurant area, not to exceed 400 square feet. 3) Any outdoor dining area that exceeds these standards shall provide t00%of the required parking for the area in excess of the above standard. Parking for the outdoor dining area shall be provided at a ratio of one(t)space per 125 sf of outdoor dining area. 3.2.25. Necessary Findings In order to approve outdoor dining the Director or Zoning Administrator shall make the following findings: t) The sidewalk's public use, pedestrian,transit and business services including but not limited to loading zones, bus stops, public phones, and benches,are not restricted. J 2) Building entryways are not obstructed. 3) Pedestrian traffic volumes are not inhibited. 4) Handicapped accessibility is provided where required. i 3.2.25. Outdoor Display Areas and Sales Outdoor display areas, sales, and uses are encouraged within the Specific Plan Area provided that they enhance the pedestrian environment through the creative and appropriate use of outdoor spaces.The intent is to provide opportunities for businesses to display their products in f ► a manner that enhances the public realm and creates an interesting, organized, and comfortable ! shopping and dining area. Creativity in the design of outdoor displays is encouraged and the E quality, character,and design of all items placed outside should contribute in a positive way to the visual appearance of the community. t. Temporary outdoor sales,whether on public or private property, shall be subject to approval of a Temporary Use Permit(TUP)by the Zoning Administrator as well as the following standards. 2. A TUP.shall permit outdoor sales/display events subject to the following limitations: 3 t) 5 years maximum per permit. 2) 5o days maximum per calendar year. 3) to consecutive days maximum. _ HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC .PLA.N NO.-5 „3-23 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN I 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS 4) Prior(10 days minimum)to commencement of the use each year,a schedule(dates)for temporary sidewalk sales events to occur in that year shall be submitted to the Planning Department for review and approval. 3. The owner or primary lessee of the private property that immediately abuts the sidewalk or pedestrian plaza is the only one who possesses the vending rights. 4. Outdoor display areas are not intended to provide additional retail space or locations for clearance and damaged items but to allow merchants the opportunity to attract the public by providing a sample of merchandise that is available inside. 5. Outdoor display items shall be identical to items sold within the store and damaged ;. merchandise is prohibited from outdoor displays. 6. Outdoor sales and displays shall be limited to the regular hours of,operation of the respective business, and all items placed outside shall be removed each evening, unless otherwise approved. ,� P. 7. 6'maximum height for entire display. 8. No more than z items may be stacked. a 9. 15'maximum depth, perpendicular to the storefront. 10. 4'minimum clearance shall be maintained around all merchandise displays and any other tenant storefront space and from any stationary object or cart or kiosk. 11. lo'minimum clear path of travel shall be maintained along the public sidewalk, adjacent to f outdoor display areas. iz. 48"minimum access clearance required. Sales events, including associated furniture, structures, patron lines, etc., shall not in any way interfere with access to any commercial ".' establishment. All required exits and access ways to the tenant space,as determined by the Building and Safety Department, shall be maintained clear and free of obstructions. Required pathways for patron and disabled access shall be maintained clear of obstructions. { 13. Display merchandise shall not obscure or interfere with any official notice, public safety sign, ` ( or device. 14. No item shall be located so as to be hazardous to pedestrian or vehicular traffic, or extend into the safe line-of-sight distances at intersections, as determined by.the City Engineer. 15. All displays associated with outdoor sales events shall be maintained in an orderly, uncluttered,and aesthetically pleasing condition,and shall present a family-friendly E atmosphere. Unprofessional, cluttered, and unorganized display areas are prohibited. z HUNTINGTON BEACH 'DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NIO. .. 3- 4`. DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN Rev.Octz3 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS 16. All display tables shall be skirted and all boxes and storage containers shall be concealed from view. No cardboard or other types of similar storage boxes shall be visible to the public. 17. All outdoor displays, associated furnishings and accessories, including but not limited to display tables,table cloths/skirts,cashier stations, canopies, and employee uniforms,shall be color coordinated. 18. No outdoor storage shall be permitted in conjunction with any outdoor use. 19. No display of merchandise is allowed from cars,trucks or other vehicles. 20. Items shall not be displayed in bins, boxes, or on standard racks. 21. Merchandise shall not be lit and no electricity shall be utilized by an.outdoor merchandise display. 22. No noise shall be generated by outdoor merchandise. 23. All signs shall be uniform per business in design, color, placement, etc.and shall be professional in appearance. 24. No signs shall be posted outside of the designated display area or on the public art installation. 25. All sales transactions shall occur inside the store except where adequate space is provided in the outdoor sales area for cash register queuing, as determined by the Zoning Administrator. I Where outdoor sales transactions are permitted,the store manager shall be responsible for ensuring that no more than 5 customers are in the queue for cash register at any time. 26. Line formations within the public right-of-way are prohibited. 27. Sales to patrons in vehicles or in the public right-of-way is prohibited. 28. Customers shall be prohibited from trying on clothing or other merchandise while in the public right-of-way. i 29. No services shall be provided'outdoors, except for table service of food in conjunction with approved outdoor seating,as discussed in Section 3.2.24.Outdoor Dining, or as approved by the Director. Personal services such as tattoos,temporary tattoos, hair braiding,and hair ? wrapping are not permitted outdoors. 3o.All work shall be performed entirely indoors unless approved through a Conditional Use Permit. Any outdoor work allowed shall be in an area specifically provided for such use. No outdoor work shall be performed in designated parking areas or open space areas. In addition, areas approved for outdoor work shall not be counted as open space. HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5, 3-25 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS 31. All outdoor use areas shall be continuously supervised by management or employees of the respective business to which the use is connected,to ensure required pathways are.kept clear and that all City requirements are met. 32. Incidental outdoor uses shall not require additional parking beyond that which is otherwise required for the primary permanent use. 33• After initial warnings, Code Enforcement staff may order immediate cessation of any temporary outdoor sales event operating in violation of the conditions of approval of the Temporary Use Permit. 3.2.26. Parking ,f =� 3.2.26.1. General Parking Requirements 1) For a change of use, all parking shall be as required as stated within this Specific Plan. j 2) All parking requirements not addressed by the Specific Plan shall be as required by Chapter 231 of the HBZSO. 3.2.26.2. Parking Space Dimensions i Parking space dimensions shall be per Section 231.14 and Section 231.16 of the HBZSO. i _3.2.26.3. Handicap Parking Spaces Handicap spaces shall be per Section 231.12 of the HBZSO. 3 2.26.4. Vehicle Spaces Require 1) References to spaces per square foot(sf)are to be computed on the basis of gross floor area, unless otherwise specified. 2) Any use classification not specifically identified herein shall be subject to the off-street s. I parking requirements of Chapter 231 of the HBZSO. 3) Vehicle spaces required shall be per Figure 3-15• 3.2.26- . Bicycle Spaces Required I Bicycle spaces required shall be per Figure 3-16. 3.2.26.6. Coastal Zone Design Standards ( Each dwelling unit located in the Coastal Zone shall have a minimum of 2 on-site parking spaces. {� If the total coastal parking requirements exceed the total minimum parking as required by ' this section,the additional required parking spaces may be in tandem with enclosed spaces, provided the tandem spaces is assigned to an enclosed space and complies with the turning b radius required 2 1 of the HBZSO. ;. q Y Cha ter P 3 � 3-26 HU�NTINGTO,N BEACH DOWNTOWN- SPEGzIFIC.=PLA.N- N=O, 5 ° =r DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN Rev.Oct 23 . 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS Non-Residential Uses Use District Off-Street Parking SD aces Retail/Personal Services District 1* 3 spaces per 1,000 sf All Other Districts 5 space per 1,000 sf Personal Enrichment District 1* 3 spaces per 1,000 sf `= Services All Other Districts i space per 35 sf of instruction area; or maximum 1 per 200 sf provided the number of students does not exceed • required number of parking spaces, plus instruction area 4 does not exceed 75%of floor area Offices District 1* z spaces per 1,000 sf . 1 All Other Districts • Business/Professional: 4 spaces per 1,00o sf �'� Restaurant District 1* 8 spaces per i,000 sf � Less than 12 seats:3 spaces per l000 sf §y All Other Districts o Less than 12 seats: 5 spaces per 1,000 sf ;. • More than 12 seats: io spaces per 1,000 sf °�..; Hotel/Motel > ' t� All Districts 1.1 spaces per room, plus 1 space per passengert transport vehicle(minimum of z stalls)and z spaces "-° for any manager's unit and parking for other uses as required by this Sections ? a Bed and Breakfast All Districts 1 space per room, plus 1 guest space and 1 manager/ owner space K, Cultural Arts Facilities All Districts space per 300 sf Assembly Uses All Districts Per HBZSO Exceptions: a)At any time it deems necessary,the Planning Commission may require additional on-site parking to `w` =-' _ meet the parking demand generated by a use or development. b) No additional parking shall be required for new development in District 7. However, construction that A proposes the removal of existing parking shall provide for the replacement of that parking at a 1:1 ratio. ,y. *Excluding Subdistrictsa� Figure 3-15 vehicle Spaces Required(1 of 2) = Q z HUA TI N GTO,W BEACH I30WNTOW.N SP`ECIFI,C PLAN N'O 5srt32] :' D.OWNTQ:INN: x - 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS Residential Uses Use District Off-Street Parking Spaces Single-family All Districts • z enclosed,side-by-side or tandem,spaces per unit for up to 3 bedrooms • i space for each additional bedroom' • 1 additional space where no on-street parking is allowed 2 Nara Multi-family District 1 • Studio and i bedroom units:1 enclosed space per unit ��; -° (Excluding • z bedroom units: z spaces(1 enclosed)per unit `y Subdistricts) . 3 or more bedroom units: z.5 spaces(i enclosed)per unit r ._1 • 0.25 guest spaces per unit All Other Districts • Studio and 1 bedroom units: i enclosed space per unit � A; =. • z bedroom units:z spaces(1 enclosed)per unit �, -�. e; s � • 3 or more bedroom units: 2.5 spaces(i enclosed)per unit • 0.5 guest spaces per unit #, -= Live/Work District • i bedroom residential units:i space per unit `w `A • Commercial:i space per 500 sf 'All required parking for additional bedrooms shall comply with the following: • Shall be minimum 9'x 19' in size. '; • May be unenclosed (carport or open to sky)or enclosed (garage). If accessed from an alley, a 5-foot _ F setback from the rear property line is required in order to meet the required 25-foot turning radius as required by this Specific Plan and the HBZSO. • Must be located on private property between the required garage spaces and the public right-of-way (e.g., alley). A parallel space(9 feet wide) in front of the garage door does not satisfy this requirement.® 'Vi 'All required additional parking spaces where no on-street parking is permitted or planned to be removed shall comply with the following: •Shall be minimum 9'x 19'feet in size. .;.,. •Must be unenclosed (carport or open to sky). s' ®Must meet the 25-foot turning radius as required by the Specific Plan and the HBZSO. ' • Must be located on private property between the required garage spaces and the alley and shall be. : Ott,-* " 1 fully accessible from the alley. k • A parallel parking space(9 feet wide)in front of the garage door would satisfy this requirement. >> - Figure 3-15 -Vehicle Spaces Required(2 of 2) +�ss. * { 328 ri HU.N,TIxNGTON BEACH °DOWN°TOWN SPhECIFI_C P-LEANIF ;s DO-WN'TOWN °SPEClFlC PLAN � Rev."Oct23 3 - LAND USES &DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS Bicycle Spaces Required Use District OfF-Street Parking Spaces Non-residential Uses District 1 1 bicycle space per to vehicle spaces required All Other Districts ® Buildings up to 50,000 square feet of gross building area:1 bicycle space per 25 vehicle spaces required; minimum of 3 ® Buildings over 50,000 square feet of gross building <; 4= area: Director shall determine number of bicycle spaces based upon the type of use(s)and number of employees ; ! Single-family District i None required ~- r All Other Districts None required j Multi-family District 1 i bicycle space per dwelling unit ' All Other Districts 1 bicycle space per 4 dwelling units a. Figure 3-16 Bicycle Spaces Required } 3 2.26.7. Tandem Parking 1) Up to 20%of the-required on-site _ tt P f J f y r fl commercial parking may be provided as - %,' B ding`Env row, Parkin ".✓ ' ,I tandem parking with an attendant upon ' ' j" approval of a Conditional Use Permit by , the Zoning Administrator. 21-40%of the ALLEY w a�iid;ng Enr required on-site commercial parking may a W f' Parkins r f be provided as tandem parking,upon ! approval of a Conditional Use Permit by ;�a the Planning Commission. _ 0 _Building Emetoj - Building Envelope; . 2)" Up to 20%of the required on-site parking ' — Plazaf3uldin E�nvob ' "P#aza16u1Ei Envelo e� -� for multi-family residential uses may � �x....���x.9� �a ��."Al, provided as tandem parking. l00%of the -j - required on-site parking for single-family STREET f residential uses may be provided as tandem parking. Figure 3-17 Acces"s,to parking"lots and structures must be taken from'an alley,rather_than a public;streef 3.2.26.8. Parking Screening n " 1) All off-street uncovered surface parking spaces"shall be"screened. _ 3 .r r HU-NTi"NGTO�N B.EACH :.DQWNTOWN S.PEC1F":IC P€tAN N;O DOWNTOWN SPEaFiC - 'PLAN° : 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS 2) 32" high landscaping or landscaping combined with opaque material screen shall be provided, as measured from the adjacent parking surface. 3) Screening method must be approved by the Director. 4) Screening shall not be interpreted to mean conceal or hide but rather to soften the visual impact of the parking area. Parking areas shall remain visible to passersby and police. 3.2, 26.9. Other Parking Considerations The Planning Commission or City Council may impose one, all, or a combination of the following requirements: b * 1) Valet parking. . 2) Commercial projects greater than-io,000 square feet shall submit a parking management : plan. i 3) Valet and/or remote parking for special events and activities and during the peak summer e season. 4) Applicant shall provide additional on-site and/or off-site parking for any development. { 5) Provision of additional signs consistent with the Downtown Directional Sign Program to direct motorists to primary parking facilities. `._ a t A.3.2:z6.1o.-- . Parking Structures t) Maximum height of parking structure shall not exceed maximum building height requirement and shall be measured in feet from the adjacent street grade,without Y* restrictions on the number of internal stories. fi , I above grade parking structures. Y g P g .� � 2 10 minimum front and setback for al 3) 10'minimum exterior side and - - = P<< setback for above grade parking structures. -2 �.. Parking ----- ;: 4) Setbacks shall be landscaped in accordance with Section 3.2.12. Landscaping w Commercial Uses 5): Parking structures in District 1 facing a <i at ground floor coo n. . public streets, not including alleys, . shall be wrapped with commercial Plaza/Building Envelope: - space at the ground floor. Parking Ph structures in all other Districts ( it shall be screened with vertical STREET H,"U, .landscaping. - Figure 3-18 Parking structures in District 1_tacing public streets $ shalt be wrapped with commercial space°af the.groun, floor_ , § _ T,.A.S'' Mr - 3 X � 33p tHU,.NTI.N..GTON ,BEArC'H, flOWNTOWNkSPEC1F!*CP#IAN [ 05y _ *>w � '. DQV1/(VTOV1/N SPECslF1CPL'AIV . aP 4 d 4 Rev,.Oct 23 3 - LAND USES&DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS 6) Automated parking structure.entrances and facades facing the public right-of-way shall be designed with architectural features and details that complement a traditional storefront. 7) Parking structure facades over 150'in length shall incorporate at least 11 or more of the following: a) Differentiation of the ground floor from upper floors. b) Varying the arrangement, proportioning and/or design of garage floor openings at v , regular intervals. c) Incorporating changes in architectural materials., E d) Projecting forward or recessing back portions_or.elements of the parking structure facade. ` 8) Facades of parking structures shall be designed without continuous horizontal parking floor openings. For exam le openings shall be constructed to forma pattern of ,e , P � P o � _ window-like openings. _ � 9) Parking structure top floor wall designs must conform to z or more,of the following . s options: a) Atop floor wall with an architectural focal point such as a glazed elevator and/or stair , tower or top floor line trellis structure. b) A top floor wall line articulated through a variation or step in cornice height or detail. ��� � e . � 1 c) A top floor wall linewith an articulated parapet cap: ��_` ` E=. 10)Views into the upper floors of parking structures facing a public right-of-way shall be . v minimized through 1 or more of the following methods: a) The use of planters integrated into the upper floors of parking structure facade design. b) Decorative trellis work and/ or screening as architectural Top Floor"A'all Height Variations elements on the parking structure Top Floor Trellis structure upper floor facades. c) .Openings organized to reflect . traditional building window k patterns. 11) External elevator towers and stair wells shall maintain openings for r T public view. 12) Provisions shall be made to limit activation of individual car alarms Figure 3-19 Parking,structure fop hoof wall,designs must be t. within automated parking structures. articulatedwi v varietymethods,with a an f - - -7 . _ 1,4 jf yt€ 1 RF q 1 _ .. CH DOWNTQVN ANHUNTINGT0N BEA " � D.OW-N.T©WN" SPECIFICS`PLA`N s ry 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS 13) Where subterranean parking occurs, antennas shall be installed to ensure that emergency personnel can receive and transmit information from inside the structure. 14) Developer/applicant shall coordinate installation with public safety departments and shall be responsible for installation and maintenance of such antenna. 3 z z6 11 District 1 Special Parking Standards 1) Parking for residential development shall be provided on-site. 2) Parking for hotel,motel, and bed and breakfast development shall be provided on-site. zi Commercial development is permitted to satisfy some or all of the required parking off 3) P P Y q P g:, site upon approval of a Conditional Use Permit by the Planning Commission. Any parking ,p not provided on-site will require the payment of an in-lieu fee. 4) All new development will be required to replace any on-site parking associated with an existing use to be retained that is lost due to redevelopment as wellas providing any net new parking required. ' r� 5) For intensification of an existing use, only all net new square footage shall provide_. parking as required by this Specific Plan. Existing square footage is grandfatheeed including tear down of building sf-parking associated with this square footage is riot j „{ required to be parked at a higher number than what is existing. i 6) Vehicular access to parking lots and structures must be taken from an alley or side street 7) In-lieu Fee a) Participation in the parking in-lieu fee program shall require approval of a Conditional Use Permit from the Planning Commission. - b) The parking in-lieu fee amount shall reflect the market-rate value of constructing the � additional parking ace which shall be established b the City CounciLw = P g space, y y; c) The parking in-lieu fee may be paid in multiple installments' The first installment,in an amount established by City Council Resolution for each parking space shall be: ` aid prior to the issuance of building permits or a certificate of„occupancy,whichever comes first. Any successive installments shall be paid and secured by a-mechanism � established in the conditions of approval. 8) Shared Parking Arrangements Shared parking agreements may be developed if z or more land uses or businesses have_ distinctly different hours of operation or hours that do not substantially-coincide or � y overlay with each other(e.g.theater vs. office). Parking required fora residential use shall not be included in a shared parking agreement. When the above criteria are met,such uses may develop shared parking;agreements„ � to satisfy the parking requirements of this Specific Plan, approval of a'Conditional Use. , Permit b the Planning Commission and in accordance with the following: y g g: z : ,c�, .,:gypg` `""-,t ` �t ✓ ¢j�t '� .�%. 7J a .s' q ,e-+e„ , a J "e'a fs 6t CA ,ems * s ''r"^+- �Z _+ HUNTINGT B ,TOW'�N S,PEC1F1'C ON EACH D0WN P1.APt� NCO 5 z. _ 33 a D SPEGIFIC� PLAN U, z �+ E DO a s: . Rev.Oct 23 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS a) Only 50%of the require parking may qualify for the shared arrangement. b) A minimum of 50%of the required parking must be met on-site notwithstanding the ' parking reduction provisions of this Specific Plan. c) Required parking must be calculated based on the land use that demands the largest amount of parking. d) The shared parking facility must be within a 350'radius of the subject use. If shared parking spaces are located on a different lot, approved off-site parking spaces shall r be obtained by a covenant, lease, bond, or other agreement, acceptable to the City ` 14 Attorney, between the owners, and if applicable,the lessees of the off-site parking spaces and the owners,and if applicable,the lessees of the'subject site. 3.2.27. Outdoor Storage J .� 1. Outdoor storage that is not enclosed within a structure is not permitted, except for on ' ? single-family residential parcels. I 2. Storage of boats,trailers, recreational vehicles, and other similar'vehicles shall be prohibited '_ '. i unless specifically designated areas for the storage of such vehicles are set aside on the final development plan and, in the case of condominium developments, provided for in'the association's covenants, conditions,and restrictions..Where such areas are provided,these areas shall be enclosed and screened from view on a horizontal plane from adjacent areas by Ill"' 4, a combination of a 6'high masonry wall and permanently maintained landscaping. „r :: A ; 3 tS 3. An average of 50 cubic feet of private storage space shall be provided for each residential. dwelling unit outside such unit. The private storage space shall be fully enclosed and able to be locked. _. 3.2.28. Utilities � i 1. All new and existing public and private utility lines and distribution facilities, on both.the street and alley frontages, including but not limited to electric, communications,street , . .f„ .,� lighting,and cable television lines, shall be installed,underground, except that surface- f mounted transformers, pedestal-mounted terminal boxes, meter cabinets,concealed ducts ;°ex f. ;. in an underground system and other equipment appurtenant to underground facilitiesr , l located on private.property or installed pursuant to a franchise or otheragreement need_not . be installed underground. >,Fi 2. Ba,ckflow protection device locations shall be constructed per the latest Public Works k Standards and approved by the Public Works Department. 03 3. All accessways shall be free and clear of any and all,structures including,but not limited to, w utility devices. ` Fil1NTiNGTON. BEAC-H :DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN N0 5 333 D O W N T O W:N 'S P E C I F 1„C,_P L A �� 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS 3.2.29. Water Quality Water pollution degrades surface waters making them unsafe for drinking,fishing,and swimming.The 1972 amendments to the Federal Water Pollution Control Act prohibit the discharge of any pollutant to navigable waters unless the discharge is authorized by a National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System(NPDES)permit. Since 199o,the City of Huntington Beach has been required to develop and implement a storm water management program designed to prevent harmful pollutants from being washed by storm water runoff into the storm drain system and to obtain a NPDES permit. The City's NPDES Permit requires new: k development and significant redevelopment to minimize short and long-term impacts on receiving water quality to the maximum extent practicable. =�f The City's General Plan and Local Coastal Program also include development goals an`d,policies that include storm water management, including landscaping policies'and requirements, open"space goals and policies, preservation or integration with natural features,,and water_ s�, conservation policies. The following is a sample of the policies and goals addressing storm`.; ° water management included in the documents. Limit disturbance of natural water bodies and drainage systems; conserve natural areas* y protect slopes and channels;and minimize impacts from storm water and urban runoff on the biological integrity of natural drainage systems and water bodies. N Minimize,changes in hydrology and pollutant loading; require incorporation of control, rt o- including structural and non-structural Best Management Practices(BMPs),to mitigate the projected increases in pollutant loads and flows; ensure that post-development runoff rates :440 _= and velocities from a site have no significant adverse impact on downstream erosion and e stream habitat;minimize the quantity of storm water directed toimpermeablesurfacesand ( into the storm drain system; and maximize the percentage of permeable surfacesto allow x more percolation of storm water into the ground. ti Encourage the use of water quality constructed wetlands, biofiltration swales,watershed- scale retrofits,etc.,where such measures are likely to be effective'and technically and economically feasible. Provide forappropriate ermanent measures to reduce storm water ollutant loads m x P P f storm water from the development site. New developments and significant redevelopments are required to incorporate a minimum ° level of storm water management BMPs that will allow for the implementation of innovative, r effective, cost effective,multi-beneficial BMPs. F r — 7-T — r .'� " `9s ".z- - � � 334 s H,U'NTINGTON BEACH; 'DOVNN-TsOW.N S"PECI}FIC PLAN N0 ,r , " DOWNTOWN °:SPE I'VC 'Pt-AN'. 4 ' p4i,..7ya M. Rev.Octz3 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS Any pervious pavement included in new development, as well as additional tree grates and special sub-surface construction recommended as part of the Specific Plan,will aid in minimization of runoff in the downtown core area. Additional curb inlets, dry wells,and potentially some underground percolation pipes may be required within projects to alleviate a storm water issue. Green roofs, urban bioswales,and rain gardens also minimize runoff and can be implemented by developers to reduce overall storm water generated on a site. Due to the close proximity to the Pacific Ocean,filtration of runoff water should be achieved whenever possible by increased soil contact prior to ocean discharge. Any new water quality requirements resulting from future NPDES permits shall be incorporated into the project. j � E i I - ,. HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PCAN -NO. 3-35 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS 3.3• District-Specific Provisions This section presents development standards specific to each district within the Specific Plan Area. The provisions for the district in which the proposed development is located must be followed, as well as all general provisions found in the previous section. °e a° G° 4 P.I. 4 Ac ° 6th 9 Oa o y` O 7 " f..1 p �a °d AO�nta ,CCO� rya y 5 y - 2 7 5 k 3 Legend ■1 -Downtown Core Mixed-Use M2-Visitor-Serving Mixed-Use m ■3-Vsilor-Serving Recreation O4-Established Residential ■5-Multi-family Residential ■6-Pier ®7-Beach Parcels i ure 3-20 Specific Plan Districts Map -36 HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN �� p ♦ ♦ `per � .�,♦♦ � � � __ -_ � III �= MY �� ,'�� ♦,��,,� `�` � 1 it II t o ` � `�;♦� `♦,♦ `♦ ♦� ,`�♦� � - III � ♦� ♦O`er♦♦ �o � ���♦� � 11111 In milli• s = — • • w • e 2 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS 3.1.1. Purpose This district encompasses the entire downtown core area,with Main Street as the central spine of the district. The Main Street-pier axis is intended to be an active,vital, and interesting pedestrian way, intersecting with and complementing the visitor-serving commercial area on Pacific Coast Highway and the pier area. The district promotes visitor-serving mixed-use commercial, office,and residential developments. The purpose of this district is to establish the area as the downtown for the Cityby creating _ a more urban atmosphere,encouraging relatively higher intensity development with viable visitor-serving,coastal dependent and coastal-related commercial and residential uses that are consistent with the Coastal Act. The visitor-serving category is broad enough to include many commercial activities that will also serve the needs of the surrounding community, providing an off-season clientele for the district. g While the district also allows residential uses, in the majority of the district,commercial uses are required on the ground floor level. As activity in the downtown extends further up Main Street past Orange Avenue,an opportunity is created for the north end of Main Street to create a community-oriented cultural activity area which builds on the preservation and enhancement of the Main Street Branch of L=L_J the Huntington Beach Public Library and the Huntington Beach Art Center. A cultural arts plaza t will incorporate: open green space for pedestrian use and public events; decorative paving along pathways; shade and accent trees, as well as turf areas;street furnishings such as benches . and trash receptacles; bicycle parking; and public art. I Large amounts of ground level open space are also encouraged in this district to provide for small plazas and enlarged pedestrian oriented areas. 3.3.1.2. Boundaries District 1 boundaries are shown on Figure 3-21. District 1 includes the area from ist Street to 6th .i Street between Pacific Coast Highway and Orange Avenue,except for the parcels fronting on w=` 6th Street between Walnut Avenue and Orange Avenue;the block bounded by Pacific Coast Highway, 6th Street,Walnut Avenue, and 7th Street;the half blocks bounded by Pacific Coast_ Highway,7th Street, 9th Street,and the alley between Pacific Coast Highway and Walnut Avenue; and the area bounded by Orange Avenue, Lake Street,the parcel line approximately,110 f feet north of Acacia Avenue,and a continuous line from Pecan Avenue at the intersection with Main Street to the intersection of 6th Street with Orange Avenue. j � P 3-38 HUNT'INGT'ON BEACH-DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC' ROAN I�t0. 5�" DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN. Rev.Oct23 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS Permitted Uses 1) Visitor-serving commercial uses are required at the ground floor street frontage in District i, except for the following: a Within the Lake Street overlay, all uses permitted on the round floor of District 1 are P g allowed. In addition, single-family residential, multi-family residential, and offices are allowed at the ground floor street frontage(see Figure 3-22). b) Within Neighborhood Subdistrict 1 B- Permitted uses are limited to residential, office, personal enrichment, and personal service. (see Figures 3-22 and 3-38 for specific uses). 2) All permitted uses are allowed, but not required, behind the ground floor street frontage and above the ground floor in any portion of District i except Subdistrict lA and iB. Lw� r P"iden tl and Oft,AllornE at Ground Flo Stint Fronbpe Nolghborh.d Subdlablct Maln Stteet Library SubGisbict t_ Gbbtct i C3Si iffc ion 8oundery Parcels 4 A �k �91 aN St d �y ?Ac ' lr eiY ,A i i' Figure 3-22 Locations in District 1 where residential and office uses are allowed and cultural facilities are required at the ground floor street frontage HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 3-3 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 3'- LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS 3) The required commercial portion of any mixed-use project shall be provided prior to or at the same time as any residential � portion. No t Retail/Office/Residential residential unit shall-be occupied until the required `" ` ' commercial portion Retail%Office/Residential n is complete. `�. i ,�.; '`'�' S 4) Figure 3-24 . presents uses Residential/Office/ Parking Allowed � Retail permitted withinj �� � Behind Retail, L a 1 (No Residential/Office) District 1. The table _ details whether thei use is permitted Figure 3-23 All permitted uses are allowed, but not required, above the ground floor or whether the in any portion of District 1_ use requires an Administrative Permit,a . Conditional Use Permit from the Zoning Administrator;a Conditional Use Permit from ; n� the Planning Commission, or a Temporary.Use Permit from the Zoning Administrator:_ - For permitted uses, other visitor-serving related uses that, ave the same parking . demand ' the existing use not specified herein may;be�allowed,subiect to�the approval of the Director. i 5) Projects with goo'frontage or greater shall require a Conditional Use Perri�it from the Planning Commission� � ,;and projects with less th"an ioo'�frontage and additions shall J require a Conditional Use Permit from the Zoning Administrator., 6) In areas where single-family,residential is permitted,,no Conditional Use Permit,shall -. be required for such use: Single-family residential in District 1 shall comply with the . _ development standard's of District 4. _ .; 7) Any modifications or additions to individual residential units'in multi family and,mixed, , v ,, use developments shallbe permitted upon review by the Departure it of Planning.for k� 1 �. „ compliance with all applicable provisions of this Specific Plan'm addition to applicable , x. r requirements, condition`s of approval and development plans for the approved project. z ° W XV PI Al HU.NTIN.GTQN BEACH DOWNTOWN Sf'`ECI 1}C PUA'N J N _ p � DQ\NNTQ..WN� 5�PEChFtC PLAN; `�`x Rev.Oct 23 _ 3 - LAND.USES &-DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS' Permitted Uses District 1 Admin CUP CUP TUP Use Permitted Permit from ZA from PC from ZA Accessory dwelling units Artists'studios' ✓ Banks and savings and loans branch offices 2 Carts and kiosks 3 V/ Commercial parking �/ o Cultural institutions x Eating and drinking establishments 4 Eating and drinking establishments,with less than ✓ r 12 seats Eating and drinking establishments, with alcohol ✓ '` :` r Eating and drinking establishments, with dancing ✓ " Eating and drinking establishments,with live ✓ �`m g entertainment Food and beverage sales,without alcoholic ✓ ;. beverage sales �r `�` F f Health and sports clubs ✓ -; t Home occupations 5 ✓ +q. Hotels, motels, and bed and breakfasts Live/work units 6 ✓ - Offices, business and professional 7 4�= , Personal enrichment services$ ✓ Personal services Public facilities Real estate businesses ✓ � i.. J Religious assembly ✓ `.."b Multi-family housing, apartments, condominiums, V/ and stock-cooperatives (up to 4 units Multi-family housing apartments condominiums ` e- ,� _-. and stock-cooperatives(more than 4 units) Single-family detached dwellings 9 Retail markets with alcohol sales'° ✓ Retail sales ✓ v figure 3-2, F3ermi€ted Us6s Djstiict l ti of 2) pp x �� k HIJNThN , TON ',REAC'H-,DO-W�N�TOV1hN SPECIE C 'PtAN �NO 5 m � DOWNTOWN°w,SPEt,IFIC ''PLAN 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS Permitted Uses District 1 Admin CUP CUP TUP Use Permitted Permit from ZA from PC from ZA Retail sales, outdoor,' ✓ Service stations 12 ✓ Theaters ✓ Travel services ✓ ` 'Must include retail sales With no drive through windows and not to exceed 5,000 square feet ° ° 3 Pursuant to Section 230.94 of the H BZSOat'=r 4 Pursuant to Section 3.2.24 Outdoor Dining s Pursuant to Section 230.12 of the HBZSO 6 Provided that: ® The live/work unit is permitted to be a maximum of 3,000 square feet. .. „ The non-residential area is permitted to be a maximum 50%of the area of each live/work unit. • The non-residential area function shall be limited to the first or main floor only of the live-work =<;gip unit. "i A maximum of 5 non-residential worker or employees are allowed to occupy the non-residential IIJ area at any one time. E • Dwelling units that include an office that is less than ten percent of the area of the dwelling unit shall not be classified as a live/work unit. Pursuant to Section 3.3.1.3. Permitted Uses, items 1), and 2) $ Not to exceed 5,000 square feet "4, 9 That comply with the standards provided in Section 3.3.4• District 4- Established Residential and the standards contained in the Residential Infill Lot Developments Ordinance in Section 230.22 of the HBZSO 10 Exempting retail markets with no more than to percent of the floor area devoted to sales, display, AR and storage of alcoholic beverages(including florist shops offering the sale of a bottle of an alcoholic i ? beverage together with a floral arrangement), provided the sale of alcoholic beverages is not in g g g ), P g conjunction with the sale of gasoline or other motor vehicle fuel. ' "Pursuant to Section 3.2.25.Outdoor Display Areas and Sales A VXy '2 With minimum 14,000 square feet of net lot area,subject to the development standards outlined in X; Section 230.32 of the HBZSO and located only on Pacific Coast Highway between 7th Street and 9th = Street Note: { n Figure 3-24 Permitted Uses District 1 (2 of 2) K It `itts 342 •- HUNTIN'GTON, BEACH D01NNTOWN� SPECIFfC PLAN N0 5 , v � �� DOWNTOWN SPECAIrfC PLAN ri 4 Rev.,Oct23 3 - LAND USES,&:DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS Summary of Development Standards District 1 All District 1 Lake Ave. Section See Figure 3-24 Allowable Uses See Figure 3-24 plus Residential/ Office on ground floor Minimum Parcel Size 25'street frontage& 25'street frontage 3.3.1.5 2,500 sf net area &2,500 sf net area Maximum Site Coverage 1 a . g None required None required 3.3• .6 9, C 1 k Maximum Density <25,000 sf net site area: 3o du/ac 3.3.1.7 3o du/ac #s. >25,000 sf net site area: { 35 du/ac 25 25 3.3.1.8 Iqs Minimum Building Height , I a Maximum Building Height • < 25,000 sf net site 3.3.1.8 35'&3 stories :. area:35'&3 stories • z 25,000 sf net site area: =xd 45'&4 stories Xi Upper Story Setback(3rd-4th story) 10'average None required 3 31 9 Front Yard Setback 1.10 o'-Max. 5' Min 10' 3.3• . " Interior Side Yard Setback o' 3' 3 3 Exterior Side Yard Setback Equal to front setback 5' 3.3.1.11 Corner Setback None required 3.3.1.12 25 Rear Yard Setback 3' 3' 3.3.1.13 Public Open Space 3%to 5% None required 3.3.1.14 y..} Storefront Refer to Section None required 3.3.1.15 Public Art Refer to Section None required 3•3.1.16 Paseos Min 1/25o street fronts e 3.3 g None re uired Loading and Service Areas Refer to Section 'b? None required 3.3.1.18 Refuse and Recycling Enclosures Refer to Section None required 3.3.1.19 .. Cultural Arts Subdistrict 1A Refer to Section None required 3.3.1.20 :, I Figure 3-25 Summary of Development Standards District 9 A i r n i H&NT1VNG"T O.N BE AC H� DO`WN�TnOV!/'N SP�ECIF�(:L�#�LAN'NO � 5. � � 343 W31 �� : DOVV14 0WN.:SPE-C] FIC 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS 3_3.1.4. Summary of Development Standards Figure 3-25 presents a summary of the development standards within District 1. This figure is only a summary of the standards and the sections of the plan referenced in the figure must be consulted for the complete requirements of each standard. �3.1.5. Minimum Parcel Size 25'of frontage and 2,500 square feet of net site area. - 'A -3-3.1.6. Maximum Site Coverage No maximum site coverage shall be required. 3_.3.1.7. Maximum Density 5o dwelling units per net acre. 3..3.1.8. Building Height - �1) 25'minimum. NX 2) Wand 3 stories maximum for developments with less =i than 25,000 sf net site area. i 3) 45'and 4 stories maximum if the overall net site area is 3 d and 4tn = 25,000 sf or greater. story 3-3-1-9- Upper Story Setback io'average setback from the ground floor facade for portions . of the front facade on the third and fourth stories. PYL_ Ground Floor Facade Figure 3-26 For the third and fourth y stories,portions of the front shall ; be setback an average:of 10 feet from - , the ground"floor facade a XT-1 . . eS -,y} R fC`.*¥ r'a``'s., .w ' = HU-`NTINGT{7"LV BE_A''C' OW NTO SPECI t°C PLAN NO i 5 �� } - 4 344 , P* § � '. DOWNTOWN' SPEC:<I`Ft1CiPLAIVmA * a s 01 " Spa ,mot• A' Rev.Oct 23 3 - LAND USES& DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS 3.3.1.1o. Front Yard Setback 1) 40'minimum dedication from the center I line of the roadway for parcels fronting ;,I Main Street. al 2) 15'minimum dedication of sidewalk area l2 from edge to the property line for parcels fronting Pacific Coast Highway between ist -Street and 6th Street. 3) 5'maximum setback from the ultimate i property line for commercial,and mixed-use development, except where outdoor dining, i Parkin i open-air commercial facilities, or plazas are ,o. 9 � s : provided. Min. f l 4) io'minimum setback for exclusively Figure 3-27 Parking Lots shall be. ° residential development. Setback may be- setback a minimum of ten feet from"the reduced to 5'on up to 500%of the frontage public fight-of-way. provided that the average setback for the ..t „ total street frontage is to'. ° 5) A to"minimum landscaped setback shall be E provided where a parking lot is adjacent to a ._ ':a . public right-of-way. " \ ' Building � ' Building Envelope Residential Only y Envelope \ \ u u ------- 57 min, P,L_ r , Figure 3-28 For commercial development, a,maximum five-foot setback shall be . Figure 3-29 `On parcels whereiresidential required, except where outdoor dining, open-air commercial facilities, or plazas are only is permitted,:the average setback for "a provided the totalstreet frontage is ten feet p - HUNTIN°GTON ,BE°AC`H DaOWN,T0INN SPECIFIC P.LAIV N0 �" '345 DOWNTO-INN 'SPECIEI`C: P LAN ` k a a ..`e 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS 3'Min 3.3.1.11. Side Yard Setback - i) No interior setback shall be required for commercial i and mixed-use development. 2) The exterior setback for commercial and mixed-use " : development shall be equal to the front setback for 21 RBS;de;,ha,Building"E„ , ' that street. 3'Min.iaterfoi, 3'Mln,inteAw +5 Min EktiAW �5 Mtn Exterioi 3) The minimum aggregate interior setback requirement E 3 for parcels of exclusively residential development shall be 20%of the street frontage,with a minimum of 3'on a side. x_gir�tF 4) 5'minimum exterior setback for parcels where only STREET ; , t;::vy residential developments are permitted. Average Interior5idfeyard . .�x Setback=x(20°h)=ar4 5) lo'minimum exterior setback for parking. Figure;3-30 Side yard setbacks in _ r District,I must follow,the formula 3.3.1.12. Corner Setback S illustrated in the,above diagram" z The triangular area formed by measuring z5'along the curb lines from the point of the curve shall be clear passage area k x at the intersections of Main Street with Pacific Coast Highway,Walnut Avenue, Olive Avenue, 1 and Orange Avenue. g 3..3.1.13. " Rear Yard Setback 3'minimum setback. F . :10 . Public r . i- �.� 4 den Space . Public open space shall mean outdoor or unenclosed area on the ground floor.or above floor � - levels designed and accessible for use b the general public. Public o ens ace may :include' g Y g P P P Y , § " one of the following: plazas; patios; balconies;gardens or view areas accessible to the general Y is public; and open air commercials ace open to the street on the first.floor or on at least one" P P P P side above the first floor, or open to the sky. p v .r 1) , 5%minimum of the gross site area for all non-residential development., .= 2). Mixed use developments that include residential units may reduce the public open.space to 3%of the net site area but must provide all private open spi'ce,as required per Section : 3.2.16. Open Space. 'r . # + v.... e.. e "T"4 �"�. f Wig`. z a as IS a � : ` — , a�a' e ; ks "ear z X''° `s+: 346 IiCJNTINGTON BEA;C'Ha DO.WN;TOW:NSPECIF(CP ANNOS #➢ � =;R " D QVt,N-.T 0 W'N Rev.OCt 23 3 - LAND USES-& DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS 3) All exclusively residential developments shall be exempt from the public open space requirement but must meet the requirements found in Section 3.2.16. Open Space. 4) Parcels within District 1 having less than 150'of street frontage may satisfy the public open space requirement by paying a public amenity in-lieu fee, unless the parcel is located on either corner of the intersection of Pacific Coast Highway and Main Street, in which case provision 6)below applies. 5) 30%minimum of the public open space area shall contain landscaping, including shade trees,accent trees,and other soft landscaping.'Hard'surfaced areas and specialty paving shall also be incorporated into the public open space desi n 6) 25%maximum of the required public open space may be provided above the street level, e.g. balconies,`decksi etc. : I 7) Public plazas are required at the corner of Pacific Coast Highway and Main Street,which � may count the public open space requirement. a o0o square feet minimum area excluding public ri ht-,of-wa ) q g P g Y• b) All paved areas shall be textured. + c) Shall include a sculpture,fountain, information.kiosk, public art, or,similar visual i amenity,as well as seating. I 8) 5o%maximum of the public open space area may be used for outdoor sales as identified in Section 3:2.25. Outdoor Display Areas and Sales. - y g) Shall not be satisfied through the utilization of parking areas,driveways;service areas. .�, io) Shall include seating, as well as other pedestrian amenities, such as decorative lighting, i planters,,fountains or water features, distinctive paving, decorative tiles, public art, landscaping, and , bicycle racks. 11) Shall be designed to contribute to real and perceived public safety. 'lam Storefront 1) '14'minimum ground floor plate height,as measured. {�� from the adjacent sidewalk for all development that is : not exclusively residential. , 1 g 2) 65%minimum of the ground floorfacade of a _ S ; commercial building shall be transparent windows Figure 3-3T Ground Floor plate:height Ir w shall be a Minimum of 14.feet , _ s j 4 � FIl1NT:IvNGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN-1SPECIFIC PLlAN N:0' 5 : 347�, ' DOWN�T�O'WNy,SPEC'1F1CPLAN � , 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS and doors that allow views of indoor space or product display areas. Building code and seismic standards must be met. 3) Windows shall be transparent; opaque or reflective glazing is not permitted. 4) 3.5'maximum height above the adjacent sidewalk for the bottom of any window or product display area. 5) 4'minimum height for product display windows. ® 6) A combination of design elements must be used on the building facade and/or in relationship to the building at street level to animate and enliven the streetscape. These design elements may include but are not limited to: ornamentation, molding, changes ins material or color,architectural lighting,works of art fountains display areas awnin sA P X g , { balconies, porches, landscaped planter boxes,trellises, columns, cornices;arches, decorative tiles, decorative grillwork, and outdoor furniture al'ong'street frontages. i 1 i t 1r� : n ,- ��._�;_ �$IN r 65%of Boulevard Building Facade Must be j Comprised of Storefront Windows. jl �— l�f - 3.5'Max Figure.3=32 At least 65 percent of the ground floor facade of a commercial building shall be transparent windows and doors and a"combination of design elements must be usedVg_ `! on the building facade Figure 3-33;The bottom of any window, � � ! e or product display area shall not be «, more than three and one-half feet above the adjacenf sidewalk and shalt have a 3.3.1.16. Public Art minimumheiahtoffourfeet, 1) Required for all commercial and mixed-use projects s - with frontage on PCH, Main Street, and 5th Street and/ or with a frontage of loo'or greater and residential projects with , o or more dwelling g g P i s g_ units. z) All public art is subject to approval of the Design Review Board, Director of Planrrmng; and Cultural Services staff. i 3) Advertising shall not be permitted as part of a public art element, including wall;murals 7F a",,;-^- '�' 's �-"',^ate- -.-,,. ';7,7 7 4 &"aa3 i g r , .€ { t , 5*alet t^`„➢"' a'"'as �. 398, HUNTINGTON SEA 14--- 'OWN:.TdWN SPECIFIC RLAN . ., " ' � ° ; DOIIVN:TOWN SPECIFIgCP.LAN-40 zx � r �> ' s Rev.Oct 23 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS 4) Application submittals shall include a draft Public Art Plan and conceptual plans for the development shall identify the location for the proposed public art. 5) The project must reference the Public Art Plan. 6) Shall be fully integrated into the site design and shall be located within a publicly accessible place within the project. 7) Shall be: a) Of artistic excellence and innovation. b) Appropriate to the design of the project. c) Reflective of the community's cultural identity, including ecology, history, and society. d) Consistent with the design guidelines found in Section 4.2.6. Public Art and Resolution#20oo-87, - / ,_ f the existing City of / r' /�// ;//////,'/X. / r' f/ •Plaza/Building Envelope/ ✓ � Huntington Beach Design — Parking/Courtyard 1 Guidelines Chapter P 3.3.1.17. Paseos 1) 1 paseo minimum per w 250'of street frontage to — o to Building Envelope a Building Envelope provide safe and convenient _ access between the core Plaza/Builaing Envelope in. Plaza/Buildh Envelop downtown retail and dining _ X establishments and public parking and plazas, as well 250'Min.SUmtFrorri as to provide mid-block links STREET — between residential projects and adjacent streets. If Figure 3-34 A minimum of 9 paseo shall be provided per 250 feet of the project spans across an street frontage I alley,the paseo is required i to provide an additional link ' between streets. If an existing paseo is located on the same block,an additional paseo is ; not required. 2) 8'minimum clear space and ADA compliant, but larger widths are permitted to provide spaces for landscaping, benches,outdoor dining,focal points, and water features designed with consideration of conserving water. ' 3) Pedestrian amenities such as seating, decorative lighting, planters,fountains,drinking fountains,distinctive paving,decorative tiles, public art, landscaping,and bicycle racks f shall be provided in paseos. J `HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN ;NO. 5' . 3-49 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS 4) Shall incorporate focal points such as architectural structures, public art, landscape features, and interactive water features. 5) The design of adjacent buildings shall not present blank walls to the paseo but should be architecturally detailed to complement the front of the building. Businesses adjacent to paseos are allowed to create window and outdoor displays, outdoor dining,and appropriated designed outdoor vendor kiosks along the paseos. 6) Secondary entrances to adjacent businesses,where possible,are permitted off of paseos. .__ 7) Shall allow safe passage by avoiding configurations that allow for concealment or blind spots hidden from public view. 8) Paving accents,signs, and/or overhead structures shall denote paseo entrances. ; 9) Shall have lighting and low level landscaping to allow pedestrians to clearly see aheada and around the walkways. i. lo) Shall include directional signs. 3_3.1.18. Loading and Service Areas 1) z dedicated on-site loading spaces for developments exceeding 25,000 sf of building, a a� space. 2) 12'wide by zo' long by 14'high minimum dimensions for each loading space. ! i i 3) Shall be accessed from an alley 4) Shall not block vehicular traffic in the alley or fire or emergency access. 3_3.1.19. Refuse and Recycling Enclosures 1) Access shall be from an alley, where an alley exists. 2) No access from Main Street. l` I 1.20. Cultural Arts Subdistrict 1A Pu_Wse The purpose of the Subdistrict 1A is to provide uses that are compatible with existing : and surrounding uses on and surrounding the Main Street Library while promoting the enhancement of the cultural arts within Huntington Beach by;building on existing cultural facilities within the downtown. Uses within this area include the Main Street Branch of the Huntington Beach Public Library. Interest has also been expressed in retaining green space within the downtown area. . This subdistrict requires parking on the Main Street library site. it This portion of District 1 demands special standards to ensure appropriate uses and * adequate public open space that will make the subdistrict area a public space for the ., entire City to enjoy. 3-50 HUNTINGTON -BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC F-.LA�N.aN0. 4 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN Rev.Oct23 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS z) Boundary Subdistrict iA consists of the triangular-shaped area Legend bound by Main Street and Cu„ara,Ans SabElstnol 1A 6th Street, as illustrated in psoecfio Plan Boundary Parcels Figure 3-35. 3) Permitted Uses ,o Acacia Ale a) Figure 3-36 presents %. uses permitted within 4 Subdistrict 1A. The riP table details permitted Main Street 6th St uses. Other cultural Library Site facility-related uses that have the same parking demand as the existing use not specified herein,as well as a change of use, 9e may be allowed subject it-* to the approval of the Director. Figure 3-35 Cultural Arts Subdistrict lAMap rea. aq a. .- HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 -51 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS ` Permitted Uses Subdistrict A Admin CUP CUP Use Permitted Permit from PC from ZA Accessory Uses' ✓ Art Gallery ✓ Community Theater 2 ✓ 7,' - Cultural Institution ✓ `'$ ° "' Library ✓ lv' Museum ✓ Park ✓ ' Accessory uses to primary uses such as a gift shop, retail uses, or small cafe �� °a Must be associated with a cultural institution which include the uses permitted within this table including: libraries, museums, and art galleries. Fi ure 3-36 Permitted Uses Subdistrict 1A of District 1 g _ 4) Development Standards 1 Tr a) Figure 3-37 presents a summary of the,development standards for the Main Street , Library property only. This, is only a summary of the standards and the sections of_the plan referenced in the figure must be consulted for the.complete; requirements of each standard. 1) Maximum Site Coverage 50%of the net site area 2) Floor Area Ratio FAR=0.3 maximum . . e 3) Maximum Building Height, 35'maximum. -4) Setbacks t s �, '< =� I a) zo.minimum interior setback for the portion of,the site bordenngthe existing residential development: ` b) No other setbacks shall be required. Parkin a), Shall be provided: 777 jp «' a + •sit '" $""S,.,y'� ^` ,s a : ' � ` ` Hl�`NTI&G, TQ`N BEACH ADO IVNTOW:N SPECIFIC PLAN 40 DO�1NNTiaWN.SPEC F�IC �PLP� I � � _.n . .,r Rev.Oct23 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS f Public Open Space a) Shall have no net loss of green space equivalent to approximately 27,944 sf. b) Shall incorporate the following amenities: open green space for pedestrian use and public events; shade and accent trees; benches;trash receptacles; decorative lighting; bicycle parking; and a variety of public art elements. 7) Public Restrooms Public restrooms shall be required to be incorporated into a new cultural -- institution and shall be accessible from the exterior of the building. Loadig Loading and delivery activities shall be designed to minimize impacts to nearby neighborhoods. r s. Summary of Development Standards for the Main Street Library Site Subdistrict 1A: Main Street Library Site Only Section I` i Maximum Site Coverage 50%net site area 3.3.1.20.4.a.1 Floor Area Ratio 0.3 3.3•1•20.4.a.2 Maximum Building Height 35' 3.3•1•20•4•a•3 i ' Setbacks 2o'adjacent to residential 3•3•1•20.4•a•4 i Parking Provided below grade 3.3.1.20.4.a.5 Public Open Space No net loss of green space(27,944 sf) 3.3.1.20.4.a.6 Public Restrooms Incorporate into new cultural institution 3.3.1.20.4.a.7 Loading Minimize impact to adjacent neighborhoods 3.3.1.20.4.a.8 jFigure 3-37 Summary of Development Standards Subdistrict 1A of District 1 E fI, f I ![II I I I 7a HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN N.O. g 3.-53` DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC, PLAN 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS 3_3.1.21. Neighborhood Subdistrict 113 it Purpose The purpose of the Neighborhood Subdistrict 113 is intended to provide a transition zone between the existing residential areas and the commercial Main Street Corridor. Consequently, mixes of office and residential uses are permitted. ® 2) Boundary From the alley between 3rd Street and znd Street to ist Street, between Walnut Avenue 1 and Orange Avenue. i 3) Permitted Uses a) Residential, Office, and limited commercial uses shall be permitted on the ground floor within the District 1 Neighborhood Subdistrict 1B. 3 b) Figure 3-38 presents uses permitted within District 1 Neighborhood Subdistrict 1B. The table details whether the use is permitted or whether the use requires a Conditional Use Permit from the Zoning Administrator, or a Conditional Use Permit from the Planning Commission. c) Other office-residential related uses not specified herein may be allowed subject to s the approval of the Director. —= i S b 3-54 H-UNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN N O. 5 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN: "' ° Rev.Oct23 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS Permitted Uses Neighborhood Subdistrict 1B Use Permitted CUP from ZA Eating and drinking establishments,with less than 12 seats ✓ Home Occupations' Live/Work Units Z ✓ Mixed Residential/Office Use ✓ Personal Enrichment Services 3 V/ i a Personal Services V/ I Multi-family housing,apartments, condominiums, and stock- cooperatives(up to 4 units) ✓ Multi-family housing, apartments, condominiums, and stock- ✓ cooperatives(more than 4 units) Single-family detached dwellings 4 ✓ Office i ✓ 'Pursuant to Section 230.12 of the HBZSO ( Provided that: • The live/work unit is permitted to be a maximum of 3,000 square feet. • The non-residential area is permitted to be a maximum 50%of the area of each live/work unit. • The non-residential area function shall be limited to the first or main floor only of the live-work unit. a A maximum of 5 non-residential worker or employees are allowed to occupy the non-residential area at any one time. • Dwelling units that include an office that is less than ten percent of the area of the dwelling unit i shall not be classified as a live/work unit. 3 Not to exceed 5,000 square feet 4That comply with the standards provided in Section 3.3.4• District 4- Established Residential and the j standards contained in the Residential Infill Lot Developments Ordinance in Section 230.22 of the HBZSO I { Figure 3-38 Permitted Uses Neighborhood Subdistrict 1 B of District 1 1 t 17, 1I 1 HU,NTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN .SPEC.IFIC PLAN .NO: 5 3:55 . DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS 4) Summary of Development Standards Figure 3-39 presents a summary of the development standards within the Neighborhood Subdistrict 113 portion of District 1. This figure is only a summary of the standards and the sections of the plan referenced in the figure must be consulted for the complete requirements of each standard. Summary of Development Standards Neighborhood Subdistrict 15 of District 1 � x Mixed Use Residential Section Minimum Parcel Size 25'of frontage and 2,500 s.f. 25' of frontage and 2,500 s.f. 3.3.1•21•5 of net site area of net site area # Maximum Site Coverage None required None Required 3.3.1.21.6 Maximum Density 3o dwelling units per net acre 3o dwelling units per net acre 3.3.1.21.7 BuildingHeight ' and stories maximum 'and stories maximum 1.21.8 g 35 3 35 3 3.3 Front Yard Setback 5'maximum 1o' minimum 3.3.1.21.9 required None re Interior Side Yard Setbacks q 20/minimum average aggregate 3.3.1.21.10 j • 3'minimum interior Exterior Side Yard Setback None Required 20/minimum average aggregate 3.3.1.21.10 • 5'minimum exterior Setback where parking is 1o'minimum 1o' minimum 3.3.1.21.11 located at street front Rear Yard Setback 3'minimum 3'minimum 21.11 � 3.3• j { E Figure 3-39 Summary of Development Standards Neighborhood Subdistrict 1 B of District 1 E s I 346 HUNT.INGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC :PLAN NO. ri DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC� PLAN c Rev.OCt23 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS 5) Minimum Parcel Size 25'of frontage and 2,500 square feet of net site area. 6) Maximum Site Coverage No maximum site coverage shall be required. 7) Maximum Density 3o dwelling units per net acre. -- 88) Building Height e 35'and 3 stories maximum. ' a) Front Yard Setback a) 5'maximum setback from the ultimate property line for office and mixed-use development, except where outdoor dining or plazas are provided. E F b) io'minimum setback for exclusively residential may be reduced to 5'on up to 50% of the frontage provided that the average setback for the total street frontage is 10 . c) 1o'minimum setback for parking lots. lo) Side Yard Setback a) No interior setback is required for office and mixed-use development. b) The exterior setback for office and mixed-use development shall be equal to the front setback for that street. c) The minimum aggregate interior setback requirement for parcels of exclusively residential development shall be 20%of the street frontage,with a minimum of 3' _r on a side. d) 5'minimum exterior setback for parcels where only residential is proposed. j e) io'minimum exterior setback for parking. I ii) Rear Yard Setback 3'minimum setback from the rear property line. i HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 3-57 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN ♦ e ��O ,p / , o l � r Rev.Oct 23 3 - LAND USES& DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS " 3_3.2.1. Purpose This district extends southeast of the downtown core adjacent to Pacific Coast Highway. The principal purpose of this district is to provide commercial facilities to serve seasonal visitors to the beaches as well as to serve local residents on a year round basis. This district also provides a continuous commercial link between the downtown and the visitor-commercial/recreation district near Beach Boulevard. The area of District 2 represents the visitor-serving commercial portion of the approved Pacific City project. Pacific City is a 31-acre mixed use project consisting of 516 residential units and seven commercial buildings with retail, office,restaurant, cultural and entertainment uses. The commercial portion of Pacific City is also planned to have carts, kiosks, outdoor dining, live entertainment indoors and outdoors and a boutique hotel. The' residential component of Pacific City is described in District 5. The approved development described above is consistent with the provisions stated for this district. , 3.3.2.2. Boundaries 1 =; District 2 boundaries are shown on Figure 3-40. District 2-extends from First Street to Huntington Street between Pacific Coast Highway and Pacific ViewAvenue. 3�3.2-.3. Permitted Uses =' 1) Visitor-serving commercial uses must be a part of all development proposals in this, district,with a minimum requirement that the entire street level be devoted to visitor- serving commercial uses. Any alterations or additions shall be consistent with the approved plans for the Pacific City development and shall comply with Section,2.5.10 of this Specific Plan. All new construction shall require approval:of a Conditional Use Permit a from the Planning Commission. I 2) Figure 3-41 presents uses permitted within District 2. The table details whether the use d� is permitted or whether the use requires an Administrative Permit,a Conditional Use t. Permit from the Zoning Administrator, or a Conditional Use Permit from the Planning Commission. For permitted uses,other visitor-serving related uses as'described in the Coastal Element of the.General Plan that have the same parking demand as the existing use not specified herein may be allowed subject to the approval of the Director. 3., 2.4., Summary of Development Standards Figure 4z resents a summary of the development standards within District z: This figure is g 3' P rY P g � 1 only a summary of the standards and the sections of the plan referenced in the figure must be € consulted for the complete requirements of each standard: HUNTIIVGTON BE.AC`M: ;DOV1/:'NTOV1/N SP-fCIF_�C PLAN NO 5 F .359, D'O�WNT,OV�%N SPF_CIFIC .PLA,N.� x �:a 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS Permitted Uses District z Admin CUP CUP Use Permitted Permit from ZA from PC Artists'studios ✓ Automobile service stations ✓ Banks and savings and loans branch offices ✓ �y Carts and kiosks 3 Commercial parking ✓ k£= Y Dancing and/or live entertainment ✓ � Eating and drinking establishments ✓ ' Eating and drinking establishments, with outdoor dining 4 ✓ Eating or drinking establishments, with alcohol ✓ Eating or drinking establishments, with dancing ✓ � fi s¢ T Eating or drinking establishments with live entertainment ✓ . s Food and beverage sales,without alcoholic beverage sales ✓ �� Fractional ownership hotel s ✓ Health and sports clubs ✓ Hotels and motels ✓ �`, � .�. Offices, business and professional ✓ Personal enrichment services 6 ✓ "� Personal services ✓ A Public facilities ✓ E Retail sales ✓ '; Theaters ✓ Travel services ✓ 'Must include retail sales With no drive through windows and not to exceed 000 square feet g 5, q r x s Pursuant to Section 230.94 of the HBZSO a# 4 Pursuant to Section z.z Outdoor Dining . 3 4 g , 5 Pursuant to Section 3.3•2.15• Fractional Ownership Hotel ira 6 Not to exceed 5,000 square feet Figure 3;41 idsessr`rct _ � �F �. a � .' ,,. � '� s r J R46 � 360 HUNTFN_GTON BE4,C�H DOWNTOWN; SPEC(,Ft.CrpLAN. NO S � V ti DOWNTOWN SP�ECt�FICPLAN '*� s6 ,, � y. Rev.Oct 23 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS Summary of Development Standards District z All District z Section Minimum Parcel Size None required 3.3.2.5 Maximum Site Coverage 5o%net site area 3.3.2.6 _. Maximum FAR 3.0 FAR 3.3.2.7 Maximum Building Height 8 stories 3.3.2.8 Ir Upper Story Setback None required 3.3.2.9 Front Yard Setback 50'from PCH3.3.2.10 Interior Side Yard Setback None required 3.3.2.11 i Exterior Side Yard Setback 20 3.3.2.11 Rear Yard Setback 20'from Pacific View Ave 3.3.2.12 Public Open Space 3.3.2.13 Corridor Dedication 3.3 214 Fractional Ownership Hotel 3.3.2.15 Figure 3-42 Summary of Development Standards District 2 i F 3.3.2.5. Minimum Parcel Size I No minimum parcel size shall be required. However, prior to the approval of any development, including subdivision, a master site plan for the entire district shall be approved by the Planning Commission. Development which is in conformance with the site plan may then be permitted. f 3.3.2.6. Maximum Site Coverage 5o%of the net site area. i 3.3.2.7. Maximum FAR i i 3.0 maximum FAR, calculated on net acreage,for the whole district. 3.3.2.8. Maximum Building Height 8 stories maximum. 3.32.9. Upper Story Setback No upper story setback shall be required. j. HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 3-61 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN ' 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS _3^3.z.1o. Front Yard Setback 50' minimum from Pacific Coast Highway for all structures exceeding 42"in height. 3.3.2.11. Side Yard Setback 20'minimum exterior setback. 3.3.2.12. Rear Yard Setback 20'minimum setback from Pacific View Avenue. -- t 3_3.2.13. Public Open Space Public open space and/or pedestrian access shall be required for development projects in order to assure a predominantly visitor-serving orientation. i 3.3.2.14. Corridor Dedication 20 corridor dedication Atlanta Avenue and Pacific Coast Highway for public access between the 9 t southern end of the Pacific Electric right-of-way and Pacific Coast Highway. This requirement may, be waived if an alternative public use is provided or if the corridor is deemed unnecessary by the City. Any proposal for an alternative public use must be approved by the Planning Commission. 1 3-3.2.15. Fractional Ownership May be permitted and shall be conditioned as follows: 1) go%minimum of the total number of hotel guest rooms/units within the Fractional Ownership Hotel facility shall be available as transient hotel rooms. The non-fractional hotel rooms shall be operated as transient overnight visitor accommodations available to i the general public on a daily basis,year-round. f2) lo%maximum of the total number of guest room/units within the Fractional Ownership Hotel facility may be subdivided into separate saleable units each of which can be owned by multiple owners on a fractional time basis. A fractional time basis means that an owner (or owners)receives an exclusive right to the use of an individual unit for a combined period not to exceed the approved time period,which approved time period at the option may of the hotel owner/operator erator u to three calendar months, in any one calendar }} P Y range P i year. . 3) The hotel owner/operator retains control and ownership of all land structures, recreational amenities, meeting space, restaurants, "back of house"and other non-guest room/units. 4) The hotel operator shall maintain records of use by owners and renters and rates charged for all units and shall be responsible for reporting Transient Occupancy Taxes based on } 3-fi2 HUNTINGTON BEAC=H DOWNTOWN SPEC.IF;LC PLAN N0.,aS . DOWNTOWN SPECI"FIC PLAN Rev.Oct 23 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS records of use for all units, a service for which the hotel operator may charge the unit owner a reasonable fee. 5) No portion of the Fractional Ownership Hotel, neither fractional units nor traditional hotel units,may be converted to full-time occupancy condominium or any other type of Limited Use Overnight Visitor Accommodations or other project that differs from the approved hotel units. 6) When an owner of a factional interest in a unit chooses not to occupy his/her unit for any portion of the time allotted to him/her,that unit shall be available to the general public on the same basis as the traditional hotel units. 7) Any hotel rooms for which a certificate of occupancy has been issued at the effective date of adoption of this section shall not be permitted to be converted to a Limited Use Overnight Visitor Accommodation. 8) Prior to issuance of a building permit and in conjunction with approval of a coastal development permit for any type of hotel facility,the landowner of the property upon which the existing and/or approved traditional hotel units/rooms(i.e.,transient hotel rooms)are or will be developed within District z shall execute and record a deed restriction, subject to the review and approval of the Director of Planning and the Executive Director of the Coastal Commission,which prohibits the conversion of traditional hotel units/rooms to any other type of ownership(e.g., limited use overnight visitor accommodations). The deed restriction shall be submitted for review and approval of the Director of Planning and the Executive Director of the Coastal Commission prior to action on the coastal development permit. The deed restriction shall run with the land, shall be executed and consented to by the existing lessee of the affected property and shall be binding on the landowner and lessee,and on all successors and assigns of the landowner and lessee, including without limitation any future lienholders. The deed restriction shall not be removed or changed without j approval of an amendment to the Local Coastal Program(LCP)by the Coastal Commission and to the underlying coastal development permit. However, minor changes that do not conflict with subsection i)and 7)above may be processed as an amendment to the coastal development permit only, unless it is determined by the Director of Planning and the Executive Director of the Coastal Commission that an amendment is not legally required. 9) Fractional time owners shall have the right to the use of their units including a maximum use of 90 days per calendar year with a maximum of 29 consecutive days of use during any 6o day period. 1o)The hotel owner/operator shall be required to submit, prior to issuance of a.coastal development permit,for the review and approval of the Director of Planning,a HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 3-63 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS Declaration of Restrictions or Covenants,Conditions& Restrictions(CC&R's),either of which shall include: a) All the specific restrictions listed in 1)through 9)above; b) Acknowledgement that these same restrictions are independently imposed as condition requirements of the coastal development permit; c) A statement that provisions of the Declaration/CC&R's that reflect the requirements of 1)through 9)above cannot be changed without approval of an LCP amendment by the Coastal Commission and subsequent coastal development permit amendment. - However, minor changes that do not conflict with 1)through 9)above may be processed as an amendment to the coastal development permit, unless it is determined by the Director of Planning that an amendment is not legally required. a If there is a section of the Decla ratio n/CC&R's related to amendments,and the statement provided pursuant to this paragraph is not in that section,then the section on amendments shall cross-reference this statement and clearly indicate that it controls over any contradictory statements in the section of the Declaration/CC&R's , on amendments. i d) The project Water Quality Master Plan shall be an appendix in the CC&R's. 11) The CC&R's or Declaration of Restrictions described above shall be recorded against, all individual property titles simultaneously with the recordation of the condominium airspace map. 12) The provisions of the CC&R's or Declaration of Restrictions described above shall not be changed without approval of an amendment to the LCP by the Coastal Commission. kHowever minor changes that do not conflict with 1)through 11)above may be processed as an amendment to the coastal development permit, unless it is determined by the Director of Planning than an amendment is not legally required. 13) The hotel owner/operator or any successor-in-interest hotel owner/operator shall maintain the legal ability to ensure compliance with the terms and conditions stated !° i above at all times in perpetuity and shall be responsible in all respects for ensuring that all parties subject to these restrictions comply with the restrictions. Each owner of a fractional interest in a unit is jointly and severally liable with the hotel owner/operator for violations of the terms and conditions hereof imposed by the special conditions of the coastal development permit. Violations of the coastal development permit can result in I penalties pursuant to Public Resources Code Section 3o820. j14)All documents related to the marketing and sale of the fractional interest units, including j marketing materials, sales contracts, deeds, CC&R's and similar documents, shall notifyr 1 buyers of the following: } F 3-64r HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NCO. 5-, DOWNTOWN SPECITIC PLAN Rev.Oct 23 _ 3 - LAND USES& DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS" " a) The owners of a fractional interest in a unit are jointly and severally liable with the hotel owner/operator for any violations of the terms and conditions hereof imposed by the coastal development permit. b) The occupancy of the units is restricted to 90 days per calendar year with a maximum Of 29 consecutive days of use during any 6o day period,and when not in use by the owner,the unit shall be made available for rental by the hotel operator to the general public and that the coastal I evelopment permit contains additional restrictions on use and occupancy. gl �5) The hotel owner/operatorand,ny successor-in-interest hotel owner/operator,and eachfuture owner of a fractional interest in a unit shall obtain,priorto sale of a fractionalinterest,a written acknowledgement from the buyer that.occupancy"by the owner is ? limited to 90 days per calendar,year with a maximum of 29 consecutive days,of use duringan 6o day period,that the unit must be available for rental-b� the hotel operator Y Y P 1 Y to the general public when not occupied by the owner, and that there are further � restrictions on use and occupancy in the coastal development permit and the_CC&R's or s I Declaration of Restrictions. ` 16)The hotel owner/operator and any successor-in-interest hotel owner/operator shall -" ` monitor and "record hotel occupancy and use by the general public and the owners of a . a l fractional interest in a unit throughout each year. The monitoring and record keeping shall include specific accounting of"owner usage for each individual guest room/unit. The ;:; records-shall be sufficient to demonstrate compliance with the restrictions set forth in 1) Ic through 9)above. The hotel owner/operator shall also maintain documentation of rates v, paid for hotel occupancy and of advertising and marketing efforts. All such 'records shall be maintained for ten years and shall be made available to the City and to the Executive ;` i, Director of the Coastal Commission upon request and to the auditor required by Section - 17)below. Within 3o days of commencing hotel operations,the hotel owner/operator shall submit notice to the Director of Planning and to the Executive Director of the California Coastal Commission of commencement of hotel operations. 17) Within 90 days of the end of thle first calendar year of hotel operations,and within 90 ti. days of the end of each succeeding calendar year,the hotel owner/operator shall retain an independent auditing company,approved by the Director of Planning,to perform5� �E an audit to evaluation compliance with special conditions of the coastal development - "� 1 permit which are required by this section regarding notice, record keeping, and { monitoring of the Fractional Interest Hotel. The audit shall evaluate com liance b . the hotel owner/operator and owners of fractional interests:in a.unit dune the prior,, ;, g P : �° � . calendar year period. The hotel owner/operator shall instruct-the auditor to prepare a - µ report identifying the auditor's�findings, conclusions and the evidence,relied upon,,and : such report shall be submitted Ito the Director of Planning,four review and approval,and � shall be available to the Executive Director of the Coastal Commission upon request, 1 g � HUNTI`N_GTO.N BEACH .DOWNT0INN S'P"ECIFIC PLANN05 ; ' : '° 365 'D"0W NIT 0,; -N `TSPECIFlC PLAN_ _ i 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS within six months after the conclusion of each one year period of hotel operations. After the initial five calendar years,the one-year audit period may be extended to two years upon written approval of the Director of Planning. The Director of Planning may grant such approval if each of the previous audits revealed compliance with all restrictions imposed above. 18) If the hotel owner and the hotel operator at any point become separate entities,the hotel owner and the hotel operator shall be jointly and severally responsible for ensuring compliance with the requirements identified above. If the hotel owner and the hotel operator become separate entities they shall be jointly and severally liable for violations of the terms and conditions(restrictions)identified above. 19)A coastal development permit application for a Fractional Interest Hotel shall include a plan specifying how the re requirements outlined in this section will be im lemented. The h P q P plan must include at a minimum the form of the sale deed and CC&R's/Declaration' P�d, of Restrictions that will be used to satisfy the requirements and the form,of the rental program agreement to be entered into between the individual unit owners and the f: hotel owner-operator. The plan must demonstrate that the applicant will establish mechanisms that provide the hotel operator and any successor-in-interest hotel operator adequate legal authority to implement the requirements of this section. An acceptable ! ' plan meeting these requirements shall be incorporated into the special conditions , of approval of any coastal development permit for a Fractional Interest Hotel. Any proposed changes to the approved plan and subsequent documents pertaining to " j compliance with and enforcement of the terms and conditions required by this section including deeds and CC&R's/Declaration shall not occur without an amendment to the r coastal development permit, unless it is determined by the Director of Planning that no such amendment is legally required. zo)Any hotel rooms for which a certificate of occupancy has been issued at the effective rr ' I date of adoption of this section shall not be permitted to be converted Fractional P P � Ownership Hotel. 21 In Lieu Fee Required a) New development of overnight accommodations that are not"louver cost""shalla. " 1 be required to pay, as a condition of approval of a coastal development permit, an in lieu fee to provide significant funding to-assist in the creation of a substantial contribution to lower cost overnight visitor accommodations in or,near Hu ntmgton � Beach. The specific dollar amount of the fee shall be $3,000 in`2066"dollars(which 1 shall be adjusted annually to account for inflation, i.e., according to increase,in the s Consumer Price Index—U.S. City Average)times total quantity Of proposed limited use overnight visitor accommodation units. ; --day--«.'Y ,m . 4 4 U111 s ,ter 366 HU:NTINGTON` BEA:C�I:;DOW'IVTOwN SF'ECIFlC 'PLAN N9 5 `` DOV1/NT01NN SPECfFIC_PLAN ; 4 Rev.Oct 23 j - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS b) Prior to issuance of the coastal development permit,and upon execution of an appropriate agreement between the City and the designated recipient that assures use of the in-lieu fee for the intended mitigation,the applicant shall transfer the fee to the entity designated in the agreement,which shall be the City of Huntington Beach,the California State Department of Parks and Recreation, Hosteling International USA,or similar public agency and/or non-profit provider of lower cost overnight visitor accommodations. If the in lieu fee,or any portion thereof, is not J committed toward a use(i.e.with an effective agreement in place for use toward an identifiable project)within one year of payment of the fee,the in lieu fee shall be made available to be applied toward lower-cost overnight visitor accommodations at Crystal Cove State Park. t E 4 I ( 1 t F , t } t ( i ( I E HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO,. 5 3-67 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 3 LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS 33.3• District 3 — Visitor-serving Recreation Q Atlanta m A ��F c�asf y 3 Legend =3-Visitor-Serving Recreation OSpecific Plan Boundary a Parcels Figure 3-43 District 3 Map -($ HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN Rev.Oct 23 "3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS 3.3.3.1. Purpose The purpose of this district is to encourage large, coordinated development that is beach- oriented. The area of District 3,generally referred to as the"hotel district," consists of the Hilton Waterfront Beach Resort and Hyatt Regency Huntington Beach Resort and Spa hotels. Completed in 199o,the Hilton Waterfront is a resort hotel with ballroom and meeting space, restaurants, and fitness center. The Hyatt Regency opened in 2003 and, in addition to hotel amenities, includes a conference center, retail and restaurant uses and a spa and fitness center. A third hotel is also planned for District 3. The approved and existing developments,described above are consistent with the provisions stated for this district. " 3.3.3.2. Boundaries " District boundaries are shown on Figure District is bounded b Pacific Coast Highway 3 g 3-43• 3 Y g Y on the south, Beach Boulevard on the east, Huntington Street on the west, and'Pacific View 4 Avenue on the north. 3.3.3^3. Permitted Uses Figure 3-44 presents uses permitted within District 3: The table details whether the,use is . permitted or whether the use requires an Administrative Permit,a Conditional Use Permit from 'v °y the Zoning Administrator, or a Conditional Use Permit from the Planning Commission. For { w apermitted uses other visitor-serving related uses as described in the Coastal Element of;the ' General Plan that have the same parking demand as the existing use not specified herein may be allowed subject to the approval of the Director. Any alterations or additions shall be consistent with the approved plans for the developments in this"district and shall comply with5ection 2.5.10 of this Specific Plan. All new construction shall require approval of a Conditional Use Permit from the Planning Commission. ' - .. 3 H,U+N.TI`NGTON fBEAC,H .DOWNT:OWN 5f?ECIF`IC ,P,LANIQ 5'P 41, ,369 'w DOWN.T6W°N S'PECIFIC' "PLAB.[ , r 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS Permitted Uses District 3 Admin CUP CUP Use Permitted Permit from ZA from PC Carts and kiosks' ✓ Condominium hotel z ✓ Dancing and/or live entertainment ✓ - T- =._ Eating and drinking establishments ✓ Eating and drinking establishments with outdoor dining 3 ✓ ; � ,l - Hotels, motels ✓ 4ox"" i"� Recreational facilities ✓ Retail sales Tourist related uses ✓ 'Pursuant to Section 230.94 of the H BZSO „ t 4 rI Z Pursuant to Section 3.3.3•15• Condominium Hotel ,# E 3 Pursuant to Section 3.2.24 Outdoor Dining Figure 3-44 Permitted Uses District 3 vw 3_3.-4._ SummaEy of Development Standards Figure 3-45 presents a summary of the development standards within District 3. This figure is only a summary of the standards and the sections of the plan referenced in the figure=mastbe b consulted for the complete requirements of each standard. , z 3_-3 36. Minimum Parcel Size No minimum parcel size shall b required. However, ri r t a r val of a C"nditi 'nal Use ` p e p o o pp o , o o *� Permit by the Planning Commission for any development,a master site plan for th"e entire 3`l district shall be approved by the Planning Commission. Development which is in conformance ' {>"MUS" 'i with the site plan may then be permitted. 3.3_.3.6. Maximum Site Coverage `LL 1) 35%maximum of the net site area. a W 2) 25%maximum of the net site area may be used for parking and vehicular access ways. -------------- Xv- lt 4 � 3 ]0 HUNTIN GTONEACH DOWN.T'OW�N <SR. ,CIFICPLAN N�DOWNT'OWN .�PECI_FIC ` " '� ` i Rev.Oct 23 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS Summary of Development Standards District 3 All District R Section Minimum Parcel Size None required 3.3.3.5 Maximum Site Coverage 35%net site area 3.3.3.6 Maximum FAR 3.0 FAR 3.3.3.7 _ Maximum Building Height None required 3.3.3.8 • Upper Story Setback None required 3.3.3.9 Front Yard Setback 50'from PCH and Beach Blvd 3.3.3•10 � Interior Side Yard Setback None required 3.3.3.11 Exterior Side Yard Setback • 50'from Beach Blvd 3.3.3.11 • 20'from all other streets Rear Yard Setback 20 3.3.3•12 Public Open Space 3.3.3.13 Pedestrian Overpass 3.3.3.14 Fondominium Hotel 3.3.3.15 " Figure 3-45 Summary of Development Standards District 3 3-.3.3.7. Maximum FAR 3.0 Maximum FAR,calculated on net acreage,for the entire project area. f 3--3_.3.8. Maximum Building Height No maximum building height shall be required. 3_.3_.3_.9. Upper Story Setback i No upper story setback shall be required. d 3_.3_.3-1o. Front Yard Setback 50'minimum setback from Pacific Coast Highway and Beach Boulevard for all structures exceeding 42"in height. i HUNTINGTON BEACH .'DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 40. 5� '- 3-71' DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS 3-.3.3.11. Side Yard Setback 1) 50'minimum exterior setback from Beach Boulevard 2) 20'minimum exterior setback from all other streets. 3.3.3.12. Rear Yard Setback 20'minimum setback. 3.3,3-13. Public Open Space Development projects within this district shall provide public open space. 1) 30%minimum of the net site area,which shall be available for public or semi-public uses for recreational purposes. 2) 25' minimum dimensions in every direction. 3) Paved areas devoted to streets, driveways, and parking areas may not be counted toward the public open space requirement. 4) 15%maximum of the required 30%public open space may be enclosed,recreation space such as gyms, handball courts, health clubs, interpretive centers, or similar facilities. A fee may be imposed for the use of such facilities. 3L.-3.3.14. Pedestrian Overpass A pedestrian overpass may be required to connect the development in this district to the City Beach, as a condition of approval for any new development on, or further subdivision of,parcels within the district. The City may waive this requirement if the City determines that overpasses } j are unnecessary or impractical considering the type and design of new developments. I , 3.3.3.15. Condominium Hotel May be permitted and shall be conditioned as follows: 1) Any hotel rooms for which a certificate of occupancy has been issued at the j effective date of adoption of this section shall not be permitted to be converted to a' Condominium-Hotel. 2) The hotel owner/operator shall retain control and ownership of all'structures, i recreational amenities, meeting space, restaurants,"back of house"and other non-guest ;= unit facilities. When the Condominium-Hotel is located on land owned by the City,the hotel owner/operator shall be a leaseholder of the land upon which the Condominium- Hotel exists. ` " 3-72- HUN'TINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC. PLAN` N'6. 5 � DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN Rev.Oct 23 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS 3) The Condominium-Hotel facility shall have an on-site hotel operator to manage rental/ booking of all guest room/units. Whenever any individually owned hotel unit is not occupied by its owner(s),that unit shall be available for hotel rental by the general public on the same basis as a traditional hotel room. 4) The hotel operator shall market and advertise all rooms to the general public. Unit owners may also independently market and advertise their units but all booking of reservations shall be made by and through the hotel operator. - 5) The hotel operator shall manage all guest room/units as part of the hotel inventory, which management will include the booking of reservations, mandatory front desk I check-in and check-out, maintenance, cleaning services and preparing units for use by guests/owners,a service for which the hotel operator may charge the unit owner a reasonable fee. 6) If the hotel operator is not serving as the rental agent for an individually owned unit,then the hotel operator shall nevertheless have the right,working through the individually owned units'owners or their designated agents,to book any unoccupied room to fulfill demand,at a rate similar to comparable accommodations in the hotel. The owner or an owner's rental agent may not withhold units from use. In all circumstances, the hotel operator shall have full access to the condominiums'reservation and booking schedule so that the operator can fulfill its booking and management obligations hereunder. 7) All guest room/unit keys shall be electronic and created by the hotel operator upon each new occupancy to control the use of the individually owned units. 8) Unit owners shall not discourage rental of their unit or create disincentives meant to discourage rental of their unit. 9) All individually owned hotel units shall be rented at a rate similar to that charged by the j hotel operator for the traditional hotel rooms of a similar class or amenity level. lo)The hotel operator shall maintain records of usage by owners and renters and rates charged for all units, and shall be responsible for reporting Transient Occupancy Taxes based on records of use for all units, a service for which the hotel operator may charge i E the unit owner a reasonable fee. i 11) Each individually owned hotel unit shall be used by its owner(s), no matter how many owners there are,for not more than 90 days per calendar year with a maximum of 29 consecutive days of use during any 6o day period. j 12) The use period limitations identified in 11)above, shall be unaffected by multiple owners or the sale of a unit to a new owner during the calendar year,meaning that all such owners of any given unit shall be collectively subject to the use restriction as if they were a single,continuous owner. HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 3-73 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS 13) No portion of the Condominium-Hotel may be converted to full-time occupancy condominium or any other type of Limited Use Overnight Visitor Accommodations or other project that differs from the approved Condominium-Hotel. 14) Prior to issuance of a building permit and in conjunction with approval of a coastal development permit for the Condominium-Hotel,the landowner of the property within District 3 upon which the traditional units/rooms(i.e.,transient hotel rooms) are developed shall execute and record a deed restriction,subject to the review ® and approval of the Director of Planning and the Executive Director of the Coastal Commission,which prohibits the conversion of those traditional hotel units/rooms to any other type of ownership(e.g., limited use overnight visitor accommodations). The deed restriction shall be submitted for review and approval of the Director of Planning and the Executive Director of the Coastal Commission prior to action on the coastal development ` permit. The deed restriction shall run with the land, shall be executed and consented to by the existing lessee of the affected property and shall be binding on the landowner and lessee, and on all successors and assigns of the landowner and lessee, including j without limitation any future lienholders. The deed restriction shall not be removed or changed without approval of an amendment to the underlying coastal development, permit and approval of an amendment to the Local Coastal Program(LCP)by the Coastal Commission. However, minor changes that do not conflict with subsection 1)and 13) above may be processed as an amendment to the coastal development permit only, —_s unless it is determined by the Director of Planning and the Executive Director of the Coastal Commission that such an amendment is not legally required. 15) The hotel owner/operator shall be required to submit, prior to the issuance of a coastal development permit,for the review and approval of the Director of Planning, a Declaration of Restrictions or Covenants, Conditions and Restrictions(CC&R's)either of i which shall include: R a) All the specific restrictions listed in 1)through 13)above; i b) Acknowledgement that these same restrictions are independently imposed as condition requirements of the coastal development permit; c) A statement that provisions of the CC&R's/Declaration of Restrictions that reflect the � requirements of 1)through 13)above cannot be changed without approval of an LCP amendment by the Coastal Commission and subsequent coastal development permit ., amendment. However, minor changes that do not conflict with 1)through 13)above may be processed as an amendment to the coastal development permit, unless it is determined by the Director of Planning that an amendment is not legally required. If I» there is a section of the CC&R's/Declaration of Restrictions related to amendments, and the statement provided pursuant to this paragraph is not in that section,then the section on amendments shall cross-reference this statement and clearly indicate 3-74 HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC, PLAN NCO. .5_ < DOWNTOWN SP"EC I F I C PLAN Rev.Oct 23 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS that it controls over any contradictory statements in the section of the Declaration/ CC&R's on amendments. 16)The CC&R's or Declaration of Restrictions described above shall be recorded against all individual property titles simultaneously with the recordation of the condominium airspace map. 17) The provisions of the CC&R's or Declaration of Restrictions described above shall not be changed without approval of an amendment to the LCP by the Coastal Commission. - . However,minor changes that do not conflict with 1)through 16)above may be processed as an amendment to the coastal development permit, unless it is determined s by the Director of Planning that an amendment is not legally required. 18)The hotel owner/operator or any successor-in-interest shall maintain the legal ability to ensure compliance with the terms and conditions stated above at all times in � perpetuity and shall be responsible in all respects for ensuring that all parties subject to these restrictions comply with the restrictions. Each owner of an individual guest = I room/condominium unit is jointly and severally liable with the hotel owner-operator for I any and all violations of the terms and conditions imposed by the special conditions of the coastal development permit with respect to the use of that owner's unit. Violations of the coastal development permit can result in penalties pursuant to Public Resources ! Code Section 3o820. 19)All documents related to the marketing and sale of the condominium interests, including marketing materials, sales contracts, deeds, CC&R's and similar documents,shall notify buyers of the following: a) Each owner of any individual hotel unit is jointly and severally liable with the hotel owner-operator for any violations of the terms and conditions of the coastal development permit with respect to the use of that owner's unit;and i b The occupancy of the units b owners is restricted to o days per calendar year with P Y Y � ) � 9 Y P Y a maximum of 29 consecutive days of use during any 6o day period,and when not in use by the owner,the unit shall be made available for rental by the hotel operator j to the general public per the terms of the coastal development permit and that the coast development permit contains additional restrictions on use and occupancy. zo)The hotel and owner/operator and any successor-in-interest hotel owner and operator, a and each future individual unit owner shall obtain, prior to sale of individual units, a written acknowledgement from the buyer that occupancy by the owner is limited to 90 i days per calendar year with a maximum of 29 consecutive days of use during any 6o day period,that the unit must be available for rental by the hotel operator to the general 3` public when not occupied by the owner,and that there are further restrictions on use and occupancy in the coastal development permit and the CC&R's or Declaration of Restrictions. I HUNTINGTO'N BEACH DOWNTOWN S,PECI-FIC PLAN N,.O. 5' 13-75 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS 21) The hotel owner/operator and any successor-in-interest hotel owner and operator shall monitor and record hotel occupancy and use by the general public and the owners of individual hotel units throughout each year. The monitoring and record keeping shall include specific accounting of owner usage for each individual guest room/unit. The records shall be sufficient to demonstrate compliance with the restrictions set forth in a through n above. The hotel owner-operator shall also maintain documentation of rates paid for hotel occupancy and of advertising and marketing efforts. All such records shall ® be maintained for ten years and shall be made available to the City,and the Executive Director of the Coastal Commission upon request and to the auditor required by Section s. 22)below. Within 3o days of commencing hotel operations,the hotel owner-operator shall submit notice to the Director of Planning and to the Executive Director of the i California Coastal Commission of commencement of hotel operations. 22)Within go days of the end of the first calendar year of hotel operations,and within go days of the end of each succeeding calendar year,the hotel owner-operator shall retain 4: j an independent auditing company,approved by the Director of Planning,to perform an audit to evaluate compliance with special conditions of the coastal development 1 permit which are required by this section regarding occupancy restrictions,notice, record keeping, and monitoring of the Condominium-Hotel. The audit shall evaluate ! compliance by the hotel owner-operator and owners of individual hotel units during the prior one-year period. The hotel owner-operator shall instruct the auditor to prepare a i report identifying the auditor's findings, conclusions and the evidence relied upon, and such report shall be submitted to the Director of Planning,for review and approval, and shall be available to the Executive Director of the Coastal Commission upon request,with six months after the conclusion of each one year period of hotel operations. After the initial five calendar years,the one-year audit period may be extended to two years upon written approval of the Director of Planning. The Director of Planning may grant such 1 approval if each of the previous audits revealed compliance with all restrictions imposed = ° above. z3) If the hotel owner and the hotel operator at any point become separate entities-the hotel owner and the hotel operator shall be jointly and severally responsible for ensuring ' compliance with the requirements identified above. If the hotel owner and hotel operator become separate entities,they shall be jointly and severally liable for violations Iof the terms and conditions(restrictions)identified above. (! « 24)A coastal development permit application for a Condominium-Hotel shall include a plan specifying how the requirements outlined in 1)through 22)will be implemented.,The plan must include, at a minimum,the form of the sale, deed, and CC&R's/Declaration of Restrictions that will be used to satisfy the requirements and the form of the rental program agreement to be entered into between the individualunit owners and the hotel owner/operator. The plan must demonstrate that the applicant will establish E 3-�6. HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN -SPECIFIC PLAN NO_. 5 _ DOWNTOWN SP;ECIF,IC .PLAN Rev.Oct 23 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS mechanisms that provide the hotel operator and any successor-in-interest hotel operator adequate legal authority to implement the requirements of Sections 1)through 22) above. An acceptable plan meeting these requirements shall be incorporated into the special conditions of approval of any coastal development permit for a Condominium- Hotel. Any proposed changes to the approved plan and subsequent documents pertaining to compliance with and enforcement of the terms and conditions required by Sections 1)through 22)and this section including deeds and CC&R's/Declaration of Restrictions shall not occur without an amendment to the coastal development permit, unless it is determined by the Director of Planning that an amendment is not legally required. . t 25)Any hotel rooms for which a certificate of occupancy has been issued in the District at the effective date of adoption of this section shall not be permitted to be converted to ` Limited Use Overnight Visitor Accommodations. 26) In Lieu Fee Required a) New development of overnight accommodations that are not"lower cost"shall be required to pay,as a condition of approval of a coastal development permit,an in-lieu fee to provide significant funding to assist in the creation of a substantial contribution to lower cost overnight visitor accommodations in or near Huntington I Beach. The specific dollar amount of the fee shall be $3,000 in 20o6 dollars(which shall be adjusted annually to account for inflation i.e. according to increases in the Consumer Price Index—U.S. City Average)times the total quantity of proposed limited use overnight visitor accommodation units. � b) Prior to issuance of the coastal development permit,and upon execution of an ! j appropriate agreement between the City and the designated recipient that assures use of the in-lieu fee for the intended mitigation,the applicant shall transfer the fee to the entity designated in the agreement,which shall be the City of Huntington Beach,the California State Department of Parks and Recreation, Hosteling ` International USA, or similar public agency and/or non-profit provider of lower cost overnight visitor accommodations. If the in lieu fee,or any portion thereof, is not committed toward a use(i.e.with an effective agreement in place for use toward an identifiable project)within one year of payment of the fee,the in lieu fee shall be I made available to be applied toward lower-cost overnight visitor accommodations at Crystal Cove State Park. HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 - ' 3-77 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS 3.3.4• District 4 — Established Residential �1 l 1 \! ® Fig �7j e y`r 4 Palm 4 �r o Acacia a� 6th Y r h� 'c0 yc Legend °dS ^yam N 04-Single-family Residential !/Y,f A C3Specific Plan Boundary ' Apt . Parcels 9e/2 4� Figure 3-46 District 4 Map 3-78 HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN Rev.Oct 23 -3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS 3.3.4.,__ Purpose This district allows residential development exclusively. The district employs graduated height limits and proportional setback requirements to,keep the scale of new developments compatible with the existing residential neighborhood. 3.3_4.2. Boundaries District 4 boundaries are shown on Figure 3-46. District 4 includes the first block along Pacific Coast Highway to Walnut Avenue between Goldenwest Street and 7th Street,except for the ' area,included in District i;the parcels fronting 6th Street between Walnut Avenue"and Orange, . Avenue;and the area bounded by Palm Avenue, Main Street,,the parcel line approximately 110 " feet north of Acacia Avenue,and Lake Street. I , ,t A 3. 4. Permitted Uses . s Figure 3 47 presents uses permitted within District 4. The table details whether the use is permitted or whether the use requires a Conditional Use Permit from the Zoning Administrator. I Permitted Uses District 4 ,i Use Permitted from ZA ttn i Home occupations' Multi-family housing, apartments, condominiums, and stock- �' <. cooperatives(up to 4 units) Multi-family housing, apartments, condominiums, and stock- VIII o-; cooperatives(more than 4 units) Single-family detached dwellings 2 Pursuant to Section 230.12 of the HBZSO z That comply with the standards provided in this Section 3.3.4• District 4- Established Residential and the { ; standards contained in the Residential Infill Lot Developments Ordinance in Section 230.22 of the HBZSO _ j :,. Figure 3-47 Permitted Uses District 4 ;. ;I t s . - -�-, r w - A L„{ HU-NTINGTON 'BEAC:H='DOWNTOWN S.PECIF,LC' PLAN D'OWNTO,"V1%N .SPE `IFt,C` PLAIV �, ° - 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS Summary of Development Standards District 4 All District 4 Section Minimum Parcel Size 2,500 sf&25'street frontage 3.3.4.5 Maximum Site Coverage 5o% net site area 3.3.4.6 Maximum Density • Varies with parcel size 3.3.4.7 = • 1.o maximum FAR for single-family • 25'street frontage& <_ 2,500 sf: 1 du `r • > 25'street frontage&<_ 50'street } frontage as well as >2,500 sf&<_ 5,000 sf: 2 du max. ,,. • > 50'street frontage&> 5,000 sf: 3o du/ac Maximum Building Height 35'&3 stories 3 3 4.8 ^ , 25'maximum within 25'of front property line ` Upper Story Setback 10'avers e 33494 .,._ 3.3.4.10 Front Yard Setback ® 25'from PCH r • 15'from all other streets �. Interior Side Yard Setback • < too'street frontage: Min 3' 3 3 411 • >100 street frontage&< half block: Min 7' � • >_ half block street frontage: Min 7' `� Exterior Side Yard Setback . < too'street frontage: Min 5' 3 3 4.11 • > 100'street frontage&< half block: Min 15' • >_ half block street frontage: Min 15' Rear Yard Setback • Fronting PCH: Min 3.3.4•12 ° t ry R ® Fronting all other streets: Min 7.5' � `. Garage Setback 5' 3 3 413 - Common Open Space 3.3.4.14 Public Open Space None required 3.3.4.14 ; Street Frontage 3 3 4 5 ° - J,Figure 3-48;Summary of Development Standards District 4 r �.-� ,-� 'j ' � rill - 3'$p yHUN7'INGTON .CH O. W BE;A .D, .WNTO ;N SPwECIFI1- PAL-,AN ,�NO 5 , g "` D01rVNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN R ,x � - Rev.Oct 23 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS 3.3.4.4. Summary of Development Standards Figure 3-48 presents a summary of the development standards within District 4. This figure is only a summary of the standards and the sections of the plan referenced in the figure must be consulted for the complete requirements of each standard. 3^3.4.5- Minimum Parcel Size 25'frontage and 2,500 square feet net size area minimum. \ 3.3.4.6. Maximum Site Coverage \ 50%of the net site area maximum. \ Building\ 3_3.4.7. Maximum Density Envelope 1) The maximum allowable number of residential \ dwelling units shall increase as the parcel size \ increases. �\ . a) 1 dwelling unit maximum if lot frontage is 25' or less and lot area is 2,500 square feet or less. b) z dwelling units maximum if lot frontage is Pig_ greater than 25'but less than or equal to 50' and lot area IS greater than 2,500 square feet Figure 3-49 Parcels fronting Pacific Coast Highway require average setback and less than or equal to 5,000 square feet. that is a minimum of 25 feet c) 3o dwelling units per acre or 1 dwelling unit per 1,452 square feet of net lot area maximum, if lot frontage is greater than 5o'and lot area is greater than 5,000 square feet. 2) FAR=to for single-family development 3.3.4.8. Maximum Building_Height Building 1) 35'and no more than 3 stories maximum. Envelope 2) 25' maximum within the 25'of the front property line. , 3.3.4.A-Upper Story Setback 10'average setback from the second story facade for the � { covered portion of all structures above the second story. PAL L----------�'Ir 3.3_4.1o. Front Yard Setback Figure 3-50 Parcels fronting all other ,. For all structures exceeding 42 inches in height: streets require that the average setback for the total lot frontage is a minimum of i 1) 25'minimum setback for parcels fronting on Pacific 15 feet \� Coast Highway. This setback may be reduced by HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 3-81 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS 5'on up to 50%of the lot frontage, provided that the average setback for the total lot frontage is a minimum of 25'. This setback shall be limited to landscaping only and shall be designed to be compatible with the Bluff Top Park landscaping located across Pacific Coast Highway. 2) 15'minimum setback for parcels fronting all other streets except Pacific Coast Highway. 3.3.4.11. Side Yard Setback 1) Single Family minimum aggregate: a) lo%of lot width i I • Interior: 3' minimum, 5'maximum • Exterior: 5'minimum ; b) Garages located on a single 25-foot wide lot will be allowed an exterior yard reduction to a minimum of 3'from a public right-of-way. 2) Multi-Family minimum aggregate: a) Parcels with loo'or less of frontage: • 20%of lot width: ,I i • Interior: 3'minimum i t°{ Exterior: 5' minimum _ I L'F Residential Building Envelope Residential Building Envelope Residential Building Envelope 3'Min.Interior - 3'Min.Interior 7"Min.Interior T Min.Interior I 5 Min.Exterior 5'Min.Exterior 15'Min.Exterior 15'Min.Exterior 7'Min.Interior T Min.Interior 15'Min.Exterior 15'Mln.Exterior =' I l x�=Streel Frontage > x=Street Frontage(1 or less)--- 'I— 79"i<YeenHa11 °o I I ---St�etFrontage(creator than Ha lock)- i h � � I .�� I � I STREET STREET Average Side Yard Average Side Yard STREET 3 Setback=x(20%)=a+b Setback=x(20%)=a♦b i Figure 3-51 Parcels with 100 feet or less Figure 3-52 Parcels with greater than Figure 3-53 Parcels with a half block of r of frontage require 20 percent of the lot 100 feet but less than a half block frontage or greater require a minimum frontage, with a minimum of 3 feet on an of frontage require 20 percent of the of 7 feet on any interior yard and a interior side and a minimum of 5 feet on frontage, with a minimum of 7 feet on an minimum of 15 feet for an exterior yard an exterior side interior side and a minimum of 15 feet on from a public right-of-way an exterior side # 3-82 HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC, PLA,N � � Rev.Oct23 3 - LAND,USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS b) Parcels with greater than goo'of frontage: • 20%of lot width: • Interior: 7'minimum • Exterior: 15'minimum _3.3.4.12. Rear Yard Setback Minimum rear yard setback requirements: 1) 3'minimum setback for parcels fronting on Pacific Coast Highway. 2) 7.5'minimum setback for parcels fronting all other streets.• - i 3) Upper stories of structures may be cantilevered into the"near setback; however,a setback of 2.5'minimum from the rear property line shall be maintained. 3.3413. Garage Setback »- E A 'setback is required for garages with alley access in order the required 2 'turnin F k 5 q g g Y Q 5 g radius from the garage to the opposite side of the alley. 3.3.4.14. Common and Public Open Space " 1) Projects that maintain the 25'front setback along Pacific,Coast Highway'shall be allowed to use the front setback area towards common open space as,required in Section-3.2.16. Open Space..Any encroachments into the 25-foot front setback area shall require" " common open ace to be located behind the front setback. . P P 2) No public open space shall be required, 3.3.4.15. Street Frontage 1) Single-family dwelling units not fronting Pacific Coast Highway shall have a front porch .w element that faces onto the primary street frontage. The front porch shall be allowed to encroach 5'into the front setback area. .-t z t x " HU'N-TINGTON .BE:ACHR_.D,OWNT,OWN SrPECiF!C PLAN NO 5 = r3 $3 t)OWNTOWN SPECIFIC, .PLANF � . . � _ � � 111111� 0� — _ - — - � _ � um� - = � = �111111� � _- = _ _ = = c _ - __ � � ``��o; � � � _ — 11111111111 IIII111111111 = A W `� 2 �� � _\ o o • ' o� , . � • � • • • � • • Rev.Oct 23 3 - LAND USES"&'DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS 3.3.5.1. Purpose This district is intended to allow high density residential uses. New residential development will provide a population base to help support the commercial and office uses in the downtown area. District 5 represents the Pacific City residential component and the Waterfront Residential development. The Pacific City residential component is approved for 516 condominium units and outdoor recreational amenities including a z-acre Village Green park. The Waterfront Residential development was constructed in 2004 and consists of 184-residential units located- north of.the waterfront hotels in District.3. The approved and existing developments described above are consistent with the provisions stated for this district. . 3.3.S.2. Boundaries ! District 5 boundaries are shown on Figure 3-54. District 5 includes two consolidated parcels. One parcel is bounded on the north by Atlanta Avenue,on the,east by Huntington.Street, on ' the south by Pacific View Avenue,and on the west by First Street. The.second parcel includes � ,} the area north of Pacific View Avenue between the prolongation of Sunrise Drive and Beach Boulevard. _ .. 33-5 e. Permitted ed Uses _ J, ;r Figure 3-55 presents uses permitted with a-Conditional Use Permit from Planning.Commission -= within District 5. Any modifications or additionsto individual residential units shall be permitted 3' = " upon review by the Department of Planning for compliance with all applicable provisions of this Specific Plan in addition to applicable requirements, conditions of approval and development- plans for the approved project. Permitted Uses District S _:� CUP Use from PC Multi-family housing, condominiums,stock-cooperatives or apartments' ✓ Public transportation center 4 ✓ 'Must be permanently attached aR Figure 3-55 Permitted Uses District 5 "a jj 3.3.5.4. Summary yof'Development Standards Figure 3-56 presents a summary of the development standards within Distnct_5: This figure�is only a summary of the standards and the sections of the plan referenced in the figure must consulted for the complete requirements of each standard. �� ; pa tr< ,,a, ;ro 'y. - Eprg ',, -j0, H-,UNTINGTO`N�.BEACHeLLDOW`NTOWN S RE,CIF:IC PLAN NO 5� 385 � DOWNTOWN ".SPEC!FIC 'PLAN " �� 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS Summary of Development Standards District 5 All District S Section Minimum Parcel Size None required 3.3.5.5 Maximum Site Coverage 5o%net site area 3.3.5.6 Maximum Density 3o du/ac 3.3.5.7 77t 77 F 11 Maximum Building Height 50 3.3.5•$ ri. " Upper Story Setback loo'from northern property line PP Y P P Y 3.3.5.9 Front Yard Setback 20' 3.3.5•10 . Interior Side Yard Setback None required 3 3 5 11 Exterior Side Yard Setback • z5'from Beach Blvd 3 3 5 11 • 20'from all other streets Rear Yard Setback 20' 3.3.5•12 ' Public Open Space None required 3.3.5•13 .?M 9 Corridor Dedication 1 r, 3.3.5 4 ;_ Conservation Overlay 3.3.5•15 R" Figure 3-56. Summary of Development Standards District 5 Minimum Parcel Size . No minimum parcel size shall be required. However, prior to approval of any development, 4 � a conceptual plan shall be approved by the Planning Commission. Development that is,in conformance with the site plan may then be permitted. ., 3.3.5.6. Maximum Site Coverage ' r 50%of net site area. ; al �.�5.7. Maximum Dens it _ -Jy€ �_ 3o dwelling units per net acre or 1 dwelling unit per 1,452 square feet of net lot area maximum Maximum Building Hei 3.3-5.8. S . 50'"maximum. y h>� t � a-' -57 s.e5 Iq Vf Aq m 3 $6 � Rµi WUIVTINGTOIV# BEbA:CH,'D.OWN:.TOW.N'SPECsIFtCPL1N NC7 5 DOW,'N` TOWN SPEC-`I°F1C° P AN = - • � Rev.Octz3 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS _3- -3.5^9. Upper Story Setback goo'minimum setback from the northern exterior property line for any portion of a structure that exceeds 35'in height. 3.3.5.1o. Front Yard Setback zo'minimum for all structures exceeding 42 inches in height. - - 3.3.5.11. Side Yard Setback zo minimum for all streets;25'minimum for Beach Boulevard. { 3,3.5.12. Rear Yard Setback zo'minimum. 3.3.5.13. Public Open Space No public open space shall be required. 4 -3-3 5T14. Corridor Dedication 20'corridor dedication between Atlanta Avenue and Pacific Coast Highway for public access 3 between the southern end of the Pacific Electric right-of-way and Pacific Coast Highway. This requirement may be waived if the corridor is deemed unnecessary by the City. Any proposal for an alternative must be approved by the Planning Commission. x 3^3.5-15. Conservation Overlay[ A portion of District 5 is designated with a Conservation Overlay. Within this area,all following requirements of the Conservation Overlay shall apply. 1) Purpose The conservation overlay is intended to regulate those areas that identified as wetlands. The California Department of Fish and Game(CDFG)identified an area within District 5 as containing o.8 acres of existing wetland and 1.4 acres of restorable wetland. This area was restored in 2004 in conjunction with the Waterfront Residential development. 2) Boundary The 2.2 acre area is immediately adjacent to Beach Boulevard. The Conservation Overlay boundaries are shown on Figure 3-57• 1 HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC-PLAN NO.- 5 3-87�' DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN I 3 LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS 3) Regulations a) Development shall Legend be permitted only RRestered Wetlands MandsBuffer Pursuant to an overall Oc PLan Boun dary development plan Parma for the entire overlay area and subject to the following: as 0a0'; m t a condition of any *`die development on this VIP In parcel,topographic, vegetation, and soils information identifying the extent of any existing wetlands shall 9cce be submitted to the dS�y`h Director. b) The information shall be prepared by a qualified professional, and shall be subject to review by the Figure 3-57 Conservation Overlay Map California Department of Fish and Game. c) If any wetland is determined by the Department of Fish and Game to be severely degraded pursuant to Sections 30233 and 30411 of the California Coastal Act, or if it is less than one acre in size, other restoration options may be undertaken, pursuant to the Coastal Commission's"Statewide Interpretive Guidelines for Wetlands and other Wet Environmentally Sensitive Habitat Areas." d) Conservation easements, dedications or other similar mechanisms shall be required over all wetland areas as a condition of development,to assure permanent protection. e) Public vehicular traffic shall be prohibited in wetland areas governed by a conservation easement. f) Specific drainage and erosion control requirements shall be incorporated into the project design to ensure that wetland areas are not adversely affected. HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN Rev.Oct 23 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS g) No further subdivision of any parcel shall be permitted which would have the effect of dividing off environmentally sensitive habitat from other portions of such parcels for which urban uses are permitted in the City's Coastal Element until such time as the permanent protection of any wetland is assured. h) Within areas identified as wetlands in the coastal zone,the uses of the Coastal Conservation District shall supersede the uses of the Floodplain Overlay subdistricts FPS and FP2 as addressed in Chapter 222 of the HBZSO. 1 e I F j j f i I ! C l 7 f i f i k f W t i ji 1 R � 1 HUNTINGTON BEACH- DOWNTOWN SPE-CIfIC PLAN NO. 5 3-89 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN DEVELOPMENTD . . D Pier-related Commercial ♦���° moo`�° ♦� ♦oo • �� __ 1 ♦♦ ��� ♦`moo` �;�♦ , �.;` . _ • ♦o♦ Legend C3Spectfic Plan Boundary illllllli�'I� alll District HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO- DOWNTOWN I s Rev.Oct 23 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS 3_3.6.1. Purpose This district is intended to provide for commercial uses on and alongside the pier that will enhance and expand the public's use and enjoyment of this area. Uses are encouraged that capitalize on the views available from the pier and the unique recreational or educational opportunities it affords. At the same time, care must be exercised to insure that the major portion of the pier will remain accessible to the public at no charge,for strolling,fishing, or observation. Specifically,the main thoroughfare of the pier should remain clear for public safety. ° 3--3.6.2. Boundaries The boundaries of District 6 shall be consistent with the Coastal Element of the General Plan and are shown generally in Figure 3-58. 4 1 3.3.6.3. Permitted Uses ; Figure 3-59 presents uses permitted within District 6. The table details whether the use is t permitted or whether the use requires an Administrative Permit, a Conditional Use Permit from the Zoning Administrator, or a Conditional Use Permit from the Planning Commission. For permitted uses,other visitor-serving related uses as described in the Coastal Element of the General Plan that have the same parking demand as the existing use not specified herein may be -a -j allowed subject to the approval of the Director. Change of use shall be subject to the approval of the Director. Any new construction shall require approval of a Conditional Use Permit from the Zoning Administrator. i I _ \ t HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 3-91 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN ' 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS Permitted Uses District 6 Admin CUP CUP Use Permitted Permit from ZA from PC Aquariums ✓ Bait and tackle shops ✓ Beach rentals ✓ - Carts and kiosks' ✓ Commercial uses or public recreation facilities ✓ Museums ✓ Outdoor dining 3 ✓ i� Eating and drinking establishments ✓ Eating and drinking establishments, including fast food with ✓ take out windows . Retail sales 4 ✓ 'Pursuant to Section 230.94 of the HBZSO Zj z Must be beach-related 3 Pursuant to Section 3.2.24 Outdoor Dining 4 Must be beach-related ` Figure 3-59 Permitted Uses District 6 E { �t 3-9? HUNTINGTO.N BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC P.LA.N ,N5 °; m DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN Rev.Oct 23 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS Summary of Development Standards District 6 All District 6 Section Minimum Parcel Size None required 3.3.6.5 Maximum Site Coverage None required 3.3.6.6 . Maximum Density None required 3.3.6.7 _ Maximum FAR None required 3.3.6.7 Maximum Building Height G 25'&z stories 3.3.6.8 ® 1 story on pier i t Upper Story Setback None required 3.3.6.9 Front Yard Setback None required 3.3.6.10 3 Side Yard Setback None required 3-3.6.11 Rear Yard Setback None required 3.3.6.12 Public Open Space 3.3.6•13 Figure 3-60 Summary of Development Standards District 6 j 3 ( 3.3.6.4. Summary of Development Standards Figure 3-6o presents a summary of the development standards within District 6. This figure is only a summary of the standards and the sections of the plan referenced in the figure must be consulted for the complete requirements of each standard. 3.3.6.5. Minimum Parcel Size No minimum parcel size shall be required. I f � 3.3.6.6. Maximum Site Coverage 1) No maximum site coverage shall be required, except that no more than 25%maximum 4 of the pier shall be covered by any building or roofed structure. i 2) 25%maximum of the perimeter of the pier shall be covered with building or other roofed structures. i 3.3.6.7. Maximum Density/FAR No maximum density or FAR requirement shall be applied in this district. -HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIF-IC ,PLAN NO., 5 3-93 , DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS 3_3.6.8. Maximum Building Height 1) 25'and 2 stories above the pier level. 2) 1 story maximum building height on the pier, excluding the end of the pier cafe,and northwest of the pier shall be one story. 3) No maximum building height shall be required for lifeguard towers or other facilities necessary for public safety. ® 4) No parking surface or structure shall exceed the minimum of 1'below the maximum • height of the adjacent bluff:. 3.3.6.9. Upper Story Setback No minimum upper story setback shall be required. „ F 3^3.6.1o. Front Yard Setback. No minimum front yard setback shall be required. 3.3.6.11. Side Yard Setback No minimum side yard setback shall be required. 1 E 3.3.6.12. Rear Yard Setback I No minimum rear yard setback shall be required. 3.3.6.13. Public Open Space Public open space and pedestrian access shall be major considerations of development in this district. All new development shall provide sufficient clear width along the length of the pier for public access and emergency and service vehicles. In addition, public walkways along the pier edge or around the perimeter of new development must be provided. { i 3-94° HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN` NO. 5 DOWNTOWN SPECIFfC, PLAN 4 Rev. 00t23 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS 3.3.7• District 7 — Beach a C>° Palm o Acacia ca 0 6th 9P O a� y OIL c e C C A Atlanta C S OaS/ ,y O ale S 7 A ate_ C`O W b m M 1 Legend ❑7-Beach H OSPecific Plan Boundary /jam Parcels Figure 3-61 District 7 Map HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 j DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 3 -LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS 3_.3.7.1. Purpose This district is intended to preserve and protect the sandy beach area within the Specific Plan Area boundaries while allowing parking and auxiliary beach-related commercial and convenience uses. The beach will also be used for special events throughout the year,such as the U.S.Open of Surfing,the AVP Pro Beach Volleyball tournament,the Shoreline Marathon, the NPPL Paintball Tournament,and the Duck-a-Thon. The beach parking and plaza areas north of the pier are also used weekly for a Farmers'Market and craft fair. Approximately half of the beach frontage in the district is City beach;the remainder of the beach frontage is owned by the State of California. nd i 3_.3_.7.z. Boundaries District 7 boundaries are shown on Figure 3-61. District 7 is bounded by Pacific Coast Highway on one side and the Pacific Ocean on the other side. The district extends from Goldenwest Street to Beach Boulevard, except for the area which is part of District 6. I 3.3.7.3. Permitted Uses Figure 3-65 presents beach open space uses and public facilities,as well as other related uses or public facilities not specified herein,that may be allowed subject to approval of the Design Review Board. Any change of such use or public facilities shall be subject to the approval of the Director. E ! _3.3.�.4. Prohibited Uses Storage containers and stand-alone storage buildings shall be prohibited in beach areas. 4 , Li { i 3-96 IHUNTFNGT0N BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIF-IC P. LA,N N0 5-, .F r r DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN Rev.Oct 23 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS 3.37.5. Summary of Development Standards Figure 3-66 presents a summary of the development standards within District 7. This figure is only a summary of the standards and the sections of the plan referenced in the figure must be consulted for the complete requirements of each standard. 3.3.7.6. Minimum Parcel Size No minimum parcel size shall be required. 3.3.7.7. Maximum Site Coverage No maximum site coverage shall be required. , 3.3.7.8. Maximum Density/FAR < No maximum density or FAR requirement shall be applied in this District. -- _i h I !}E E ' 1 f i f HUNTINGTON BEACH. DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC >PLAAN N'O. 5 .. , 3-97 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS Permitted Uses District 7 CUP from Desi n Use PC Review Board Access facilities ✓ Basketball courts ✓ Beach concession stands ✓ Beach maintenance and storage facilities z ✓ I Fire rings ✓ Paddle board courts ✓ Parking lots ✓ Park offices and playground equipment ✓ Public restrooms ✓ i Public transit facilities and associated structures, dressing rooms or showers 3 ✓ Trails, bicycle or jogging, and support facilities ✓ Volleyball net supports ✓ ' Shall be limited to 2,500 square feet and spaced at intervals no closer than 1,000 feet. Beach concession structures shall be located within or immediately adjacent to paved parking or access areas. Z Must be enclosed within a building, if that building is also utilized for purposes other than maintenance 3 May only be constructed within the existing paved parking areas or in areas that are not part of the beach I Figure 3-65 Summary of Permitted Uses District 7 1 3-98 HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN "SPECIFIC PILAN'-Ni0: 5 DOWNTOWN SPEC,IFI"C PLAN Rev.Oct 23 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS Summary of Development Standards District 7 All District 7 Section Minimum Parcel Size i None required 3.3.7.6 Maximum Site Coverage None required 3.3.7.7 —" - Maximum Density None required 3.3.7•8 Maximum FAR None required 3.3 7•$ Maximum Building Height 20' 3.3.7.9 Upper Story Setback None required 3.3.7.10 I Front Yard Setback None required 3.3.7.11 1 Side Yard Setback None required 3.3.7•12 Rear Yard Setback None required 3.3.7.13 Public Open Space 3.3.7.14 Figure 3-66 Summary of Development Standards District 7 i — 3.3.7.9. Maximum Building Height 20 maximum building height. No maximum building height shall be required for £' lifeguard towers or other facilities necessary for public safety. No parking surface or structure shall exceed the adjacent elevation of Pacific Coast Highway. 3.3.7.10. Upper Story Setback _ No minimum upper story setback shall be required. i I 3.3.7.11. Front Yard Setback j No minimum front yard setback shall be required. 3_ .7 12 Side Yard Setback I No minimum side yard setback shall be required. f �3.�.�3. Rear Yard Setback No minimum rear yard setback shall be required. I .3-7.14. Public Open Space Public open space and pedestrian access shall be major considerations of 7 development in this District. �w HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIF"IC PLAN NO., 5 3-99 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 3 - LAND USES.& DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS 3.3.8 Resource Production Overlay Purpose.The Downtown Specific Plan area overlies long-productive oil pools. Many facilities are still operating because of the extent of the remaining reserves;therefore oil production will continue to be permitted in parts of this area. The City provides for oil facilities by designating oil "suffix"zoning Districts in connection with an underlying base zone such as a commercial or residential District. Both oil facilities allowed by suffix and the other uses allowed by the base zone are permitted. Currently,the City has two oil suffixes the")"which allows existing oil wells and attendant facilities but no new wells and the"ol"which allows the drilling of new wells in addition to all uses in the"o" District.These -- _ suffixes,with certain modifications, are also employed in this Specific Plan. In addition to the oil } suffixes three Resource Production Overlays have been identified. Existing and/or expanded oil production may continue in these areas provided that the additional conditions outlined in this "LL subsection are met. 3.3.8.E Oil Overlay "A" The regulations in this overlay District facilitate continued oil recovery, but require all new 1 facilities to be concentrated into a second, soundproofed and landscaped expansion of the I existing oil site and encourage the expeditious removal of existing wells from oil overlay"B". Boundaries. Oil overlay"A" includes an existing oil island located in District#z, between 19th and 18th streets from Pacific Coast Highway to the area is Walnut Avenue. Regulations. New wells and related facilities shall be permitted in accordance with the-01 suffix ! and related provisions in the Huntington Beach Ordinance Code provided, however,that the following additional conditions are met: a) Any new well must be part of a secondary or other enhanced oil recovery project of used as replacement of an existing well. b) A schedule for abandonment of all wells operated by the project proponent which are located within Bolsa Chica State Beach shall be submitted to and approved by the Director of Development Services prior to the drilling of any new well.This schedule may be amended at the discretion of the Director of Development Services. 777 3-100 HUNTINGTON _BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN N!0. 5=` _._ ,. DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN Rev.Od23 3 - LAND'USES&DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS' c) The project proponent shall agree to a memorandum of understanding with the City as a condition for approval,stating that no new wells shall be drilled by that company on Bolsa Chica State Beach(oil overlay"B")nor shall the existing wells be redrilled except, in such cases where:1)the redrilled well will be produced by a "subsurface"or"down-hole" pump, only, or 2)the redrilled well will be produced by other new technology with fewer visual and environmental impacts than a conventional ball and plunger pump, or 3)an intensified screening plan is approved by the Director of Development Services which substantially improves the appearance of the area. d) The operation site shall be screened by a wall,fence, or structure in keeping with the character of the area.The site also shall be landscaped so as to ensure visual compatibility with the surrounding area.A screening and landscaping plan must be submitted and ' approved by the Director.All structures shall generally conform to the height limits and: " setback requirements of the base District.The Director may waive these restrictions if it would result in better overall soundproofing, odor reduction and/or visual compatibility, 3.3.8.2 OR Qyeriay«B» i The regulations in this overlay facilitate continued oil recovery,wells rnayberedrilled if surface I.: pumping units are replaced with subsurface ones. Drilling of new wells maybe permitted but �.-. only if the result is a.significant reduction in the amount of space used for oil operations on the °_ 3 beach. j Boundaries.Oil overlay"B"comprises a section of Bolsa Chica State B6acli currently in oil- production in District ft between Goldenwest and lith streets. Regulations.Wells may be redrilled in accordance with the-o suffix in the Huntington Beach ' Ordinance Code provided, however,that the following additional conditions are met: The operator submits a report to the Department of Development Services explaining why 1 there is no other feasible, environmentally less damaging inland site(such a report must be approved by the Director); or agrees to a memorandum of understanding with the City stating t that the redrilled well will be produced by a subsurface or down-hole�pump or other new w . '- technology with fewer visual and environmental impacts than a conventional ball and plunger pump. IT, ' HUN7ING-TO N BEACH D`'OWNTO:WN SPECIFICPLAN �t0 r ` - DSO W N T O wl S P E C.� I _ x 3 - LAND USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS A schedule for abandonment of all wells operated by the project proponent which are located within Bolsa Chica State Beach shall be submitted to and approved by the Director of Development Services prior to the drilling of any new wells.This schedule may be amended at the discretion of the Director of Development Services. All redrilling operations shall be limited to a period from October 1 to May 31, except for emergencies for which the Fire Chief may waive these seasonal restrictions, but shall require soundproofing in accordance with Title 15 of the Huntington Beach Municipal Code. New wells may be permitted if they are part of an overall consolidation plan which significantly �1 reduces the-area used for oil facilities or expedited the removal of existing oil facilities within t E the overlay area.A consolidation plan must be submitted to the Director.of Development Services for approval before a permit for drilling any new well will be issued.All drilling ; # operations must be conducted in accordance with the requirements of the of suffix in the Huntington Beach Ordinance Code. ; 3fgi +3 4- '{� " .,pz 21 11p �Y 9 <t r ',a Yg 3�102 HUNTI�N.GTON, BEA..CHD01N'N'TOWN'SPEC{FlC PLANNS -� , ; e` .. "4�'* a � lk- Q0,W"NT0WN' SP CLAN AW a Rev.oct 23 3 - LAND:USES & DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS 3.3.8.3 Oil Overlay "C" The regulations in the overlay facilitate continued oil recovery and provides for future oil production needs. Boundaries.Oil overlay"C"is an irregularly shaped site in District#8A between Lake Street and Huntington Avenue and Atlantic Avenue. Regulations.Well drilling and redrilling shall be permitted in-accordance with Title 15 of the Huntington Beach Municipal Code and with the o and of suffix and related provisions in the, Huntington Beach Ordinance Code.A conceptual'site plan for the entire overlay area must` be submitted prior to permitting any project development or subdivision oflancl within the " E overlay.The plan shall include at least one(i)oil island of not,less than two(2)acres in size for new oil well drilling and oil production.Such island(s)shall be incorporated into the overall development plan so that noise,odor and visual impacts on the residences are minimized,and u , F safe access to the oilsite(s)is provided. Findings that at least one such island"so designed is da incorporated into the plan shall be made by the Planning Commission before approving an . ? development project. - _ FT: zr LI 1 } t t� I N:GTONBE At SFy NHUN � W � ' L N;O 5 _ 9-103 DOWNT`O>WN SPEC.� F C� PL�4N` � _ this page intentionally left blank Tom I7 TO,tocsin; ji ' ° Wit d x A via �. '` MAX" ZWK r s ;j son A, ', z* ,� A 1 3 _ r e r yx .� € 4 { 3 Y , ,,� Qol t Nq RM ...*'�, a - a r „€ not Ow, Roye a� 9a rnow x Its NAT A, NO ez ?.eM& not `" 'akx' 4er ,� aka will lint Room y k my x ? u#.."Ir 41, 311, HUNTINGTON ;BEACH DAWN)»OWN �SPECIFIC PLAN UP ATE ` . -rr, lI i �t�iii , - •a..�aaaaa� rbTr ,� \► �F t,� 11. !11 � I J► - ',i e w wrWR a • � . ► � - 1� '. '.�•a. = • ate• s�� ' • � On WON Am All 77 _ a On WOO In- x k i r gr.,z;gn 0 NSA On "., �" F,: .ter; '. " '*S k � ,i nvo ¢ 9f -Y tin Kozo-A-1 KA,Q ' - � � v'm �s TWO All 00 ,y cWO&W &" ,s w+ sI S Y x d t '` .. > 'xt_` Wo .' X 'a s Ton . g E 9 .t.,, Mgt x' & :� a aS.Wn a :z,c ' r f Y,. x ' ", ,nggx ""g .—Qjs o II1 .` .„ r' :n QKTW. B L T- kaugh '` 3x' Y `' on QW 'S aj`P ,Rom'# '`� ' oR ra ,r 'a-r ' gym, ', �, ,_ S""MINIM,x Amwes ez fin `,� dux` t a s r a g $ 10 a .e ® kb e: P Rev.Oct 23 HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES & STRATEGIES NO,, 5 - BOOK z I �' -- HUNTINGTON BEACH Adopted by City Council XXXX Prepared for: City of Huntington Beach 2000 Main Street Huntington Beach,CA 92648 Prepared by: rrmdesigngroup creating environments people,enjoy , HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 TP-3 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES } ,3°" .. � � � .. .. .. � � ��3. .� _ i _. _ e .iv - � .. t } � � � ,.. ,,: —. _——_= f f _ _.�,.. n � � _� . .. _�_ .- � - � �=� __ � � I .. i i i .� � y, r ... .,. ��.. ... .;r,^ f 1) I I �II i �'' i %,�4 1 � � �'' � - _ _ I I i j i �� , ,t i 1 r' '� � �� 11 � �r � � ��� � . . e . � �. . . f � � Rev.Oct 23 TABLE OF CONTENTS Table of Contents Page No. C.ha..Ater...4.......D.e..s... .gn...G.u. .d.e. . .n.e.s................................................................... ..4-�.. 4.1. Introduction. ... . . ....... .......... ...... ..................... . ........... . ................:.............. ................................................................ ......................................................... 4..2..........Commerc.i.al............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ ..........4-�. 42.1..............Site...Planning.and...Design........................................................................................................................................................................................................................4-2. 4..2.2........."..La.n,ds.ca.ping........................................................ 4,-11 ......................................................................................................................................................-.................................................. 4.2.3.............Building..Design..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................414. . _ 4..2.4........-.Utilitarian.,Aspects.................................................................................................................... ........................................................................4.-3-Q I4.2..5.....".-...Signs............._.............................._........................ ............4-3.6 1 4.2.6.............Pu"bl,ic Art 4-.4�. ...... ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. .4..3......Si.ngl.e".Family. .......... .........................................................................................................................................:....................................................................4.-4? 4.3 ?.............Site...P.lann 91�1 and.Design....................................................................... 4-43. 4...3:!.Z............Buil.ding Design................:...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... +3r.3............Utilitarian Aspects................................._.......... ......................................4-.4.9. ..................................................................................................................................................... 4...4........"Multi.-f...a.m.il.y................................................................................................................................................................... .............................................................................-.......4-.50. k. 4..4.?.............Site..Planning.and".Design................................................. .. .............-................................... 4.-51. '. .................. ...................................................................................... 4..4,.2............Land.sca.P.i.n.g.............................................................. ..........................................................4-.55. 4..4..3.............Building..Design.............. ...................................................................................I....................................... i 4..4..4...........Utilitarian..Aspects................._........................._......................."....... 4-65 .................................................................................................................................. 46.......S.pecial..Design.Consid.eration.s... ..........................:........ ....... ...................................................................... ..........................................4-68 I 4. . ............Mixed-Use 6 ...."....................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................... . ........................ 8" 4...5Z..........Corporate..Architectu.re.........""........................................................... .."........................................................""...........-...............-............................................................4-70. 46o3............Hotels................................................... ...........4-72. 4..5.-4.............Parking..Structures.......................................... ...........4.-7.4. Ch.apter...5�..-...Circulation.. &...Park.ng................. . ............. ... .... .... - Introduction .................................................... ....... ; .5. ........................................................................................................................................................... ................................................... ,5.2...........Existin.g..Street.,Network..Ch.ara,cteristicS,.„......"................................................... ........5-1. .............. ...................... ........ ................... 5.2..1...........Main.Street f ........................ ........................ ......... ......................................... ................ ................................................................ -.. .5.2..2.............Pacific.Coast..H Highway, ....................................................................................................................................."...........................................................................................5-2. 5-!Z 3.............Q oidenwest,Street.................................................................................................................................................................-...................................................................:.......5.-2. 5..2..4............Wa l n ut_Ave.n..u...e................................................................................................................................................................................... ... ...............................................5-2. 2 Pacific View Avenue ....................................5-2. 5........5..........................'................................................................_...................................................................................................................... j5.2...6................ l.iv"..e"A.v...enue.................................................................................................. HU,NTLNGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SP.EC,IFIC PLAN NO. 5 TP-5 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES � Table of Contents 5,ZI7� Qra0igq'Aye[|Ue-....................................... ........................................................................................................................................................................................................5-I 5,2....81.........._L8ke Street......................__ ...... _.................... ................................................................................ ............................................ .........................................................._-..........5-3 5�Z ��_.'����������_--'_--. . ........................- --_--__-__----... ............................................................................. ..... --............53. 5�12.J0^...... st St re et. '--_-__- ..................... ........ _ ............................. .......... __--'......................I ............................................................................'......... _..........5-3. 5�Z11i�-1 _... ................................... ..._.......___..... .... __ _....__ _...._ ...__........._____............................_........ ______5-3. 5'2...12...._ beTed. _ ...................................._...................... --_... ............................................. ��� �=�.- ~^_�~~^-~~-^-~_--'_-^ _-_- . '-'__.. �......� - ' ' -___-'__'__ ___� ___' . �-~~~^--^~~~^~^^~^~-^-~=^'------ ............................................................................................ ..............- .............-'- ........................................... �-� ! | ` � ~~-�-^-^-^-'-----Cross- --Y----'-----------. � _-_ .................... 55. Transit Facilities 6-1 $tr9QtSca-Pe-.4: Pacific Coast.H.i hwa from ist Street to c)th Street -- 6-3-s- StreetscaDe s: Pacific Coast..Higbway from Beach Boulevard. to-Ist S.t.r.e.et...a..n..d..�f-r.o..M�.. TP-6 HUNTINGTON' BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC, PLAN -NO. 5 -ND STRATEGIES Rev.Oct 23 Table, of Contents 6-3,7!.........5tre05ca.Pe..7 ....Other.City..Streets.......................................................................................................................................................... 6-2.4. ........................... 6.4........5tre.et5ca.pe...Furn.is.hi.n.g5...................................................................................................................................... ......7................................................6-24. 6.5....... Street ..es.......................................................................................................................................................................................................: . .........6.-3.3 ............................................ 6..6.......Pu.b.lic.Sign.s..a.nd..Wa.yfin.d.in.g S.y..s.tem..... ............. .... ............................................................................................. ..................6.-37. 6...6.. .,..........Gatew..... Si.gn..s................................................ . ............................................................. .......6.-38. .......................................................................................................................... 6...6,2............1_nformation...Signs.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 6.6..3..-.._...Direction..Signs..........................................................................................._.........-............................:............................................................,...................................:6-3.9. ~ Cha ter - Public Services & Facilities -� P..... ......... .............................................. .. .................................................................................................. ..............................................................................:......................................... . 7- . Introduction ............................................................................................................................................................................ ....................................... .............................................. .7-1. A ' z........Public Servi.ce.............................................................:.............................................................................................7.,...... ........... .................... . ............................................................................................7-.... 7._z.j.............Water..S.yste_m.Conditions..................................................... ........._ ................ 7..-1 ............................................................................................. ..2.2............Wastewater.System..Con.ditions..............._............................................._....................__........_-._..........................................._...............:........................:.....7-4. . 7.Z3.._........Storm...Dra.inage.Conditions....................._..........................................-...................................... 7.-5 7 Zs+...........Electrical-.a.nd...G.as..System..Conditions.......................................................... T6. 1 7..2.5. Solid_.Waste Co.nditions...... 7.-7. ....... .......... ...........................-. e.. 7.. ...6....-..._...Police_.Departme.nt..5e.rvices............................_....................................... ...........................7-8. .................................................................................. �V .7.z..7._:. .....Fire..Department..Services..._..................................._....._..................................................... ......................_...7-.9. .................................................................................. 7.,2 8............Communications..Servic ............:.............................................................. ...................... 7-.9. ............................................................................I.............. Public Facilities 7.,.3.........1.1..............................................................................--....................................................... ... . ..........................................................................,...................................................................... ............... 7-9. .7..3.1........... School Facilities 7-.9. 7...3.,2?............Parks..............................................................................................................I................. .........._:....7-10. r � .Ch-lapter .. ... ... ..I mp.Iement. a.tion................ ............... .................. ........ . .... .. ......................... ............................................... r .8- . 8-j........Lntrod.uct on......._...... ............_............. . . ..... 8..2.........Attracting-.Pri.v..ate...Investm.ent.and Providing ....................................................8...-1 8,.3 EConomlc Conditions..I.nfl.uen.ci.ng.Deve.lopment Potential............. 8..2. i 8..q S.umma.ry.of..Deman.d.Proiectio.ns. ..... _..... .. .....8 3. 8,.4.0............SUm.mary..of..Potential...Land..Use...Demand......................................................................................................... 8.-3 8 4 2 _Pro.Form.a..Analysis.................__............................................. . ........... ................. ....................................................................................... .................................................................................8-4. 8.5...._Creating.the...Co.n.d.it.ions..for.Attracting.Private...Investm.ent.---._..........................._...........:........:....8-6. $...50 ...........Zoning ......... 86 ........ ......... ........ ... ......... ... .......... ............. .... .... 18.,.5.2.._.-....Streamlined..Permitti_n.g..and...Entitlement_..........................................._......--.........,.............:...:........_................-....... .-....................................8-6. �. Are -Wlde.Infrastructure and "Amenit " Investments 8 6_ 8...5.3•. . y..... .............................. ............ ....... ................................................... ...... .. ...... HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 TP-7 , DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STR'ATE'GFES - Table of Contents .8-5,4...........MarkgtJ.n.g.PrQgram ................... .................. .................................. ...................................................................................................................... ..............8.76. 8-5,5...........improvements to Neighboring ArQaSi...................................................................�:............................................................. 8-8 ............... ............ It..V 1-11-11 1................................. .......... 8.6. Implementation Action Plan . ..............................8.7.8. ............................................I Plan..................................... .............................. ......................................................... ... ................. aeT Pote.ntial Funding $Qqrces and Financing Mechanisms 8-1:; ...............................11 .................................''.. ......... .......... ............. ...............I.-I................. ....................................... . I-— .8*7.1! Sale..of Cit Assets ..8-1.4...... ...... -City.Assets. ... ... . ......... .............I......... ............. . ......... I.............. ............... . ............... ........ ...... .8-,7:,.z,. Property and_B.u.s.ifle.s.s.I.mprQyeMgnt DJ.s.tri.ct ............................................... .................I-.................I.......... .................... .8.7.1-4 8*7j!3!!..........F!Ablic..Amenitv In-lieu Fee .................I........... ....................................... 8.714 F77111 ........ ..... ............... ............................................................................................. ............. ........ .............. Vehicle ParkinLy District ...........11.1.................................. ................11...........................-......................... .................................. ............I..............I—-...................... ......................................... 8,T5!... -.ParkJ.n.gjn-Lie' .0 F.e.e.s........................... .............................. ..... ........... ................. ..............1-.........................................1.11................. 871.5. 8-7� ........................... .................................................................................................................. ..........I.......... ............I...............I............ .......... .................. .............. 6! �Qgneral Fund 8-7!7�...........FgnclingAijocationsthrough the City's Annual Capital Imp. IP)'. ....... ....... ............I..... .... .. ... .ProcProcess ..816 ess.................... ................................................................................. ............. ................................................ .................................. ............. .............. ..................... I............ 8,7.8. Grants .............I.......... ......... .............I....................... .......... ......................871.6. ..................................................... ............................................... ............ ....... ... 4I7:!.q,..........Qey0Qpm!zn.t.A9r!Q9m9nt$ (Cpqtrib.u.tJ.o.n.s. .)............ ................. .................................................. .................. ....... ... .........8717 .8.. .1o. Rule 2oA Funds -1.8 .7 . .............................I .................. .................................I............................................................................ ............. I................. . ...... .................. .......................................... ............... 8,741!........Community Develop 8-18 mgnt..RjQ.ck Q,raPt.s............................I...........................................I.................... ..... .... ...... ...................... .... ..... ... 8,7122t.......TaX Increl.m.e.n't Fun.d.s. . ..................... ..............I . ....... .............. ...............-1.1...................................... ..................... ...................E Tra.n.5.i.e.n't Occ.UplancY.Dx............................- ....................................................................................... .................I........................I.............................. .8..744! Parking.Reyenues..................... ...........................I.. ..............11.............................................................I................... ............................................................. ........... Appendix A - SIDecific Plan Boun.da.ry........................................................... ............................................................................................. A .......... ... ........... ............ ..................-...................... .................. B-1 ; ' Appendix...B...- Spec.ific.-Plan Amendments ............................. ............................................................................................. ................................................................................. Appendix C Communit Outreach ............................. . .................... ............................- .................................... Y .. .............. C.1. Summar y ........................-... ............. .............................................................................................I.............. .... ........... ...................... c.1 1. Key..$takQbQj.der Interviews .............. ............................................................. ................................. ...................... ............ ....................................................................... C.1.2. Public Workshop.#j............................................................................... ............... C-3 .......... ....................................I.................................. ...............-.......... .......... . C43. PUblic.Works.b.o.p.#z.......... ............................................................ ........................................................................... ....................................-.............t..... ...... C-5 C.1.4, PUblic W1o.rksbQ'p #3................... ............_.................... ..................... ................ ............................ ...................................... .................. ............. C-8 ..... . ....I I ................... ...................................C.-1.1C.2. Pub.lic WorkshOD..#1 .Presen a.ti.o.n...... . ............... .......... .... .......... ............... C.-.3, ..PVbl i.c WQ.r..k$h.0.D..#2. Presentation...................................................................................................................................................................C-17 .................................................. ................I...........-................. .1..........I ................................................I ..............I................................................... ......- 3 C24, Public WorkshQP.#3,Pre5entation Q.3 Appendix D - Downtown Huntington Beach Parki ..........I ......................I ... ..... .............. ...........I............ ................I .............. .......... D71. TP-8, HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECI.FIC PLAN NO.. 57: DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUID-ELINES AND STRATEGIES i { Chapter 4 I NTR ® DUCTION a HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN U.PbA' DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES . this page intentionally left blank o HU-NT1NGT0N BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN. UPDATE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDEUINESAND STRATEGIES Rev.Octz3 4 - DESIGN GUIDELINES t Chapter 4 - Design Guidelines 4.1. Introduction The goal of this chapter is to provide clear and useful recommendations for the design, construction, review, and approval of development in Downtown Huntington Beach.The guidelines are intended as a reference point for a common understanding of the minimum qualitative design expectations for the downtown.The guidelines are offered as one way of achieving attractive and functional projects that compare favorably with established community standards. All development shall comply with the spirit and intent of the design guidelines presented in this chapter. Designers and developers are urged to become familiar with these guidelines and to apply the guidelines to the design of projects from the very beginning to assure that the design, review, and permitting processes are as efficient as possible.Designers and developers are also urged to recognize that these guidelines are a minimum starting point for quality development. No claim can be made that these guidelines encompass every possible technique for achieving a high level of design quality.The designer is encouraged to use his or her own creativity and experience to improve upon the means for realizing this highest level of quality design. M` However, it is of utmost importantce that project designers incorporate ocean inspired i elements into their streetscape and hardscape designs. Incorporating an ocean theme into projects will unify the downtown and create a visual reminder of the City's"Surf City"culture and crete an iconic downtown environment. The design guidelines may be interpreted with some flexibility in the application to specific ' -- projects, as not all design criteria may be appropriate for each project. In some circumstances, one guideline may be relaxed in order to accomplish another, more important,guideline.The overall objective is to ensure that the intent and spirit of the design guidelines are followed and to attain the best possible design within reason. Following are design guidelines for commercial, single-family,and multi-family development j within the Specific Plan Area. There are also additional guidelines for special design considerations, such as mixed-use projects,corporate architecture, hotels, and public open space. Design guidelines that promote sustainable design features are marked with a leaf symbol. i HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 4-1 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES' 4 - DESIGN GUIDELINES 4.2. Commercial This chapter provides general guidelines for the design of commercial development;any addition, remodeling,or construction requiring a building permit within any commercial land use district should adhere to these guidelines. The following topics are addressed: • Site Planning and Design. Landscaping. • Building Design. • Utilitarian Aspects. • Signs. • Public Art. E 3� 4.2.1. Site Planning and Design jSite planning refers to the arrangement of buildings and parking areas,the size and location of pedestrian spaces and landscaping,and how these features relate to one another. Site design addresses the scale and size of outdoor spaces,spaces between buildings and parking areas, and the relationship I of site elements that create a comfortable Epedestrian"environment. I In addition, location, a I orientation,and massing decisions made 0111111 � r in the early stages of 1 design have a profound effect on the energy and environmental • • • .6 � impacts of buildings and establish the potential � =� l ft for passive renewable I[F energy use. Buildings should be placed adjacent to, and oriented toward;the street without parking lots interrupting the commercial parking along the street frontages 4-2,1 HUNTINGTON BEACH ,-DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO:� SSPECIFIC DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES Rev.Oct 23 4 - DESIGN GUIDELINES 4.2.1.1. Site Layout 1) Buildings should be placed adjacent to,and oriented toward,the street. Prominent architectural features should be located near corners and intersections. ,2) Storefronts and major building entries should be oriented towards major streets, courtyards,or plazas. 3) Create continuous pedestrian activity in an uninterrupted sequence by minimizing gaps between buildings. 4) Avoid placing parking lots that interrupt commercials space along street frontages. ` 5) Functional and aesthetic vehicular , and pedestrian ` " connections to adjacent sites should be considered . during site plan - development. _ 6) Use recesses in- r; building forms to create small plazas and public art are encouraged as on-site amenities pedestrian plazas _ along the street wall. 7) Include an employee patio or lunch area near the parking lot where employees can monitor the area. 8) Plazas, landscaped areas,fountains, public art,textured pavement,and vertical building features are encouraged and should be combined to create focal points and identity. I 9) Building design shall be cognizant of adjacent low density uses. For example,avoid i balconies overlooking rear yards. t io) Buildings and landscaped open spaces should be oriented for maximum benefit of I sunlight,circulation,and views. 11) The design of buildings and open spaces along the first block inland from Pacific Coast Highway should take into account the strong prevailing westerly winds: 12) The shadowing effect that a new building will have on adjacent development should be addressed. HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 4-3 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDEL'IN'ES AND STRATEGIES 4- DESIGN GUIDELINES 13) Atriums and outdoor courtyards should be used to increase the variety and number of views and to bring additional sunlight into large developments. 14) Consider wrought iron fencing where fences or walls are necessary. Attractive wrought iron fences provide a barrier while still allowing visibility into and from the property. 15) Service or loading areas should not face public streets. 16) Create an environment that provides opportunities to view the surroundings with _ minimal obstructions to allow more control over one's safety. 4.2.1.2. Views 1) Buildings should be designed to take advantage ,' ` - { of ocean views by providing windows, balconies, ( stairway landings, and other design features. 2) View corridors should be designed through large ITdevelopments. i 3) Infill buildings should be designed to respect the ' ? ` views of existing buildings,when possible,including placement of windows, doors, open spaces, etc. 4) Rooftops should be visually attractive when viewed view corridors should be preserved from adjacent buildings. Circulation and Parkin f Site plans should balance the need to provide adequate vehicular access with the need,to eliminate unnecessary driveway entrances and to provide reciprocal access points that are s coordinated with other properties. Parking lots should be heavily landscaped and connected to buildings with a number of well designed pedestrian paths,trellis paseos,and walkways. Parking lots should be located out of sight from the public right-of-way where feasible. Pedestrian connectivity should be provided through commercial developments. Parking areas should be designed so that cars and pedestrians are separated. ` I 1) Parking should be concentrated in areas behind buildings and away from the street whenever { ibl � fIj poss e. 2) Parking lots on corner sites should not be placed — I adjacent to the street edge. " 3) Structures and on-site circulation systems should be located to minimize pedestrian and vehicle conflicts. 4) Parking access points should be located as far as possible from street intersections to allow adequate The need for pedestrians to cross stacking room. parking aisles should be minimized a .4-4 HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC- PLAN` NO. 5 , _ DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN -GUIDELINES A,N_-D-ST=RATEG�,IES Rev.Oct 23 4 - DESIGN GUIDELINES 5) Dead end drive aisles should be t { f} avoided. 1 "= 6) Ensure that the ' placement of " trees and lights -, within parking I lots does not - - interfere with the effectiveness , of the parking lot g Y lighting system g by creating a shadow over vehicles. Create pedestrian paseos to parking lots at the rear of buildings • d 7) The on-site pedestrian circulation system should be directly connected to off-site public sidewalks. 8) Pedestrian links to nearby neighborhoods,other commercial projects,and the street edge should be provided. 9) Create pedestrian paseos to parking lots and adjoining developmentt at the rear of buildings. { lo) Existing paseos should be enhanced to become more inviting. 11) Attention to lighting and lower height landscaping should be given along non-linear passageways and pedestrian walkways to allow pedestrians to see clearly ahead and __ J around the walkways. 4.2.1.4. Parking Lot Screening Screening at the periphery of all �` ( parking lots should be provided. j 1) Parking lots should be screened j from adjacent street views but should not be hidden from the view of passersby and police. 10 2) A landscaping buffer should be provided between parking areas and public rights-of-way. The landscaped buffer area A buffer should be provided between parking and the public right-of-way HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECFFIC PLAN NO.`5.= 4-5 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND.STRATEG.IES 4 - DESIGN GUIDELINES should not be included when calculating the minimum landscaping required within the parking lot interior. 3) A 36-inch to 42-inch high berm, headlight hedge, or aesthetically pleasing masonry wall or wrought iron fence should be provided to screen any parking at the street periphery. Combinations of these features is highly recommended. 4) When walls or fences are used to screen parking, breaks should be provided to allow pedestrian circulation,and . the walls should be low enough for safety and security purposes. 5) Walls should be finished and 7 designed to complement the surrounding _ development. 6) Both sides of all --_ -• -_—� �— -- � =- perimeter walls Where walls are used for screening parking lots, breaks should be provided to allow or fences should pedestrian circulation be articulated. 7) Long expanses of fence or wall surfaces should be offset and architecturally designed to prevent monotony and landscaping pockets should be incorporated. p 4.2.1.5. Paving Treatments Special paving should be provided adjacent � —� to building entries or facades and in plazas and courtyards or - seating areas. 1) Patterns and colors should 1, be installed , in paving Patterns and colors should be installed in paving treatments to add interest } °� " treatments . — = 4-6 HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC RLAW,NQ. .,5 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND ST"RATEGI.ES p �, l 3� Rev.Oct 23 4 - DESIGN GUIDELINES using concrete or brick pavers,tile,and scored, -----_. ___ colored,and textured concrete in order to provide ` clear identification of pedestrian access points into buildings, parking features(i.e., handicap spaces, pedestrian loading areas, bus stops and pull-outs, �`°_ ' '' etc.), entry drives,and pedestrian crossings within the site. 2) Durable,smooth, non-slip, even surfaces should be - F -- [ used in well-traveled areas. 3) Surfaces that encourage storm water infiltration(i.e., porous asphalt, blocks, p p , ow r p e b oc s,and lattice blocks/ grasscrete)should be considered whenever feasible. . =! 4) The reuse of materials such as brick and flagstones • should be specified where possible. Pervious paving materials should be considered where feasible 5) Tile or metal inlays can be used for artistic interest as i well as to serve as public or functional art, such as a directional marker or historical anecdote. R 7 4 z 6 Public Open Spaces --- Specialized,defined public open spaces should be incorporated into the overall building and project design to create a pleasant pedestrian environment. I 1) Open areas, such as plazas, interior arcades, galleries, rooftop gardens,and scenic ! view places,should be incorporated within areas with intensive urban developments. i Pedestrian oriented squares, courtyards, arcades, atriums,verandas, balconies,and roof terraces should be placed and designed to encourage attention and the presence of people day and/ or night. '--` 2) Public open space areas should be - •� ! surrounded by attractively ! " _ designed � buildings and H x Elandscaping elements,as 1 I Specialized, defined public outdoor spaces should be incorporated into the overall building and project design HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 4-7 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES,-, 4 - DESIGN GUIDELINES well as uses that effectively shape and energize the open space to create a focal point for activity. 3) Open spaces should have clear, recognizable shapes that - -- reflect careful planning and not be a result o of"left over" areas between structures. ! s { 4) Where possible, larger public spaces should be - locatednearthe i main pedestrian aCCe55 t0 a Open space should provide areas for informal meetings and social interaction with other i i development. people -- � 5) Open space1, areas of various shapes, - sizes, and configurations should be included s s throughout a I development. 6) Open spaces i should be 'i designed and/or located to ensure I l that the space Pedestrian links should be provided between buildings, l is usable year- round. Areas that have awnings,wind breaks, sun shade, and/or landscaping that can provide shelter from the elements should be incorporated. 4-8 'HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 " DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES Rev.Oct z3 4 - DESIGN GUIDELINES 7) Plazas and other public open spaces should have an articulated edge through the use of buildings, benches, landscaping, etc.to define the area and create comfortable space. 8) Public open spaces should create a pleasant pedestrian environment. 9) Public open space areas should create places for informal meetings and social interaction with other people or areas for passive and active uses as appropriate. lo) Public outdoor spaces should be a part of an interconnected pedestrian system throughout the development and adjacent land uses. ' 11) Pedestrian links should be provided between buildings, public open spaces;and parking areas and should be visually emphasized through the use of landscaping or trellis features, lighting,walls,and/or distinctive paving. [ 12) Spaces should provide an overall theme and visual connection between space and uses within the development. _11= _ �{$ _.... - - "'`r.. + i•F"'atwaG. a 'ti^"'✓'o'.y"4.+rr..41w'i- i Public open spaces should create a pleasant pedestrian environment HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN N0.., 5 4-9 DOWNTOWN . SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES . 4 - DESIGN GUIDELINES 13) Public open spaces should energize commercial retail activity. 14) Shade trees that provide relief from the sun should be incorporated within public outdoor spaces. Special sub-surface construction may be required. 15) Site amenities, such as benches, drinking fountains, provisions for bicyclists,water features, and public art,should be utilized and should complement the project's architectural character. 4.2.1.7. Service and Loading Areas Service and loading areas should be located and designed for convenient access by tenants,for easy access by service vehicles, and to minimize circulation conflicts with other site uses. i) Service, utility,and loading areas should be carefully designed, located, and integrated into the site plan. These critical functional elements should not detract from thepublic viewshed area or create a nuisance for adjacent property owners or vehicle traffic. 2) Loading areas should be located in the rear of a site,where feasible, but should not be ? completely hidden from view. 3) When commercial properties = jare located adjacent to " residential properties or where -' a mixed-use project is proposed, � � ' loading and delivery facilities should be located at the side of the buildings away from the ; ��' residences or screened with >` = E mature vegetation. o ` ? 4) The location of the service and loading areas should consider i noise impacts to adjacent properties,which may necessitate enclosing the service or loading area. j 5) The location of service and loading areas shall not have negative impacts on vehicular access, including not blocking alleys or residential parking areas. 1 Y P g , Loading areas should be located to'rear.of the site where feasible f 4-10 HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN� NO 5 .. DOV1lNTOW_N SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES Rev.Octz3 4 - DESIGN GUIDELINES 4.2.2. Landscaping Landscaping should be T.<' used to define building entrances, parking lots, and the edge of various re a YN land uses. Landscaping should be used to buffer ' and screen neighboring f properties. Safety, ' environmental impacts, - and accent elements - , I should all be considered` f when selecting and . ` locating landscaping elements. Drought n tolerant landscaping should also be used to conserve water. Plants should be used to frame views and enclose spaces k 4.2.2.1. General Landscaping I 1) Landscaping should consist of a combination of trees, shrubs, and ground cover in a variety of sizes. i z) The design, placement,and details of landscaping should provide for natural surveillance of the space. 3) Trees and shrubs should be located and spaced to allow for mature and long-term growth of canopies and root spaces. 4) Special sub-surface construction may be required to facilitate proper tree growth and 1 E maturity. 5) Select trees and shrubs that cause minimal root problems. Root barriers should be installed at each tree planted within six feet of the curb or walk and should extend six feet to each side of the trunk of the tree. Root barriers should be three feet deep on the curb side and two feet deep on the walkway side. f 6) Trees should be used to create an intimate scale,enclose spaces,and frame views, but tree placement should respect the long-range views of surrounding neighbors. 7) Utilize shrub species that grow to a low to medium height, usually not to exceed three feet in height,to contribute to natural surveillance of the area. ! HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC .PLAN N.O 5 4-11 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES 4 - DESIGN GUIDELINES 8) Shrubs should be planted flush to the walls,when feasible,thus not allowing a hiding place for an offender or privacy for transients between the shrub and the wall. 9) Plant material such as evergreens should be used to enhance building design rather than as a mask to justify poor building design. 1o) Seasonal shading from trees and shrubs should be considered when developing planting schemes for courtyards and streetscapes on south and west facing facades. Deciduous trees should be used to provide solar control during summer and winter while providing fall color, seasonal flowers, and other desired effects. 11) Accent planting - a should be used around entries and key activity - hubs. 12) Formal planting designs and color-spots are . , encouraged - in courtyards, j plazas,and tree wells along the street frontages. Water features should be used ! with landscaping " '� ,� and natural materials in Accent planting can be used around entries and at keyy activity hubs courtyards and plazas. 13) Vines,,espaliers,and potted plants should be used to provide wall, column,and post texture and color and to accentuate entryways,courtyards, and sidewalks. 14) Large planters may be incorporated into seating areas. Such planters should be open to the earth below and should incorporate permanent irrigation systems. �. 15) Lawn areas should be limited to areas that serve a functional purpose. Sod should be used for turf installation. 16) Plants should be grouped into high and low traffic areas, high and low maintenance zones,and per water requirements. 17) Native and low water use plants should be considered when developing the landscaping palette. i 4-12 HUNTINGTO'N BEACH DOWNTOWN SPlit] FIC 'PLAN NO: ' - DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDEL'1NES'AND' S'TRATE`GIt-S Rev.Oct23 4 - DESIGN GUIDELINES 18) Irrigation systems should be designed to apply water slowly,allowing plants to be deep watered and reducing runoff. Low volume irrigation drip systems should be used in all areas except turf irrigation and small ornamental planting. Each street tree should be watered by at least two deep watering bubblers separate from all other irrigation. 19) Irrigation systems should utilize water conserving methods and incorporate water efficient technologies such as drip emitters, sub-grade capillary action irrigation for turf areas, evapotranspiration controllers,and moisture sensors. -- 2o) Explore opportunities to reuse rain water and/or grey water for irrigation. 21) Planting should be used to screen less desirable areas from public view, i.e.,trash enclosures, parking areas, storage areas, loading areas, and public utilities. i 22) Berms at a level higher than three feet can impede visual surveillance opportunities, both passive and active by passersby and police.When designing an open space that includes a berm, consider keeping the height of the berms to no more than three feet wherever possible. 23) Pedestrian lights and street lights should be placed an appropriate distance away from trees in order to maximize the effectiveness of the lighting. Trees and lights should not be in competition,thus reducing the effectiveness of the light. 24)Lighting of landscaping elements is discouraged. "'�"'"°'u= ��►� . f 4.2.2.2. Parking Lot Landscaping . 1 Landscaping within parking lots should be given special consideration. These areas are typically located out of the public right-of-way and should contain different planting materials than a neighboring street. 1) Areas not used for buildings,vehicle parking or F. maneuvering, or the movement of pedestrians to Flowers and shrubs can add color to and from vehicles should be used for landscaping to parking areas { reduce"heat island"effects. 10 2) Required trees should be sized at 24-inch box or larger at the time of installation and should be distributed r; I throughout the parking lot instead of merely at the ends of parking rows. 3) Flowering trees.and shrubs can be used to add color i to parking areas. _ I �4) Consideration of plant material adjacent to parking . spaces should be a priority. Plants containing-thorns, stickers, or sharp leaves should be avoided. Landscaping should be placed. } J� throughout the parking area W HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN Nk0. 5V 4.-13 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES 4 - DESIGN GUIDELINES 5) Parking lot trees shall be located in the parking lot in such a manner that the trees do not interfere with the effectiveness of the parking lot lights. The size of mature tree canopies shall be considered when planting trees in parking lots. A mature tree shall not interfere with parking lot lighting by creating a shadow over the parked vehicle from the light. 4.2.3. Building Design Building forms and facades influence cohesiveness, comfort,and aesthetic pride and at the — - same time can generate pedestrian activity,encourage shopping,and increase a sense of security. Where commercial buildings are neighbors to residential buildings or where infill buildings are being constructed, consideration of scale, detail,and materials is very important. At the same time, any good design should take into consideration fundamental design principals including continuity,mass,scale, rhythm, and proportion. Y_ The following guidelines are intended to provide a general framework for design,and do not mandate specific architecturafstyles, themes, or details. The City will be open to considering i innovative,alternative design concepts that were not envisioned at the time that these guidelines were written; however a significant attempt should be made to comply with the general intent of the guidelines provided. aS �..z .�. M sink- 4 � = Mass is defined as a three- dimensional form such l as a cube, box,cylinder, pyramid, or cone. The r way the forms are sized directly relates to the r a I ._ way building elements ; ,_; _ �;I are emphasized or de emphasized. Voids or -• open spaces in the forms - can change the forms' - appearance and make the building more interesting and less imposing. f Variation in massing is desired r _l 4-14 HUN.TINGTON BEACH DO-W-NTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO1. 5 ` DOWNTOWN. S.PECIFIC PLAN GU IDE,LI�NES=AN-D ST RAT EGI S.,-, Rev.Oct 23 4 - DESIGN GUIDELINES 1) Tall buildings should be made less imposing by stepping back from the street level on . 4h elevations above the ground floor. 2) Monolithic street wall facades should be broken by horizontal " and vertical `_ I articulation. 3) Desirable massing includes: a) Variation in the wall plane ' (projecting j Upper stories can be stepped back from street level to make large buildings less and recessing imposing to pedestrians elements). b) Variation in wall height. c) Roofs containing different forms and located at different levels. 4) Surface detailing should not serve as a substitute for distinctive massing. 5) Exterior wall planes should be varied in depth and/or direction. Wall planes should not run in one continuous direction for more than 5o feet without a significant offset. 6) Minimize the vertical emphasis of architectural design elements by incorporating features such as horizontal bands, reveals,trims,awnings, eaves, and overhangs or other ! ornamentation, along different levels of the wall surface. f 7) Minimize blank walls by: a) Adding window openings and/or entrances and other relief. ib) Providing recessed glazing and storefronts. c) Adding vertical pilasters which may reflect internal building structure. d) Changing color and texture along the wall surface. e) Varying the planes of the exterior walls in depth and/or direction. f) Adding trims, projections, and reveals along different wall surfaces. g) Articulating the building facade by varying juxtaposition of building elements. HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 , 4-15 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES 4- DESIGN GUIDELINES 8) Consider using narrow floor plan depths to maximize daylight, exterior views,and natural ventilation. Courtyards and atriums can also be used to bring light and air into interior spaces. 4.2.3.2. Scale Scale is the proportion of one object to another. "Human" - or"intimate"scale incorporates building and landscape elements ; that are modest in size. "Monumental" scale incorporates large or grand building . elements. The 3 individual components of the building also have j a relationship to each _ other and the building s. as a whole,which creates the overall scale of the building. Architectural details on lower walls relate to human scale 1) Building facades should be detailed in such a way to make the structure appear smaller in scale. Building ; ,•. scale can be reduced by articulating the separate floor levels with horizontal bands or.by . increasing the level of detail on the structure at the street level. F 2) Architectural details and materials on lower walls that relate to human scale should be utilized. Examples include arches,trellises, or awnings, structural bays, roof overhangs, ' wall materials, moldings,fixtures, and other details. 1 3) Windows and storefront distribution and shape can be a significant building scale � w determinant. ; rn 4) Articulated storefronts with carefully arranged doors,windows,arches,trellises,or awnings, rather than blank walls, should face onto pedestrian spaces and streets. ' 4.2.3.3. Proportion Proportion is the ratio of one dimension to another. Proportions can describe height-to-height ratios,width-to-width ratios,and height-to-width ratios, as well as ratios of massing. Unequal proportions can create horizontal or vertical emphasis. 4-16 HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECFFIC PLAN Nb-"'5 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDEL_INES. AN,D STRAT.EGI.ES,�. .. Rev.OCt23 4 - DESIGN GUIDELINES 1) Proportions that are historically related to the selected architectural style should be achieved. now 2) The characteristic proportions of traditional facades should be reflected in new infill development. 3) Entries should be proportional to the overall building massing. I 4) Proportion and scale are important in the design of arches and columns. Careful attention should be given to the ratio of height,width,and depth of , arches to emphasize strength and balance. I 5) The relationship between the height of a column and its mass or thickness should be visually consistent with the weight of the overhead structure the column Proportion and scale are important in the , j supports. design of arches and columns 4.2.34. Continuity Continuity among individual buildings in the area contributes to community identity, levels'of pedestrian activity, and economic vitality. Commercial street facade rhythm helps to visually tie the downtown streets together. 1) Design solutions should take ` into account = 4 the physical ' r _ scale of the area i I and adjacent buildings. : . { 2) Infill buildings ' I .that are much ` r wider than the existing E facades should I be broken down into a series of appropriately } } proportioned structural bays or :W components. Continuity among individual buildings is important to creating a pleasing streetscape HUNTMGTON BEACH D-OWNTOWN SPECIFIC ,PLAN NO. .5 4-17 DOWNTOWN SPECIF-IC PLAN GUTDEL.INES AN°D.ST RAT E,G(,,ES, p 4 - DESIGN GUIDELINES 3) Pleasing transitions should be created between the height of new development and the height of adjacent y ,.. existing development. - -' 4) The selection of materials should complement adjacent buildings and surroundings and the desired architectural character of the community. 4.2.3.5. Rhythm �l ' Rhythm describes the relationship of building components, as well as the relationship of individual buildings,to one r � +' i another. � r �4 4 i`tro Rhythms should be more complex than simply the repetition of one or more architectural details. - p ._� - - ; I 2) Rhythm should be expressed by using elements such as columns and pilasters or by changing materials or color. 3) Traditional horizontal rhythm intervals generally do not exceed 25 feet to 30 feet at the ground level, �- j irrespective of a building's total width. Continuation of this familiar, human-scaled rhythm should be incorporated in new construction. m 4) if maintaining a horizontal rhythm or alignment in an i infill building is very difficult or otherwise impossible, the use of fabric canopies or awnings is encouraged to establish a shared horizontal storefront rhythm. ==�= 4.2.3.6. Articulation Building designers should incorporate 36o-degree architecture,which is the full articulation of all building facades, in all buildings and remodels,including variation in massing, roof forms, and wall planes, as well as surface articulation. . 1) Acknowledging sensitivity to budget, it is expected i that the highest level of articulation will occur on the Rhythm can be expressed by using front facade and facades visible from public streets. elements such as columns and pilasters However, similar and complementary massing, or by changing materials or color materials, and details should be incorporated into side .' and rear facades. 4-18 HUNTINGTON BEACH DOW;NTOWN;SPECIFIC ryPLAN ,zNO., S DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUI D_ELINE_S fAND S T R AT E G1 E-,S Rev.Oct 23 4 - DESIGN GUIDELINES 2) Blank walls should ,:'. be avoided.�= Architectural ►I ~`�, � elements such as ; windows, overhangs, r' trellises,arcades, _ projections, y awnings, insets77 , --�'.. materials,textures, T�I I `� �' e ` " '�� and colors should ,3 be incorporated into every building facade. 3) Details such as - wall surfaces — - constructed with ~ patterns, changes in _ materials, building pop-outs, columns, and recessed areas Well-designed storefronts, including windows, doors, awnings, colors, and should be used materials should be used to create a sense of entry and pedestrian scale to create shadow patterns and depth on the wall surfaces. 4) Storefronts should ! � convey an open, ! inviting appearance f rather than a Y _ closed,fortress look. Well-designed x storefronts, including r windows,doors,wall_ composition, colors, ■� and materials should - be used to create a I sense of entry and pedestrian scale. Details such as wall surfaces constructed with patterns, changes in materials, building pop-outs, columns, and recessed areas should be used on wall surfaces HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC"- PLAN, NO. 5 4-19 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES.. 4 - DESIGN GUIDELINES 5) Storefronts should include a minimum of 6o percent glass. 6) Vertical building focal elements are encouraged. Towers, spires, or domes become landmarks and serve as focal and orientation points for the community. 7) Murals,trellises, or vines and espaliers should be placed on large expanses of walls at the rear or sides of buildings to soften the wall and create interest. 8) Marquee display cases may be provided between buildings in pedestrian linkage areas. 9) Balconies are encouraged and can create opportunities for community interaction. Balconies can be designed as deep insets on the building form„or as projections from the building. io)Ample windows and open wrought iron balconies provide opportunities for residents to passively f observe and report suspicious activity. .r 11) Restaurants and cafes should use sides of buildings for outdoor seating. 12) Architecturally compatible lighting should be provided _ between buildings to ensure security. 13) Preserve and incorporate structures which are distinctive due to their age, cultural significance, or Restaurants and cafes should use sides ` -- unique cultural style in the project. of buildings for outdoor seating 4.2.3.7. Corner Sites Buildings located at intersections or on corner lots are typically a focal point in the urban fabric and should therefore be given careful design consideration. Parking should be located behind the structures and street facing facades should be equally and fully articulated. ' 1) Buildings located at ke intersections r` Y ! . should incorporate 4 special architectural elements that create ' an emphasis of importance on that — location. Example elements include: 64 a) Clock towers. - b) Diagonal walls at the corner. - - c) Windows. Buildings located at key intersections should incorporate special architectural elements that create an emphasis of importance on that location 4-Zp HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN N.Q. ;5 y DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN .GUI.DELIN-ES AN•D STRATEfGI,ES u. Rev.Oct 23 4 - DESIGN GUIDELINES d) A substantial art form or fountain. e) A taller, prominent rooftop element. 2) Buildings on corners should include storefront design features on at least 50 percent of the side street elevation wall area. 3) Renovations to existing comer buildings with blank walls should include additional articulation and detail, display windows, and extended facade material, colors,and treatments. 4) Parking lots on corner sites should not be placed adjacent to the street edge. i 4.2.3.8. Roof Forms Roof forms should be varied to break up building massing and define the architectural character V of the building. 1) Roof materials and colors should be consistent with the desired architecture. 2) Roof materials most indicative of Mediterranean architecture are encouraged, including: a) Clay shingle tile. b) Concrete shingle tile. f c) Mission tile. d) Other tile-like designs. e) Painted metal. _ 3) Mansard-style i� roofs have no !�historical context in Downtown � t A Huntington Beach and1111 k should be j ( avoided. Roof materials and forms should be consistent with the desired architectural style E 4) Multi-form roofs, gable roofs,and shed roof combinations should be used to create an interesting and varying roof form that will lessen the mass of the building and add visual appeal. i 5) Long, unbroken, horizontal roof lines are discouraged. 6) Deep roof overhangs are encouraged to create pedestrian arcades,verandas,and I passive solar benefits. j HUNTI.NGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 4-21 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGI'.ES 4 - DESIGN GUIDELINES 7) Flat roofs are strongly discouraged unless an ornamental roof cornice is included. 8) Flat roofs should utilize"cool"roof to reduce solar heat gain. g) Consider installing photovoltaic solar panels on commercial rooftops to produce a building's energy on site. 1o) Rooftop decks should be integrated with the design and architecture of the building rather than creating a railing or faux parapet wall at the building line. - 4.2.3.9. Parapets ; Parapets should be designed as an integral part of the building and should provide a visual cap _ to the building facade. 1) Parapets should have sufficient articulation of detail, such as precast treatments, continuous banding or projecting cornices, lentils, caps,corner details,or variety in pitch (sculpted). 2) Rooftop equipment on flat roofs should be screened and should not be visible from ground level. Buildings with flat or low-pitched roofs should incorporate parapets, i pitched facades, or architectural elements designed to screen roof mounted mechanical equipment. s ` 3) Parapets should not appear"tacked on"and should convey a sense of permanence. ' If the interior side of a parapet is visible from the pedestrian and/or motorist area of the project, it should receive appropriate detail and - n proper application of materials should be utilized. 144 .z. .�o. M in Ent w s i A It is important that the main entrance to a building is clearly r- . identifiable and unique. It is the primary point of arrival and < should be treated with significance. � I I p FJi4 1) Two or more of the following methods should be incorporated in the entrance design: a) Placement of art or decorative detailing at the entry. , ,. - f ! b) A projecting element above the entrance. µ.- gi_c) A change in material or detailing. ? d) Implementation of architectural elements such as y flanked columns or decorative fixtures. e) Recessed doors, archways,or cased openings. j A tile path highlights this recessed s entryway -.. q-22. HUNT,_INGTON. BEACH DOWNTOWN= SP-ECIF-IC-=PLAN; N`O:�°5 `� n DOWNTOWN, SPECIFIC PLAN G3,UIDE.LINES AND S;TR ATE GaEs� e Rev.Oct23 4- DESIGN GUIDELINES f) A portico or formal porch projecting from or set into the surface. g) Changes in the roof line, a tower, or a break in the " .. surface to the subject wall. _ h) Tile lead-in path to door. - i 2) Recessed or projecting entries and articulation in the } storefront mass is encouraged. --- 3) Awnings or signs should be used to help clearly demarcate building entries and help orient Awnings can be used to'highlight entries i pedestrians. 4) Doors should be in scale with the building elevation on - which the door is located. 5) Storefront doors within a single facade should be of : the same style and height. 6) Retail storefronts should include a high percentage of glass area. 7) Upper floor and secondary entries should be clearly identifiable and distinctly designed while complementing the main building entry. 4.2.3.11. Rear Entrances - 1) The rear entry door design should be compatible with Upper floor should be clearly identifiable and distinctly designed the front door. 2) An awning can soften rear facades and provide a -- i pleasant protected space. i 3) Security lighting should be focused on the rear entry door. 4) Signs should be modestly scaled. 5) Selective use of tree planting, potted plants and other v ' landscaping should be used to improve a rear facade. 6) Refuse containers and service facilities should be screened from view. Use landscaping to screen walls and help deter graffiti. Rear entry doors should be articulated 4.2.3.12. Windows and compatible with the front door Windows help to define the architectural style of a building while providing daylight to interior spaces and visual interest to building facades. HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. '5 4-23 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES 4 - DESIGN GUIDELINES 1) Window type, material,shape, and proportion should complement the architectural style of the building entry. 2) Windows should be in scale with the building elevation on which these features appear. 3) Retail storefronts -44 - with display windows are encouraged within a creatively $. designed facade. Glass curtain walls and/or - glass buildings are discouraged. ' 4) Maximum w visibility should not be the w determining factor in dealing A j with retail i display windows. Balance and the Retail storefronts with display windows are encouraged within a creatively designed effect on the facade t overall facade design should be carefully considered. 5) Storefront windows should be as large as possible with a minimum 18 inch bulkhead. By limiting the bulkhead height,the visibility to the storefront displays and retail interior is I I maximized. Maximum bulkhead heights for new construction should be approximately ! 36 inches. 6) Storefront windows within a single facade should be of the same style and height. 7) Windows should be designed as accent elements and should provide variety along street ' frontage. At the street level,windows should have pedestrian scale and detail. The following is a list of appropriate window treatments: a) Tile borders. f b) Colored window framing. c) Shutters. d) Moldings. - 4-24 HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWWSPECIFIC PLAN_ NO S; DOWNTOWN S.P'ECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND� STRATEGIES . Rev.Oct 23 4 - DESIGN GUIDELINES r - - - — -� j F 4 f 4 - t w, Windows should be designed as accent elements and should have pedestrian scale at the street level e Divided lights. f) Plant-on relief features. g) Iron or wooden grills. .:.. '. h) Projecting bay windows. i) Window boxes. ,. j) Window pop-outs. 8) Recessed windows provide depth and should be used where appropriate to the architectural style. 9) Simple shape window forms are preferred. I lo)Windows that let in more light, such as transoms, clerestory windows, skylights or greenhouse windows . I and wells,are strongly encouraged. �: .. 1 11) Windows should be located to maximize daylighting f and views. Simple shape windows are preferred HUNTINGT0N 'BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC 'PLAN 'N0. ' 5 4-25` DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES -AND STRATEGIES` 4 - DESIGN GUIDELINES 12) Awnings, � /f' :.% ✓ } '" ID" P landsca ing, _'� ,, '• spectrally selective glass, 4�- , and controllable blinds should - w" be provided F 1 to reduce heat gain through windows. 13) South and west .1 facing windows should be - shaded with = �. an overhang, ' deciduous trees or awnings to � ¢� Y ``" ��•"- `'� '��'�_ reduce summer exposure. Passive solar cFO676c design can Windows that let in more light, such as transom windows, are strongly encouraged reduce heating i requirements by E 30 percent to 50 percent,thus saving money and energy. t k 14)When windows are added or changed,the established facade theme and window i rhythm along the whole block should be taken into consideration. Introducing or changing the location or size of windows or other openings that alter the architectural ` rhythm or character of the original building is strongly discouraged,. 4.2.3-13. Awnings �� pp Awnings add color,forms, relief, and pedestrian protections ;. from the elements. Awnings can also create a space for identification signs. Permanent shading devices can be t aesthetically pleasing while assisting in cooling the building during summer months. Property owners should not propose installing awnings unless they are prepared to maintain and regularly replace the awnings every eight to ten years. Guidelines for signs on awnings are covered in Section w 3.2.22.4.Awning Signs. Awnings of a single color are encouraged .4-26,,, HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFI-.C _PLANJN0-y.5 - DOWNTOWN •SPECIFIC PLAN GU] DELI NES -AND, 5TRATEGI_E S Rev.Oct 23 4 - DESIGN GUIDELINES 13 } i Awnings within a project should have elements of consistency such as color rn,patte , Awnings should be made of a durable s commercial grade fabric, canvas or or shape similar cloth material ' 1) Awnings and umbrellas should be made of a durable commercial grade fabric, canvas or similar cloth material. Glossy,shiny plastic or vinyl,and other similar awning materials are strongly discouraged. 2) Awnings should not dominate the facade but should be in scale with the rest of the f building. i i 3) Awnings within a project should have elements of consistency such as color, pattern, or shape. 4) Awnings limited to a single color or two color stripes are encouraged. Lettering and logos utilizing other colors is permitted. E .2.3.14. Materials The selection and placement of building materials should provide visual interest at the pedestrian level. Heavier materials should be used to form the building base,where appropriate, and as accents on upper stories and walls. Architectural details should be used to enhance the buildings and adjacent pedestrian spaces by adding color,shadows, and interesting forms. I 1) At least 20%of construction/building materials should be non-toxic, recycled-content f i materials and should be utilized whenever possible. HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 4-2] DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES n 4 - DESIGN GUIDELINES 2) Different parts of a building's facade can be articulated by changes in materials. _. 3) The following materials are considered appropriate for building in Downtown Huntington Beach: a) Stucco(smooth or textured). G b) Smooth block. c) Granite. , ry d) Marble. 4) Accent materials should be used to highlight building features and provide visual interest. Accent materials may include any of the following: a) Wood. ' b) Glass. c) Glass block(transom) ' d) New or used face-brick. e) Tile. f) Brick. ' g) Concrete. Different parts of a building's facade can E be articulated by changes in materials h) Stone. I � i) Cloth � �'• awnings., ... j) Plaster a (smooth or textured). k) Painted metal. T 1) Wrought iron. Accent materials should be used to highlight building features and provide interest a °j-28 HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN-NO 5f. - DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEjGIES Rev.Octz3 4 - DESIGN GUIDELINES 4.2.3.15. Colors The appropriateness of any given color for a particular building depends r►`` .: on a number of factors,, ►'fl" --�� including architectural ' - - style, building material, - -___ -• -r, ; building features and - details, building size, building orientation, building context,and climatic considerations. . ` Well-coordinated color i" `=:- ,'• = - palettes that integrate with the other exterior features of a building should be � used. r 1) Use subtle or muted colors on larger and Contrasting colors that accent architectural details are encouraged simpler buildings. 2) Use multiple and more intense colors on small buildings or those with elaborate detailing. 3) Contrasting colors that accent architectural details are encouraged. 4) No more than three colors should be used onf=� any given facade, including natural colors such as unpainted brick or stone. i I 5) Avoid using colors that are not harmonious with colors found on adjacent buildings. = m= 6) Light building colors in soft tones are encouraged; �= ! � w large areas of intense light color should be avoided. ' s .., Soft tones ranging from white to very light pastels are preferred. Neutral colors such as off-white, beige, and sand are also acceptable. Avoid using bright whites for wall planes. I Muted earth tones should be used on I 7) Muted, earth tone colors should be used on the the primary building surfaces with richer primary building surfaces. Richer accent colors should colors,used as accents i , HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC_ PLAN N0.=5 4-29 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STR°ATEG,IES 4 - DESIGN GUIDELINES be limited to windows, doors, trims, inlays,wall recesses, reveals, and other specialz architectural features. 8) Door and window trims,awnings, r ' and wall tiles should be used to fin- j H provide an opportunity for color that adds interest and texture to storefronts or building bases. The color of trim should be coordinated with the wall colors and accent colors. 9) Colors should coordinate with natural, unpainted materials used on the facades such as pressure treated wood,terra cotta tile, s !- brick, and stone. I p k lo) Natural materials should remain I, unpainted. 1 f 11) The orientation of buildings affects color appearance and I should be considered when Use multiple and more intense colors on buildings with elaborate detailing selecting colors. Colors on south N and west facades appear warmer I than if placed on north or east sides. E 4•2•4• Utilitarian Aspects ' I Every element within a project should be considered and I . . j detailed as an integral part of the design process. Utility IE service areas should be part of the early building design ; a_ process, rather than an afterthought at the construction document phase. 4.2.4•1. Utilitarian Features F _ 1) All utility equipment including, but not limited to, „s,• 4 electric and gas meters, electrical panels, cable boxes, and junction boxes should be located in a utility room within the building. Natural materials should remain unpainted rq-3p. HUN.T°ING.T0N "BEACH D0WN TOW.NESPECIF.IC- PLAN INO: ,SY DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUID-E'LINES 'AND STRATEGIES, a dd � E � h < ry 41 woo r,. 3 • /- I I I I '� r� '•r�4�'=;a .. ,'} jr ,?a�t,4 r,� � „�.� �N;.-t..,�M�rs�..�r'., . (• � • � - r '7*.1+I X' --� , - ,f>r6y.�+�„n `� S f 9F 2, .r''�a R.'"�,�"�,* a+°„.. ,P y r>r', hbkbft r I i • r a. � � �/7� S\1i 3 p'YE ^rtZt 1 �rt�SrL! • • • • ' lay t' 1a�j ,�. ;.! r t ` t t� �^ 1i1 ♦Y 4 d:, ey ,.x +y.4 � .,; t hr is � !;j° � 1, � -h4.� J�; �A?I''�"'�•`'. • • A � .� �t *t? r t? � 1 �t/ � ..,t � E bra.r • _ • • r!t I t. J� p�/� �'� t„�, + r� n ��'•-.'�'9'C 'i,'S'14�'�'It�f�. � ��+,..�. ,t • • � - � r, ¢/ yr. :. t .:i §t - � � [r ".3M, -. ,�'," , � �.z • • \ ''/ '� /s a >{il �{t s is r.. 4 - DESIGN GUIDELINES public ways. = The method =..A of screening should be ; architecturally --'` integrated with _ the adjacent - structure in terms of r materials, color, f . shape,and size. 4) Where screening is required,a V combination of elements should be used, including solid Direct drainage to permeable areas masonry walls, berms,and landscaping. 5) Outdoor equipment should be placed in an area where the equipment cannot be used as a foothold to get on a roof or over a wall into an adjacent property. 6) Utilities and connections that are located above ground should not interfere with or j adversely impact access,visibility, appearance, or the character of the structures near t which these elements are located. 7) Consideration should be given to the design of new and remodeled structures to - I j incorporate easy access to fire apparatuses,which should be installed per City, County, and State requirements. 8) Access for fire apparatus should be part of the planning process to avoid disrupting the F visual integrity of a project. - 9) Drainage should be directed to permeable areas such as yards, open channels, or vegetated areas, avoiding discharge to roads,the storm drain system,and trash collection areas,where possible. , lo)All developments are strongly encouraged to incorporate as many low impact development best management practices(BMPs)as possible. 11) Examples of some common storm water BMPs that could be incorporated into developments are: Vegetated swales 432 H.UNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN:, SPECIFIC PLAN; N-O. 5 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN,GU:IDE�LINESAND STRAT-EGIES Rev.Oct23 4 - DESIGN GUIDELINES • Porous pavements { • Infiltration basins 12) Ramps should be integrated into the site design and can be used to create functional or unique spaces. iy + 13) Stairways should not appear tacked on but should be designed as an integral part of the overall architecture of the building and should complement its massing - - and form. - 14) Stairways should be designed with decorative features such as tile risers and rails to create visual interest while meeting functional needs. 15) Exterior stairwells should be well lit and recorded via surveillance cameras 24 hours a day. Surveillance Ramps should be integrated into the tapes should be saved for at least a 3o-day period. site design and can be used to create functional or unique spaces 16)Allow visibility into the stairwell from the exterior by using material that allows # people to see into the stairwell. -` I is Solid concrete � - I stairwells are not appropriate. �7) Roof scuppers ` are a device placed in an -, opening in the wall or parapet that allows water to drain # h from a roof and prevents i clogging of the � I drain. Roof . scuppers should - { i not be used in areas that are j Stairways should not appear tacked on but should be designed as an integral part of the ` overall architecture of the building and should complement its massing and form } —- ------------_ ` i� A ._ s HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO.` 5 4-33 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AN'D'STRATEGIES` 4 - DESIGN GUIDELINES visible to the street or public spaces unless - i _r. , these elements .,.' . are integrated �'k'�`� _ I into the overall building design. I � 18) Chimneys, guardrails, gutters, downspouts, - � roof flashing, vents, and other r Y� protrusions on =- -mil the exterior of the building ShOUId be Common mailbox enclosures should be decorative or designed similar in form, materials, and designed to color to the surrounding buildings f integrate with F 4 the building facade. I i Common mailbox enclosures should be designed similar in form, materials,and color to the surrounding buildings and should be located in alcoves away from Downspouts and other protrusions on the exterior of the building should be the streetscape. decorative 20)Wall and fence materials should allow visibility to, from, and around the property. 21) A surveillance camera recording 24 hours a day is recommended at the shipping and receivingarea. Surveillance tapes should be saved for at least a o da period. I P 3. -, Y P 22) Formal surveillance methods, such as closed-circuit television, electronic monitoring, fixed guard posts, and organized security patrols should be used when natural I surveillance alone cannot sufficiently protect an area.Areas that are potentially I, vulnerable locations where the application of formal surveillance methods may be justified include, but are not limited to, elevators, parking lots, public areas of buildings accessible after business hours, and exterior pedestrian pathways. I 23)Wherever possible, comply with CEC's voluntary Tier II Energy Efficiency standards in effect at the time building construction begins. 4-34 HUNTINGT0N .BE:ACH DOWNTOWN SPECI�fI-C ,PLAN N 0. 5 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES `' � Rev.Oct 23 4 - DESIGN GUIDELINES 4.2.4.2• Trash and Recycling Enclosures The trash and recycling enclosure should be designed to be consistent with the project and building architecture and should be carefully sited and screened to minimize the visual impact. 1) Similar or the same materials should be used on the f trash and recycling enclosure as the building. The enclosure should have a solid roof structure that is designed to be architecturally compatible with the buildings. 2) Every property should provide trash and recycling enclosures that are capable of handling the refuse generated by that site.At least half of the trash and t , recycling area should be dedicated to recycling " containers.Composting facilities should be provided if Similar or the same materials should possible. be used on the trash and recycling enclosure as the building 3) A pedestrian entrance should be provided to the trash and recycling enclosure so that large access gates do not have to be opened as often. 4) Trash and recycling enclosures should be separated from adjacent parking stalls by minimum three-foot wide planters with low-growing plant materials to ensure that adequate space is available for passengers to access a vehicle in an adjacent parking space. 4..2.4.3. Lighting Effective lighting provides safety and direction for vehicles and pedestrians as well as visibility and security for businesses,while enhancing architectural building and landscape details. Lighting should create a festive atmosphere and encourage nighttime use by pedestrians. 1) Light fixtures should be designed or selected to be architecturally compatible with the main structure or theme of the building. 10 2) The quality of light, level of light as measured in footcandles, and type of bulb or source should be carefully addressed. Lighting levels should not be so intense as to draw attention to the glow or glare of the project site. 3) Spotlighting or glare from any site lighting should be shielded from adjacent properties j and directed at a specific object or target area. 4) Exposed bulbs should not be used. Cut-off lighting is preferred. HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. ;5- 4-35 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES 4- DESIGN GUIDELINES 10 5) High-efficiency lighting `~ conserves energy and should be used in the ti landscape when possible. ! � 1 - - 1 6) Timers and -- sensors should be incorporated maw s _ to avoid unnecessary Light fixtures should be selected to be architecturally compatible with the building ? lighting. �. 7) Lighting should not be blocked by trees or other landscape elements. 018) Uplighting of building elements and trees should use the lowest wattage possible to minimize impacts to the night sky. Light sources for wall washing and tree lighting should be hidden. 9) Landscape lighting should be used to accent walkways and entries and/or seating areas ;h and specimen plants. J 10) Exterior lighting should be located on all walkways and alcoves. 11) Walkways and paseos should be lit to ensure safe nighttime conditions. Consider the amount and color temperature of the light provided. 12) Wall-mounted lights should be utilized to the greatest extent possible to minimize the total number of freestanding light standards. ' 13) The height of a light pole should be appropriate in scale for the building or complex and T the surrounding area. j14)All commercial buildings operating during hours of darkness must remain adequately lit throughout the hours of darkness.The hours of darkness are,,defined as the period beginning 30 minutes after sunset and ending 30 minutes before sunrise. 4.2.5. Signs I Signs play an important role in the success of any business by providing identification and necessary advertising.When signs are integrated into the building design,signs provide a . personal quality that contributes to the ambiance of the commercial complex or streetscape, especially the more unique signs. Conversely, signs should not be applied as an afterthought and intrude upon pleasant surroundings. These guidelines are intended to balance the legitimate advertising needs of businesses with the need to prevent visual clutter. r H,,UN.TINGTON, BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLA,N,.NO: ' 4-36 54 .. DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN �GUfDELI.NES AND STRAT,EGIE5 ` Rev.Octz3 4 -.DESIGN GUIDELINES 4-2.5.1. General Sign Design 1) Signs should be coordinated with the building design in terms of materials, color,size, and placement. 2) Signs should be consistent with the proportion and scale of building elements within the facade. _ 3) Figurative signs,or signs --- reflecting the type of business - through design, i Q , shape,orGQ*W� stauraAt }nub graphic form are encouraged. _ — -- 4) Creative signs -that identify " and accentuate �� r` building entries -are encouraged. ' - __ 5) Back-lighted, Signs reflecting the type of business through design or shape are encouraged reverse channel letters are encouraged. 4 6) To conserve energy,thereE should be a ? ; x � 'rra,r standard shut- „.t - K ! off time for ;�` � '" o ' DESIGN , ? ? illuminated signs ' `' '` {' for businesses r.N i that do not i operate at night. Y DREAML . I DESIGNS lJ;�,. �j 4.2.5.2. Sign Placement ;y?` 1) Sign placement on the building . i facade should complement building elements. Projecting and hanging signs should be attached at a 90 degree angle from the face of I 1 the building I HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN-NO. 5 4-37 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES 4 - DESIGN GUIDELINES im i Flush mounted signs should align with others in the project center to maintain a pattern across the building facade 4 2) Signs should be placed near the main building i entrance. 3) Flush mounted signs should be positioned within i architectural features, such as the window or panel above the storefront or flanking the doorways. 4) Flush mounted signs should align with other signs in the project center to maintain the existing pattern. 5) Projecting and hanging signs should be attached at a , go degree angle from the face of the building. Simple type faces are easier to read 14.2.5.3. Lettering 1 � 1) Fewer words make a more effective message. Use symbols only if the symbols are easily recognizable. 2) The overall sign shape should be kept simple to avoid detracting from the message. 3) As a general rule, letters should not appear to occupy more than 75 percent of the sign, area. I I° 4-3$,. = HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC-.PLAN NO.- 5z DOWN TOW N. SPECIFIC PLAN GU,IDE.LINES AND STR ATE.GIES*�- Rev.Oct z3 4- DESIGN GUIDELINES 4) For signs on awnings,the sign or logo areas should not occupy more than 30 percent of the awning panel. , o 5) Avoid hard-to-read and overly intricate typefaces. The letter style chosen should be appropriate to the business and the building. 6) Limit the number of lettering styles in order to increase legibility. The number of different lettering `"' g• Y g - types should be limited to no more than two for small , -- signs and three for larger signs. Messages on awning signs shall be 7) Avoid spacing letters and words too close together. limited to the business name and logo Crowding of letters, words, or lines decreases i legibility. 4.2.5.4. Color and Materials 1) Sign color and material should be selected to contribute to the sign's Z�' 2) Sign color should be compatible with building colors. ' 3) A light sign background matching the � � 'x ' building with dark lettering is often best '' '"" �,�, visually. -- 4) No more than two primary colors should be used on a sign with a third secondary color used for accent or shadow detail. ' r Sign color should be compatible with the building colors 5) Bright fluorescent colors are distracting and should generally be ^' avoided. 6) Limited usett of fluorescent r0-0 j colors may be '� lY , acceptable if (j Qd� �� ��' 1AC0 the colors are , f integrated within the overall sign design. No more than two primary colors should Limited use of fluorescent colors may be be used on a sign acceptable if the colors are integrated within the overall sign design. HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN' NO. `5 4-3-9 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES, AND ,STRATEGI,.ES 4 - DESIGN GUIDELINES 7) The following materials are recommended for signs in Downtown Huntington Beach: a) Wood (carved, sandblasted, etched and properly sealed,primed and painted,or stained). b) High-density pre-formed foam, if properly designed in a manner consistent with these guidelines, and painted or otherwise finished to complement the building t - - architecture. c) Metal(formed, r etched, cast, engraved, A and properly L L primed and B . Painted or i U- factory ate to coated to protect against r :a_ corrosion). d) Custom neon Y A- i _ tubing,When Custom neon tubing, when used as an r jused as an accent in conjunction with other sign types,� accent in YA may appropriate Y be ' f conjunction Wooden signs are appropriate for with other sign types. Downtown Huntington Beach t. . f 4.2.5.5. Monument Signs 1) Monument signs should be well-articulated and well proportioned. ` 2) Monument signs should incorporate complementary colors, materials, and lettering fonts used on ? '� the buildings and should be compatible with the predominant visual elements of the project _. architecture. -- 3) More than one material is recommended on the �. p monument sign structure. FIRI;qz � �'�. j4) Monument signs should be accented with _. s ! landscaping. I ,a h , [ 5) Monument signs should be positioned to provide -3 clear lines of sight at intersections and driveway Monument signs should be accented with { approaches. landscaping ` 4-4-0- HUNTINGTO,N `BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC P`L AN: NO.e 5 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND ST RATEGIE,S. 1 Rev.Octz3 4 - DESIGN GUIDELINES 4.2.6. Public Art Display of public art is an important way of expressing the personality and character of a community. Public art can engage local artists in representing various aspects of the City greatly personalizes a community. Public art can include various methods that incorporate art either as stand alone individual , pieces or incorporated 7, ril into the design of otherx�>;; '�1;;., � "' `' urban improvements �s� 4 such as paving, benches, street lights,etc. Incorporation of public art is an intriguing way to enhance the pedestrian environment .. of sidewalks, plazas, paseos, or other pedestrian spaces. Decorative tiles can be used as part of a public art project Locations for public art pieces are suggested i at most public spaces, such as streets, plazas or along I pedestrian passageways. 1. Public art can be used in a variety of locations. It can be ., I created in small elements such as the banding on a stair s �` riser or in larger pieces such as interpretive sculptures and ., functional art. C 2. Public art can be an interactive media,such as video projections,a climbing structure, or other features like k fountains or water elements. I 3. Public art can be used as a way finding feature to attract t pedestrians to key locations such as a plaza or paseo j or can be developed as murals representing the area's f unique history and people of significance. 4. Art can be in the form of decorative tiles integrated into paving on benches,walls, stairs, and entries. Public art can be incorporated into a project in a variety of ways HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC` PLAN- NO-5 4-41 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES, 4 - DESIGN GUIDELINES 5. Seating areas and signs are also opportunities for public art. 6. Public art shall adhere to Resolution#2000-87,the City of Huntington Beach Design Guidelines,Chapter lo. 4.3• Single Family - This section provides general guidelines for the design of I e single family homes. The City '' encourages new development �� � i �r I to use designs and an urban 3 `' form that recall the area's history and small town ��_ character. Desirable features ` h., include: t' k • Houses on lots oriented toward the street. T ! • Relatively narrow lots. • Landscaped parkways between curbs and _ •� sidewalks. 4 • Large canopy trees with yards. E • The use of alleys and detached or recessed _ garages located at the t e rear of the lot. ' The following topics are ; addressed: Houses on relatively small lots characterize single-family Downtown • Huntington Beach residences Site Planning and Design. • Building Design. ' � • Utilitarian Aspects. { :4-42 HUNTINGTO,N BEACH ,DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO'. °5� ` DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLA°N GUI DELI NE'S`AND' STRATE?GIE,S,' Rev.Oct 23 4 - DESIGN GUIDELINES 4.3•1• Site Planning and Design i 4.3_1.1. Lot Design 1) New single-family detached housing units should use design layout techniques that give individuals maximum privacy within and outside the homes. Such techniques include: a) The offset of windows between neighboring units. b) Locating outdoor patid areas to maximize privacy. c) Consideration of fence height in relation to grade changes. 2) The garage should not be the dominate feature from the street. Offsetting the garage ; behind the front facade will help reduce negative visual impacts on the streetscape., I 3) The home's front door should be oriented toward the street. 4) The design and orientation of single-family houses on a lot should take advantage of available sunlight and views and should be sheltered from the noise and traffic from adjacent streets or other incompatible uses. 5) Open space should focus on areas that are usable to the residents and not merely remainder parcels with marginal utility. 4.3.1.2. Garages and Driveways 1) Garages or side yards should be designed to accommodate three go-gallon containers for garbage, recycling,and green waste. 2) Driveways should be longienough for a vehicle to be able to park completely on the I driveway without having to overhang into the sidewalk or street. 3) Consider installing pervious paving systems or � Hollywood style driveways,where the tracks for the � - car are separated by strips of green lawn,to reduce runoff. 4) Consider providing additional space within a two car garage to accommodate a tandem parking space for a _ third vehicle. 9 - , 5) Garage doors should be recessed two inches to four inches within the wall plane to add shadow and visual interest. Driveways should be long enough for a vehicle to park completely on the driveway I � n HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC -PLAN NO. 5 4-43 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES— . 4- DESIGN GUIDELINES 4.3.1.3. Landscaping Integrating mature landscaping at the time of construction can help a lot look established and welcoming. 1) Each unit should provide at least one 24-inch box size tree from a City approved list, with a minimum height of 9 feet and a spread of 3 feet to 4 feet. The trees should be provided within the development at a ratio of one box-size tree per ten trees provided, not including street trees. 2) Street trees should be located no closer than five feet to utilities. ; v 3) Street trees should be located no closer than 15 feet to street lights, unless otherwise directed by the City. 4) Root barriers should be installed at each tree planted within six feet of the curb or y walk. Root barriers on the curb side should be three feet deep and root barriers on the walkway side should be two feet deep. Root barriers should extend six feet to each side of the trunk of the tree. Special sub-surface construction may also be required. 5) Each street tree should be watered by two deep watering bubblers separate from all' !' other irrigation. Bubbler installation should comply with applicable City standards and details. 6) Deciduous trees should be planted along the west facing side of homes to provide shade —-- f in the summer and allow maximum solar gain in the winter. 7) Drought tolerant grasses should be used for lawn areas where possible. Drought ° tolerant/native plants should be used in all ! landscaped areas where possible. 8) Sod should be - i used for turf installation. E Special permission shall be obtained fromf the City to install �-- '' •. � .:.° /"'- .. r J ff lawns by seeding. N. .T:. Synthetic turf may be allowed - at the discretionof the Director of Street trees should be located away from utilities and street lights Public Works. \t i v ry : ._..k Uwe ..J• t '. 4-44 HUNTINGTON. BEACK DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN sNO,�. 5 ,: DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUFD'ELINES AND ST RAT E'GIES' y h Rev.Oct 23 4 - DESIGN GUIDELINES 9) Irrigation systems should utilize water conserving methods and should incorporate water efficient technologies, such as drip emitters,sub-grade capillary action irrigation for turf areas,evapotranspiration controllers,and moisture sensors. lo) Landscaping that is installed by a developer should include hardscape coverage such as decorative paving,wood decking, decorative stone, and similar non-irrigated areas. 4.3.1.4. Walls and Fences While walls and fences are a functional part of the project,these elements should add visual interest and prove to be an enhanced site feature. 1) Materials such as wood,wrought iron, and stone should be used for walls and fences. 2) Walls and fences should be designed in a style, - material,and color that complement the dwelling units to which the wall or fence is attached. 3) Natural colors that are consistent with the architectural theme are encouraged. 4) Stone and brick walls should remain the natural color. °r -` 4.3.2. Building Design Building forms and facades influence cohesiveness, comfort, and aesthetic pride and can generate pedestrian activity and ' increase a sense of security. Any good design should take into consideration fundamental design principals including continuity, mass, scale, rhythm, and proportion. All new i buildings and remodels should incorporate 36o-degree architecture. Walls should complement the dwelling unit The following guidelines are intended to provide a general framework for design and do not mandate specific architectural styles,themes,or details. The City will be open i to considering innovative alternative design concepts that ' X. were not envisioned at the time that these guidelines werei written; however an attempt should be made to comply with k� i � •, the general intent of the guidelines provided. I 4-3.2.11. Massing F Mass is defined as a three-dimensional form, such as a cube, box, cylinder, pyramid, or cone. The way the forms are sized Variety in building design is encouraged directly relates to the way building elements are emphasized HUNT.INGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC, PLAN N0. :5 , ,. - 4-45 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES -. 4 - DESIGN GUIDELINES or de-emphasized. Voids or open spaces in the forms can change the appearance of the forms and make the building more interesting. 1) Massing design should include: a) Variation in the wall plane(projection and recess). b) Variation in wall height. c) Roofs located at different levels. { 2) All street fronting facades and facades facing a space greater than 20 feet between z houses or structures should be fully articulated and should include variation in massing. 3) Include architectural elements that add visual interest, _ scale, and character to the neighborhood, such as y . i recessed or projecting balconies,verandas, porches, etc. �I 4.3.2.2. Articulation Building designers should incorporate 36o-degree architecture into every design,which is the full articulation „ z of all building facades, including variation in massing, roof forms,wall planes, and surface articulation. 1) Building facades should be well-articulated with windows,moldings, pilasters, exposed chimneys, I variation of building materials, etc. '� 6 2) Buildings should be designed with the integration of i varied texture, relief, and design accents on all walls. I 3) Acknowledging sensitivity to a budget, it is expected E that the highest level of articulation will occur on the front facade and facades visible from public streets. : However, similar massing, materials,and details Massing should include variation in the wall plane and wall height and roofs should be incorporated into every other building located at different levels 1 '" elevation. I 4) There should be a change in wall planes on all sides of the house visible from a public' street. 5) Materials and articulation used on the front facade should be incorporated into side and rear facades that are visible from a street or similarly important viewshed. e 6) Surface detailing should not serve as a substitute for well integrated and distinctive ( massing. , 4-46 HUNTINGTON "BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC 'PLAN O.' S DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND. STRATE'1G,,IES . � Rev.Oct23 4 - DESIGN GUIDELINES 7) Architectural elements that add visual interest,scale,and character,such as recessed or projecting balconies,trellises, recessed windows,insets,verandas,porches,and changes in materials and textures are strongly encouraged. These features should be used to create shadow patterns that contribute to a building's character. 8) The incorporation of balconies, porches, and patios is encouraged. g) Building elements and details should be consistent with the chosen architectural style. lo) Chimneys should be exposed as architectural features rather than hidden within a wall surface. Chimney caps should be decorative and conceal spark arrestors. 4.3.z.3: Roof Forms Roofs should reflect a residential appearance through roof pitch and material selection. i) Roof overhangs should be sized appropriately to the desired architectural style. 2) Multi-form roofs,gabled roofs,and shed roof combinations are encouraged to create varying roof forms. --; , 3) Flat roofs and A-frame type roofs are discouraged unless appropriate to the architectural style. Y J. 4) Roof lines should vary in .4 height and long horizontal roof lines should be broken up to create variation. 5) Roof materials and colors should be consistent with the desired architectural style. � . 6) Rooftop decks should be integrated with the Multi-form roofs are encouraged i design and architecture of the building rather than creating a railing or faux parapet wall at the building line. 1� 7) Solar panels should be utilized where possible. r � i HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5' 4-47 ` DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC_ PLAN GUIDELINES AND 'STRATEGIES,' 4- DESIGN GUIDELINES 4.3.2.4. Windows and Doors Windows and doors help to define the architectural style of a building while providing daylight to interior spaces and visual interest to building facades. 1) Window and door type, material, shape, and proportion should complement the architectural style of the home. z) Maximize daylighting and views through window placement and design. - ` 3) Use external shade devices where necessary to prevent excess solar heat gain in the summer season. Window articulation such as sills trim kickers shutters or awnings,should be applied where appropriate to the architectural style to improve the facade of the home. 5) Primary upper and lower windows should stack vertically whenever possible. ; 6) To enhance privacy,windows on side elevations of adjacent homes should be staggered whenever possible. Windows should not be positioned directly opposite of windows in an adjacent structure. 7) Where appropriate to the architectural style, windows should be generously inset from building walls to create shade and shadow detail. M The minimum inset should be three inches. `# I 8) Any faux F shutters should be proportionate { Mt to the adjacent windows to NOT.THIS. THIS, create the f Faux shutters should be proportionate to the adjacent window �. appearance - j of a real and functional shutter. 19) EPA"Energy Star" labeled windows with low-e coatings are encouraged. 1 4.3.2.5. Materials and Colors The selection and placement of building materials should provide visual interest at the pedestrian level. Materials and colors should be used to enhance buildings by adding color, shadows,and interesting forms. 4-48 HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECFFI-C-PLAW-NO. ,5 , fi DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATE�'GIES Rev.Oct 23 4 - DESIGN GUIDELINES 1) Piecemeal _ embellishment `�`; .:• and frequent changes in materials should be avoided. _ All structure MATERIAL OR COLOR elements should CHANGE IN PLANE WITH CHANGE AT OUTSIDE COPLANAR CHANGE IN MATERIALS MATERIALS j be architecturally CORNER ACCEPTABLE UNACCEPTABLE UNACCEPTABLE treated. _ Material changes should occur at intersecting planes to appear substantial and integral 2) Select materials to the facade. Avoid material or color changes at the outside corners of structures. that complement adjacent buildings and the surroundings. 3) Materials should be utilized that reduce the transfer of heat into and/or out of the building. 4) Material changes should occur at intersecting planes to appear substantial and integral to the facade. Avoid material or color changes at the outside corners'of structures. 5) At least 20%of the building/construction materials should be recycled content materials, such as wood substitutes, recycled concrete, and'asphalti as well as non-toxic materials, and should be used whenever possible. f 6) Natural materials such as brick, stone, or copper should be left the natural color. 7) Large areas of intense color should be avoided. While more subdued colors usually work best for overall building color, bright or accent colors are typically appropriate for trim; _ windows, doors,and key architectural elements. 4.3.3• Utilitarian Aspects w �� 4.3.3.1. Utilitarian Features �a , r Any equipment,whether on the side of a structure or on the ground,should be screened. The method of screening :, should be architecturally compatible in terms of materials, - color, shape,and size. The screening design should blend with the building design,which may include a continuous screen. ` 1) Rain gutters,downspouts,vents,and other roof Utility equipment should be screened t protrusions should complement the adjacent from view ! materials and/or colors. HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 4`49 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND ST'RATEGIES- ' 4 - DESIGN GUIDELINES 2) Utility connections located above ground should not interfere with or adversely impact access, visibility, appearance, or the character of the structures near which the connections are located and should be screened with landscaping. 4.4• Multi-family Multi-family - developments i are higher density residential buildings such as apartments, r I condominiums, and townhomes.These y developments are 5 typically comprised of attached units with ° common facilities such as parking and open - If If space and recreation ' areas.This section E �- f provides general ! guidelines for the design of multi-family z _ - developments. The , -' € provisions of this section should apply to any addition, _ - ( remodeling, relocation, Multi-family developments are higher density residential buildings such as apartments, or construction condominiums, and fownhomes requiring a building {� permit. � The following topics are addressed: • Site Planning and Design. • Landscaping. O Building Design. • Utilitarian Aspects. �q_Sp�. HUNTINGTON BEACH DOW'NTO.WN S`PECI'FIC PLAN' N6."5=` DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES- AND StRATE'61ES =A w Rev.Oct 23 4 - DESIGN GUIDELINES 4.4•1• Site Planning and Design ..* :. 4.4•1.1. Site Layout The primary project objective should be to construct a high quality residential environment. Residential developments surrounded by high walls, parking lots, and rows of carports and/or garages along public streets should be avoided. tZ 1) The design of multi-family developments should -` -- --- =- -- --.-- _-- s consider compatibility with the surrounding Structures should be clustered j neighborhood. 2) Dwellings should incorporate porches,trellises, landscaping,and other features to extend the living area toward the street and soften the transition between the street and the dwelling. When placed correctly,these elements can also provide shading. 3) New structures should be clustered. Clustering creates plazas or pedestrian malls and i prevents long"barrack-like"or continuous rows of structures. Attempt to give each cluster its own identity through the use of color, signs, and/or design. 4) Buildings should be placed close to,and oriented toward,the street. 5) View corridors should be preserved as much as possible. i 6) Where possible, utilize courtyards or other methods to break up the building mass and provide natural ventilation. 7) Building placement should not limit solar access by shading adjacent rooftops. 8) Orient buildings on an east/west axis to maximize the use of natural daylighting, but "rv' protect west-facing windows from excess solar gain in the summer season. { g) Narrow floor plan depths should be used to maximize daylight, exterior views, and natural ventilation. Use a courtyard atria to bring light and air into interior spaces. 4.4•1.2• Circulation and Parking, Site plans should balance the need to provide adequate vehicular access with the need to eliminate unnecessary driveway entrances and should provide access points that are coordinated with other properties. I 1) Long rows of garages or parking spaces should be avoided. 2) The site area adjacent to the street should not be dominated with parking. Parking should be concentrated in areas behind buildings and away from the street when possible. 3) Dwelling units should be visible from the parking areas servicing the units. �4! HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 4-51 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES 4 - DESIGN GUIDELINES 4) Large projects should break up parking areas into a series of smaller connected parking areas to create visual interest and reduce"heat island"effects. "" ` 5) Parking areas should be separated from a building with both a raised pedestrian sidewalk a minimum four feet wide and a landscape strip a minimum of eight — ; - feet wide. 10 6) Parking lots should be landscaped with Large projects should breakup parking areas into a series I of smaller parking areas shade trees. = 7) Parking lots should provide areas for bicycle and motorcycle parking. 44�.3. Parking Lot Screening Screening should be provided at the periphery of all parking areas. i A landscaping buffer should be provided between ) P g p � parking areas and public rights-of-way. The landscaped buffer area should not be included when calculating the minimum landscaping required within the parking lot interior. This buffer should be designed to provide storm water retention through Screening should be provided at the I ! periphery of all parking areas E swales,sumps, etc. � ; . I E z) A 36-inch to 42-inch high berm, headlight hedge, P or masonry wall should be used to screen any parking at the street,periphery. Breaks should be provided to allow pedestrian circulation. A combination of walls, berms,and ! landscape material is highly recommended. ` 3) Where topography allows, parking lots could also be located above or below the I adjacent street grade to effectively screen parking without the addition of substantial screen walls or landscaping. 4) Parking lots graded at least 48-inches below the adjacent street grade will effectively;be screened without the addition of a 36-inch to 42-inch high wall or landscaping, but the hillside should still be landscaped. ' f t rail y treated. Walls should.. . � 5) Both sides of all perimeter walls or fences should be architec u y, � ^ be finished and designed to complement the surrounding development. Long expanses of fence or wall surfaces should be offset and architecturally designed to prevent monotony. Landscape pockets should be provided. 4`52 HUNTINGTON- BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN, NO. 5 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES yz r = Rev.Oct 23 4 - DESIGN GUIDELINES 4.4T1.4. Entry Drives t Easily identifiable and aesthetically pleasing entrances f .' designed to complement the style of the project should be provided. 1) The principal vehicular access into a multi-family housing project should be through an entry drive rather than a parking drive. Colored,textured,and/ - -- ____' or permeable paving treatments at entry drives are encouraged. ; I ! 2) A combination of the following accent features shall Easily identifiable entry drives should be be incorporated into the project entry: provided a) Ornamental landscaping. b) Landscaped medians(minimum seven feet). c) Water features. d) Architectural monuments. e) Decorative walls. f) Enhanced paving(colored,textured, and/or permeable). 3) Project entry features should reflect the overall architectural identity or character of the,development. x 4) Driveway entries should align with existing or planned ` I median openings and adjacent driveways. 5) The number of site access points should be minimized. i _ G ".1.5• Pedestrian Access < E Convenient pedestrian connections are an important part of every development. Within a development, pedestrians andi vehicles should be separated. ` 1) The need for pedestrians to cross parking aisles should be minimized. Landscape island walkways should be used to connect parking and building entries. j 2) Pedestrian linkages to nearby neighborhoods and other commercial projects should be provided. Provide easily identifiable pedestrian access from the � 3) Y� P Convenient pedestrian connections street and/or sidewalk to key areas within the site. are important parts of multi-family developments HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC.PLAN NO, 5 .4-53 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES 4 - DESIGN GUIDELINES The on-site pedestrian circulation system should be directly connected to off-site public sidewalks. 4) Meandering paths are generally preferred over long straight path alignments. Maintain visual access throughout the path through lighting and low landscaping. 5) Paths made from permeable materials, such as decomposed granite, can create a more park-like setting and allow for stormwater percolation. 4.4.1.6. Paving Treatments Specialty paving should be provided adjacent to building entries or facades, in plazas and courtyards or seating areas, at intersections, at mid-block between buildings,and adjacent to parks. 1) Patterns and colors should be installed in paving treatments using tile,brick,or textured concrete in order to provide clear identification of pedestrian access points into buildings, parking features(i.e., handicap spaces, pedestrian loading, bus stops/pull-outs, { , etc.), entry drives, and pedestrian crossings within the site. 2) Permeable surfaces, such as loose aggregate, paving stones, or wooden decks,should be used for pedestrian surfaces. ` ! 3) Specify reuse of materials such as brick and flagstone where possible. 4) Install surfaces that encourage pedestrian traffic and stormwater infiltration, such as porous asphalt, paver blocks, lattice blocks, and grasscrete,whenever traffic requirements allow. 5) Light colored paving should be incorporated near - buildings to reduce the amount of heat radiating onto i buildings and peoples 4.4.1.7. Garages and Accessory Structures A Garages, carports,and other accessory structures should be , s designed as integral parts of the development. r . 1) Garages and parking areas should be located to have the least amount of visual impact on the street. z When viewed from the street,garages should be subordinate to the main living area. Where possible, n ` the garage should be recessed behind the dwelling I unit and not located between the main living area and - n. the street. Garages should be designed as integral parts of the development Li 4-54` HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN S.PECIFI.0 PLAN �N,O5 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRAITEGI.ES ` Rev.Octz3 4 - DESIGN GUIDELINES f i { 3) Garage doors should be recessed into,rather than flush with,the exterior wall. 4. Detached garages and accessory structures should be designed as an integral part of the architecture of the project and should be similar in materials,color,and detail to the principal structures of a development. 5. Detached garages and accessory structures should incorporate roof slopes and materials similar to the principal structures of a development. Flat;roofs are discouraged. 4.4.1.8. Open Space Private or common open space,as well as pedestrian connections to such spaces,should be provided to enhance j the living environment and contribute to a walkable I neighborhood character. d_- n ■ ■ 1) Residents of multi-family developments should have safe, efficient,and convenient access to usable open space,whether public or private,for recreation and E r = social activities. 2) Convenient access to public or private parks should - ' be incorporated into the project by way of bicycle and +� pedestrian pathways. iMulti-family developments should provide 3) Where possible, connections should be provided easily accessible open space between neighborhood parks and the larger i community-wide park system, such as bicycle paths. 4) Open space should focus on areas that are usable to , the residents and not merely remainder parcels with marginal utility. ■ f 5) Infrastructure elements such as stormwater retention j basins should be incorporated into the overall open , space plan. 6) Buildings, parking areas, and open space should be arranged to minimize the use of sound walls next to arterial and/or collector streets. 4.4•2. Landscaping Landscaping should be used to define building entrances, I parking lots, and the edges of various land uses. Landscaping should be used to buffer and screen neighboring properties. Consider safety,environmental impacts,and accent elements p Landscaping should be used to define � when selecting and locating landscaping features. edges HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 4-5,5 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES ANID ST RAT E,GIE,S 4 - DESIGN GUIDELINES 4.4.2.1. General Landscaping 1) Landscaping should include 24-inch, 36-inch, and 48-inch box trees(15-gallon size in slopes), 5-gallon and 15-gallon size shrubs,and ground cover. 2) Trees and shrubs should be located and adequately spaced to allow for mature and long- term growth. Trees and shrubs that create minimal root problems should be selected. Special sub-surface construction may be required. 3) Trees should be used to create an intimate scale, enclose spaces, and frame views, but placement should respect the long-range views of surrounding neighbors. j 10 4) Seasonal shading from trees and shrubs on southern and western facades should be used when developing planting schemes for courtyards and streetscapes. Deciduous ! = trees provide solar control during summer and winter while providing fall color, seasonal flower, and other desired effects. j ? 5) Vines and potted plants should be used to provide wall, column,and post texture and color, as well as to accentuate entryways, courtyards, and sidewalks. 6) Accent planting should be used around entries and key activity hubs. i 7) Lawn areas should be planted to serve a functional purpose. Sod should be used for ; turf installation; special permission should be obtained from the City to install lawns by i ° , seeding. 8) Plants should be grouped into high and low maintenance zones and high and low traffic areas. I g) Street trees should be located no closer than five feet to utilities. 1o) Street trees should be located no closer than ten feet to street lights, unless otherwise directed by the City. - 11) Root barriers should be installed at each tree planted --. 77 within six feet of the curb or walk. Root barriers on j the curb side should be three feet deep and root Plants should be grouped into high and i barriers on the walkway side should be two feet deep. low maintenance zones and high and low Root barriers should extend six feet to each side of traffic areas the trunk of the tree. j 112) Drought tolerant grasses should be used for lawn areas where possible. 13) All plants should be coordinated with irrigation plans. Native and low water use plants I should be used in conjunction with an efficient water system,such as drip irrigation. Drip irrigation systems should be used in all areas except for turf irrigation and small y ornamental plantings. The irrigation systems should be designed to apply water slowly, - k allowing plants to be deep watered. Each street tree should be watered by two deep; watering bubblers separate from all other irrigation. 4-56 HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC° PLAN° N0: 5' DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES' Rev.Oct 23 4 - DESIGN GUIDELINES 14) Irrigation systems should utilize water conserving methods and incorporate water efficient technologies such as drip emitters, sub- t grade capillary action irrigation for turf areas, evapotranspiration controllers,and moisture J sensors. 15) Explore opportunities to reuse rain water and/ or gray water for irrigation. .. 16) Landscaping planted directly below the eaves or , at a rain gutter outlet should be sturdy and have a subsurface matrix of roots to tolerate heavyd sheet flow and periodic saturation. 17) Urban runoff can be greatly reduced by t { diverting storm water from impervious areas, such as concrete surfaces,to landscaped areas. j Infiltration basins where water can seep into the ground should be used. 18) Short lived plants, plants susceptible to disease, _ and large expanses of single plant varieties <.,: .•� .,�_ should be avoided due to an unchanging appearance and the potential for complete loss Drought tolerant grasses should be used where possible of landscaping if struck with disease. 19) Planting should be used to screen less desirable areas from public view, i.e.,trash enclosures, parking areas, storage areas, loading areas, public utilities,and mechanical equipment. i 4.4.2.2. Parking Lot Landscaping ° �� Provide well landscaped parking areas. Landscaping should create a functional and attractive parking environment. ' I 1) Parking lot trees with 30400t to 40-foot canopies should be planted to shade parked cars and create ` a more attractive environment. Special sub-surface construction may be required. i 2) For trees planted within the vicinity of parking lot (, lights,ensure that tree canopies do not create shadows from the lights and do not interfere with the l effectiveness of the lights. Canopy shade trees should be used in ' parking areas HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN, NO. 5, 4=57 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES 4 - DESIGN GUIDELINES 3) Consideration of plant materials adjacent to parking spaces should be a priority. Thorns, stickers,and sharp leaves should be avoided. 4) Landscape islands should be a minimum of five feet wide to allow tree growth and to avoid hitting tree trunks. Special sub-surface construction may be required. 5) Where more than ten automobile parking spaces exist on a lot or parcel of land, areas not used for vehicle parking and maneuvering, or for the movement of pedestrians to and from vehicles, should be used for landscaping to reduce"heat island"effects. The required trees should be distributed throughout the parking lotto maximize the ;,--- aesthetic effect and compatibility with adjoining uses. 6) Parking spaces should be allowed to overhang into a landscaped area a.maximum of two , feet. However,the two feet encroachment and the required protective curb area should ;. be counted only as a part of the length of the parking stall and should not be calculated as landscaped area or setback. 4.4.3• Building Design Building forms and facades influence C cohesiveness, comfort, ; and aesthetic ride and f p ' � can generate pedestrian [ activity and increase a . sense of security, An " y Y_ Y good design should . take into consideration fundamental design ! i principals including - g continuity, mass, scale, rhythm, and proportion. .. All new buildings and remodels should incorporate 36o-degree architecture. Any good design should take into consideration fundamental design principals including continuity, mass, scale, rhythm, and proportion and all new buildings and remodels . The following guidelines should incorporate 360-degree architecture are intended to provide a general framework for design and do not mandate specific architectural styles,themes, or details. The City will be open to considering innovative,alternative design concepts that were. not envisioned at the time that these guidelines were written; however an`attempt should be made to comply with the general intent of the guidelines provided. 4-58' - HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPEC.IT11C; PLAN,r N'O. y� DOWNTOWN. SPECIFIC PLAN GU„I.DE-L,IN:ES AND STRAT-EGI,ES i . x 6 ., Rev.Oct23 4 - DESIGN GUIDELINES 4.4•3.1. Massing Mass is defined as a three-dimensional form,such as a cube, box,cylinder, pyramid, or cone. The way the forms are sized directly relates to the way building elements are emphasized or de-emphasized. Voids or open spaces in the forms can change the appearance of the forms and make the building more interesting and less imposing. 1) Large projects should be broken - up into groups P of structures of i various heights. 2) Several smaller, compact building footprints, E rather than one large building, should be used to provide E an intimate - — scale and a Combinations of different heights should be used to create visual interest more efficient envelope for optimizing daylighting and passive solar heating and cooling functions. a 3) Buildings designs should include a combination of the following techniques: a) Variation in the wall plane(projecting and recessed elements). --- b) Variation in wall height. c) Roofs located at different levels. ■ 4) Combinations of units of different heights should " be used to create visual interest and variation in the massing and building height. { 5) The upper stories of new multi-family buildings should be stepped back to reduce the scale of facades that face the street,courtyards,or open space areas. 6) Structures with greater height should include I� { additional setbacks and steps within the massing to create a transition in heights from adjacent properties and to avoid dominating the character of the neighborhood. Stagger and job wall planes to create interesting designs HUNTINGTON BEACH ' DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. °5 4-59 DOWNTOWN, SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES A'ND STRATEGIES 4 - DESIGN GUIDELINES 7) Vertical elements such as towers may be used to accent horizontal massing and provide visual interest. 4 4. .2. Scale Scale is the proportion of one object to another. "Human"or"intimate"scale incorporates building and landscape elements that are modest in size. "Monumental"scale incorporates large or grand building elements. The individual components of the building also have relationships to each other and to the building as a whole,which contributes to the overall scale of a building. -- 1) Building scale should be reduced through the proper use of window patterns,structural i bays, roof overhangs,wall materials, awnings, moldings,fixtures,and other details. 2) Architectural details and materials on lower walls that relate to human scale such as , arches,trellises, or awnings should be utilized. i 3) Window distribution and shape can be a significant building scale determinant and should be considered in building design. 14-4.3.3. Articulation a Building designers should incorporate 36o-degree architecture in all buildings,which is the full articulation of all building facades, including variation in massing, roof forms,wall planes,and j l surface articulation. ` i) Long, unbroken facades and box-like forms should be avoided. Elements such as balconies,porches, arcades,dormers, and cross gables should be used to add visual interest. i 2) To the extent possible, each of the dwelling units should be individually recognizable. - The following methods could be used to break up building massing: a) Vary front setbacks within same structure. b) Stagger and jog unit planes. c) Design a maximum of two adjacent units with identical wall and roof lines. " d) Vary building orientations to avoid monotony and long garage door corridors. T ° � 3) Building facades should be well-articulated with J windows,wall articulations, moldings, pilasters, ! " trellises, exposed chimneys,variation of building materials, etc. Blank walls should be avoided. 4) Buildings should be designed with the integration of : relief, and design accents on all walls. Building facades should be varied texture, > g well-articulated 9 v ;�` _ � �- -, �� 1. •. � _ ... 4-6o m HUNTMGTON BEACH DOWNTOWNr S,PECIF[C PLAN � O 5° DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELIN`ES ',A-ND' S.TRATEG, LES.. Rev.Oct23 4- DESIGN GUIDELINES 5) Acknowledging sensitivity to a budget, it is expected that the highest level of articulation will occur on the front facade and facades visible from public streets. However,similar massing, materials, and details should be incorporated into all building elevations. 6) There should be a change in wall planes on all sides of the structure visible from a public street. Wall planes should not run in one continuous direction for more than 50 feet without a significant offset. 7) Architectural elements that add visual interest,scale,and character, such as recessed or projecting balconies,trellises, recessed windows, insets,verandas, porches,and materials and textures are strongly encouraged.These features should be used to create shadow patterns that contribute to a building's character. 8) Building elements and details should be consistent with the chosen architectural style. 9) Surface detailing should not serve as a substitute for well integrated and distinctive i massing. i to) Guardrails or low walls should be utilized on balconies and porches where necessary for safety purposes. 11) Chimneys should be exposed as architectural features rather than hidden within a wall ; surface. Chimney caps should be decorative and conceal spark arrestors. ".3-4• Roof Forms Roofs should reflect a residential appearance through roof ---- -~ W--- j pitch and material selection. 1) Roof lines should be varied in height, and long ::: j ( horizontal roof lines should be broken up. a 2) Roofs covering the entire building,such as hips and gables,are preferred over mansard roofs. i t 3) Roof materials,colors, and forms should be consistent with the desired architecture. 4) Rooftop decks should be integrated with the design - and architecture of the building rather than creating a Roof lines should be varied in height railing or faux parapet wall at the building line. i 5) Solar panels should be utilized where possible. { j E HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN N'O. `5; 4-61 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES . 4 - DESIGN GUIDELINES 4.4.3.5. Roof Gardens Gardens on balconies, terraces, and roofs add visual interest, provide habitat for wildlife, slow storm water runoff, and create opportunities for decorative gardens. 1) Incorporate roof gardens where possible. 2) Where appropriate, drought-tolerant perennial grasses and ground covers that require minimal maintenance should be planted on moderately sloped and flat roofs. ' 3) Soil depths, roof drainage, and waterproof membranes should be considered during the rM structural design of the building. j 4) Drip irrigation systems should be used with roof gardens to conserve water. Wind and D n' 4.4.E Windows. o a Doors Windows and doors help to define the architectural style of a ® building while providing daylight to interior spaces and visual interest to building facades. These features may be accented through the use of awnings. tk i# i ;C I I 1) Window and door type, material, shape, and n� ; E proportion should complement the architectural style of the structure. I 16 2) Maximize daylighting and views through window placement and design. Passive solar design can be ! used to reduce heating requirements by 30 percent to 50 percent,thus saving money and energy. j 3) Window articulation, such as sills,trim, kickers, window and doortype, material,shape, s f shutters, or awnings, should be applied,where and proportion should complement the architectural style of the structure appropriate to the architectural style, to improve the t facade of the home. T t 4) For organization of the facade, primary upper and .. i •, . lower windows should stack vertically whenever possible. Q, T, iC117 5) To enhance privacy,windows on side elevations of I adjacent structures should be staggered whenever II " possible.Windows should not be positioned directly "i - It�.."' !3 4. L q opposite of windows in the adjacent structure. 6) Where appropriate to the architectural style,windows should be generously inset from the walls a minimum Maximize dayiignting and views through of three inches to create shade and shadow detail. window placement and design Ail 4-62, HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN' NO. 5 , DOWNTOWN 'S PECIFIC PLAN GULDELINES. AND STRATE,GIES " Rev.Octz3 4- DESIGN'GUIDELINES 7) Any faux shutters should be proportionate to the adjacent windows to create the appearance of real and functional shutters. 8) EPA"Energy Star"labeled windows with low-e coatings are encouraged. 9) Permanent shading devices such as awnings and canopies on south and west-facing facades should be incorporated into building designs to provide aesthetic enhancement while assisting in cooling the building during the summer months. lo)Awnings should be incorporated to define building entries and better orient pedestrians. 11) Awnings should be used to add color,form, and relief to the building. 12) Property owners should not propose installing awnings unless they are prepared to maintain and regularly replace the awnings every eight to ten years. k { 13) Awnings should be made of cloth and not plastic or vinyl. 4.4•3•7• Dwelling Unit Access All entrances should be clearly identifiable and emphasized using lighting, landscaping, and architecture. 1) Access points to units should be clustered in groups of four or less. Long, monotonous r access balconies and corridors that provide l access to five or more units should be avoided. 'o r! 2) The entrances to individual " t � 1 units should I be visible from » nearby parking areas where a ' possible. Building i I entrances should be emphasized through the use of lighting, f landscaping,and architecture. ' 1 Handrails should be provided on stairways I HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 4-63 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES 4 - DESIGN GUIDELINES 3) Simple, clean, bold projections of stairways should be used to complement the architectural massing and form of multi-family structures. 4) Stairways should be constructed of smooth stucco, plaster, or wood,with accent trim of complementary colors. Stairwells that are open and have visibility into and from the stairwell are recommended. Thin-looking,open metal, prefabricated stairs are discouraged. 5) Handrails should be provided on stairways. ! 4.4.3:.8. Materials and Colors The selection and placement of building materials should provide visual interest at the pedestrian level. Heavier materials should be used to form the building base and as accents on upper stories and walls. Materials and colors should be used to enhance buildings and adjacent pedestrian spaces by adding color, shadows, and interesting forms. 1) Utilizing a variety of materials on a wall plane is encouraged. 2) Material changes - - should occur at a � , � ' a chan in lane where g P �. the changes tend to appear substantial and integral to the structure, preferably at an insideMATERIAL OR COLOR 9CHANGEN PLANE WITH COPLANAR CHANGE AT OUTSIDE N MATERIALS MATERIALS ` corner. Material ACCEPTABLE UNACCEPTABLE UNACCEPTABLE changes not occurring at Material changes should occur at intersecting planes to appear substantial a change in plane appear E „ and integral to the facade. Avoid material or color changes at the outside "tacked-on"and should corners of structures. s' be avoided. 3) Materials selected for , J multi-family projects should be aesthetically pleasing but very durable and should require I low maintenance. , 4) Materials should be utilized that reduce the transfer of heat into and%or out of the j building. 5) At least 20%of the building/construction materials should be recycled content materials, such as wood substitutes, recycled concrete, and asphalt, as well as non-toxic materials, and should be used wherever possible. 6) Natural materials,such as brick, stone,copper,etc., should be left the natural color. 7) Large areas of intense light color should be avoided. While more subdued colors usually work best for overall building color, bright or accent colors are typically appropriate for trim,windows,doors, and key architectural elements. 4-64 HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN N0. DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GU,IDE-L1Nx.ES AND STRAT-EG1E-S : - Rev.Oct 23 4 - DESIGN GUIDELINES 4.4.4• Utilitarian Aspects 44.41. Utilitarian Features All utilitarian equipment and features should be integrated into the site plan and should either be aesthetically screened from view or designed to complement the architectural style of the project. Utility service areas should be part of the early site design process, rather than an afterthought at the - - construction document phase. y "- 1) Any outdoor equipment,whether on a roof, side of a structure,or the ground, should be appropriately screened from view. The method of screening should be architecturally integrated with the adjacent structure in terms of materials, color,shape,and size. d 2) Utility service areas, such as electrical panels, should be placed within enclosures that are architecturally integrated into the building design. 3) A combination of elements should be used for - .� screening,including solid masonry walls, berms, and Utility features should be screened landscaping. i 4) Where screen walls are used,the walls should be 1 designed to blend with the site's architecture. 5) Satellite dishes should not be mounted on the roof or be visible from the street. 6) Guardrails should complement the architectural style of the building. 7) Ramps should be integrated into the site design and can be used to create functional or unique spaces. 8) The design of new and remodeled structures should incorporate easy access to all fire apparatus. g) Access for fire apparatus should be part of the planning process so as not to disrupt the visual P g P P rt integrity of a project. lo) Gutters and downspouts on the exterior of the j building should be decorative or designed to integrate r=xf f with the building facade. 11) Wherever possible,comply with CEC s voluntary Tier 11 energy Efficiency standards in effect at the time building construction begins. Gutters and downspouts should be decorative HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC .PLAN" NO. 5 4-65 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES- 4 - DESIGN GUIDELINES 11) Drainage should be directed to permeable areas such as yards,open channels, or vegetated areas, avoiding discharge to roads and minimizing discharge to the storm drain system. 12) Common box mailbox enclosures should be designed similar in form, materials, and color to the surrounding buildings. 4.4.4.2. Trash and Recycling Enclosures Trash and recycling enclosures should be carefully designed, yi/r located, and integrated into the site plan. 1) Every property should provide a trash and recycling ',� '�-`� - _. enclosure that is capable of handling the refuse generated by that site. Composting receptacles are . encouraged. +.-_ 2) At least half of the trash and recycling area should be a . dedicated to recycling containers. Trash and recycling enclosures should be carefully integrated into the site plan _ 3) The Huntington Beach Business Improvement District ' should help to facilitate coordination between Downtown business owners and commercial trash i service providers to help ensure placement and size of bins and level of service provides _-- for a safe and clean environment downtown. 4) Trash and recycling enclosures should be screened with landscaping and wall materials that are architecturally compatible to the building design. 5) The trash and recycling enclosure should be consistent with the design of the project and I the building architecture. Similar or the same materials should be used on the enclosure j as the surrounding buildings. Architecturally designed roof structures should be used to 1 f create a finished looking structure. I F 6) A pedestrian entrance to the trash and recycling enclosure should be provided so that the large access gates do not have to be opened as often. 7) Trash and recycling bins should be conveniently accessible for collection and maintenance and should not block access drives during loading operations. 8) Trash and recycling enclosures should be separated from adjacent parking stalls by a minimum three-foot wide planter with low-growing plant materials to ensure that adequate space is available for passengers to access a vehicle in an adjacent parking space. 09) Drainage from adjoining roof and pavement should be diverted around the trash and recycling area. '4-66� HUNTINGTO•N BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN N O�" 5` y DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 6UI'DEeL,INES 'AND STRATEG-IES Rev.Oct23 4 - DESIGN GUIDELINES 4.4�4.3. Li hting Effective lighting provides safety and direction for vehicles and pedestrians while enhancing architectural building and landscape details. These guidelines apply to on-site lighting for parking areas and lights associated with the building in private development projects. Light types may include pole _ lights, spotlighting,wall-mounted sconces, parking lighting, and landscape lighting. 1) Light fixtures should be designed or selected to be '. architecturally compatible with the main structure or theme of the development. 2) The intensity of light, level of light as measured in footcandles, and the type of bulb or source should be carefully addressed. g Li htin levels should not be so Lighting intense as to draw attention to the glow or glare of Light fixtures should be architecturally the light source. compatible with the main structure r 3) Spotlighting or glare - from any site lighting should be shielded . from adjacent . properties and directed at a specific object or target area. 4) Exposed bulbs should not be , used. Cut-offs lighting is preferred. ' 5) Uplighting of building elements and { trees should use the lowest wattage possible to minimize _ Walkways and paseos should be fit to ensure safe nighttime conditions HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 4-67 -. DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIESy' 4 - DESIGN GUIDELINES impacts to the night sky. Light sources for wall washing and tree lighting should be hidden. 6) Where landscaping is lit, low-voltage lighting should be used whenever possible to conserve energy. Energy efficient lamps and ballasts, controlled by photoelectric methods or timers, should be incorporated. 7) The height of a light pole should be appropriate in scale for the building or the complex and the surrounding area. 08) Recreational amenities and courtyards should be well lit to enhance the pedestrian ^_.4 experience and create a safe environment. 9) Accent lighting should be used to illuminate walkways, entries, seating,areas, and/or specimen plants and trees. lo)Walkways and paseos should be lit to ensure safe nighttime conditions. s 11) Use renewable energy sources - �- for lighting. ` 4 - I t _ I The entire mixed-use development should utilize a consistent architectural style and materials i, 1 w 4-68 HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPE.CIFI,C PLAN .NO4 5m M DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND`STRATEGIE,S - Rev.Oct 23 4 - DESIGN GUIDELINES 4.5• Special Design Considerations 4.5•1• Mixed-Use ! The following supplemental design guidelines are provided `#° to guide the design process for mixed-use developments. - A mixed-use project should follow the relevant guidelines stated in previous design guidelines sections of thisy- y document. For example,the design of storefronts should be consistent with the commercial section of this document and Mixed-use structures should consider the character of the existing neighborhood the residential portion should be designed in accordance with the residential sections of - the Huntington Beach _ ' " Design Guidelines. �' Overarching key elements to consider = = = are the existing architectural character. r 3 of the neighborhood and/or district;the v4lp G!� continuity of building �°- scale and architectural The design of the structures shall address privacy between residential units and massing;the non-residential areas transition to adjacent developments;the treatment of the street level and upper level architectural detailing; roof forms;the rhythm of windows and doors; and the relationship of buildings to public spaces such as streets, ¢ 4 plazas, other open spaces, and public parking. 1. Where multiple buildings are planned in a mixed-use development,the structures should be of varying heights to create visual interest from the street. All facades should be given equal design consideration HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. .5" q-69 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND `ST`RATEGJES 4- DESIGN GUIDELINES 2. The more public areas of residential units,such as lobbies, exercise rooms, living rooms, or dining areas, should face the street while more private areas, such as bedrooms, should be located in the rear of the building. 3. The design of the structures should address privacy between residential units and non- residential areas on the site and on adjacent properties. � - �� The design should r - ri-- provide visual and physical cues that = mark the publicRX space from the private space. 4. Adequate open space and amenities should be provided to support both ' - i commercial and Mixed-use projects should use a minimal amount of commercial signs t residential uses, including, but not limited to, plazas and landscaped walkways or parkways. 5. Common open spaces for residential uses should provide activity areas for interaction. Barbecue areas, benches,and games bring residents together and builds neighborhood E cohesiveness. i 6. Where possible, provide clearly marked entrances,separated driveways and parking areas r for each proposed use. 1 � 7. Security gates should be considered for access to residential uses and residential parking areas. � 4 8. Mixed-use projects should use a minimal amount of commercial signs and place signs only . . where most appropriate. 1 �4-70 HUNTINGTON. BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLA.R�:°NO,. 5; DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUI DE LINES AND ST,R,ATEGIES_ Rev.Octz3 4 - DESIGN GUIDELINES 4.5.2• Corporate Architecture The use of corporate "chain" architecture detracts from the unique character of - the community and is strongly discouraged. Corporate tenants - should design their = buildings to fit the scale and character of Roof forms help to establish the architectural style of the building the community within which the building is proposed. Several examples of well-designed corporate buildings have been provided to illustrate the advantages of applicants veering �� - - away from corporate architecture. i 1. Corporate signs should not r dominate the building facade. ' ; Y. ;g 2. Roof forms help to establish the IY architectural style of the building. Mansard roofs are discouraged; I however if these types of roofs are used,the roof should wrap around the entire perimeter of the structure. Piecemeal mansard roofs that are placed Gas station canopies should be consistent with the design of the project only on portions of the building should not be utilized. I 3. Gas station canopies should be consistent with the design of the project and building architecture. Similar or the same materials should be used on the canopy as the buildings. The roof structure should be designed to be architecturally compatible. � 6 HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC 'PLAN NO. .5 4-7�_. DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES , 4 - DESIGN GUIDELINES 4. Columns supporting a canopy structure should be of sufficient thickness to emphasize a sense of strength, balance,and traditional masonry proportions.The columns should also include a cap and a base.The base should be furred out three to four inches to enhance and anchor the structure. +� r 5. For gas stations, lush perimeter landscaping or other attractive and appropriate measures should be provided to screen paved areas. I 6. In gas stations, provide a clear line of sight from the cashier LL to the gas pumps. 7. Service bays should not be designed to face on to the street and should be setback a minimum of 25 feet from adjoining residential properties. 4.5.3• Hotels 4.5.3.1. Site Design I ! 1) Maximize optimal views in the hotel site design. Maximize optimal views in the hotel site f 2) The buildings and not the parking areas should design establish the image and character for the development along street frontages. 3) Short term parking should be provided in close proximity to office/check-in areas. 4) Small parking lots away from public view or underground parking structures are encouraged. 5) Valet parking is encouraged to promote compact parking solutions. 6) The privacy of guests should be considered in the site design. x, 7) Recreational facilities should be designed to offer privacy to facility,users. j 8) Hotel grounds, including outdoor parking areas,should be heavily Landscaped. 9) Pedestrian connections should be provided to adjacent streets and within the hotel grounds. . lo) Landscape islands and pedestrian walkways should be used to connect parking and , building entries. 11) Delivery and loading areas should be located at the rear of the hotel, away from guests' view, and should not be visible from public streets. t • m z e 4-72 HUN'TINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLA:N NO g . DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND ,STRATE',GlES Rev.Oct 23 4 - DESIGN GUIDELINES 4.5.3.2. Project Entry Features i) Project entries should be easily identifiable and aesthetically pleasing. 2) Project entry features should reflect the overall architectural identity or character of the development. 3) A combination of the following accent features should be incorporated into the project entry: a) Ornamental landscaping. b) Landscaped medians. c) Water features. d) Architectural monuments. 4 y� t 'rv_ I` f F Project entries should be easily identifiable and aesthetically pleasing { f If e) Decorative walls. I f) Enhanced paving(colored,textured, and permeable). y 4) Driveway entries should align with existing or planned median openings and adjacent driveways. 5) Entries to large parking areas should include: HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC_ PLAN NO-', 5 4'73 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES" 4 - DESIGN GUIDELINES a) A minimum 40 feet of stacking distance ; between the edge of the travel lane and the first parking space. }, b) A minimum of a four-foot wide sidewalk on at least one side of the drive aisle. 7 4.5-3.3. Building Design I . 1) A standard corporate design theme is strongly discouraged. ^ 2) All hotel structures should incorporate the t same design theme. mnmm - , 3) All sides of all hotel buildings should be architecturally detailed. 7 4) Exterior corridors on multi-level buildings are strongly discouraged and should not be located adjacent to residential uses. Structures over two stories should incorporate interior access to guest rooms. Room entrances directly adjacent to parking lots or exterior walkways are discouraged. Balconies for individual rooms are encouraged 5) Balconies for individual rooms are encouraged. 6) Walkway,stairway, and balcony railings and other similar details should be stylistically consistent with the building design. - N 7) A variety of materials should be used on building surfaces. 8) Multiple roof forms are strongly encouraged. f9) Mechanical equipment of all types, including equipment associated with swimming pools, should be screened from public view. 14.5.4- Parking Structures I I Parking structures are typically dominated by strong horizontal lines with a flat roof. To . I soften the horizontal lines and greatly enhance the look of the structure,elevations should j. be articulated and elements added that give the structure proportions that reflect a regular } building. The deck and railing pattern should not dominate the elevation. I I Parking structure designs must also minimize risk and opportunities for crime. Security i f measures may include lighting, emergency telephones, closed-circuit television, on-site security, placement of stairwells and elevators, and other similar features. 4-74 HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN.+ SPECIFIC PLANTNO:_ 5 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STR_AT_EGI.E•S , , . fir ,. a Rev.Oct z3 4 - DESIGN GUIDELINES 1. To give the structure proportions reflective of a regular building,design openings to -' look more like window openings than long, . horizontal parking garage openings. 2. Framing that mimics windows should be ! ,� added to openings. The framing should have vertical members to de-emphasize the horizontal lines of the structure. - ' 3. Substantial massing should occur at the corner of the structures to anchor the building and give the structure proportions more similar to a regular commercial where ap propriate, retail spaces should wrap the ground building. These panels should incorporate floor of the parking structure relief to create shadow patterns and add visual interest. 4. Height should be added to the parapet at key areas on the building structure to accent entries and reduce the long, horizontal facade that is typical of parking structures. 5. Horizontal openings should be broken up with vertical columns to create a rhythm of openings, again reflecting proportions of a regular commercial building. 6. Awnings or trellis structures _ I should be added at vehicular and pedestrian entrances to create more pedestrian scale. 7. Where appropriate and ; feasible, retail spaces should provide articulation at the ground floor. ° 8. Where retail is not provided ; on the ground floor,the structure should be located s on "landscape islands"so Landscaping at the ground level and interesting window framing enhances the design of this parking structure I HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. -5 4-75 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES- 4 - DESIGN GUIDELINES that the structure does not directly abut paved areas. A minimum of a five-foot to seven- foot landscaping strip should be provided between parking areas and the structure. This landscaped area should be designed to provide storm water retention. 9. Consider providing landscaping and vines on building facades to help reduce the visual impact of the structure. lo. Landscaped berms at the perimeter of the garage can be used to screen lower levels to provide an attractive aesthetic appearance without concealing activity or compromising public safety. 11. Surveillance cameras are recommended at the entrances and exits of the structure. Ideally, cameras should be located throughout the structure as well.The cameras should record 24 hours a day and it is recommended the recording be kept on file for a minimum of 3o days. 12. Elevator locations should be clearly marked so that pedestrians can find their way to the elevator quickly and without confusion. 13. A person should not have to enter a vestibule before entering into the elevator waiting area. A preferred design would have people entering and exiting elevators in an area seen by passersby with cars and activity. _ - 14. Elevator areas and stairwells should be well lit and recorded via surveillance cameras 24 # hours a day, every day. 15. Lighting in parking structures should optimally be placed over and between the parked 6 vehicles,as crimes mainly occur between vehicles. Use lights that throw light to the side, thus lighting pedestrians and parked cars. { fi } 16. Lighting should focus on all pedestrian areas of the parking structure. 17. Use energy-efficient lighting where possible. 18. Use as much natural light as possible. I 19. Interior walls and ceilings should be painted white to add more light to the structure by - reflection. 20. Solar panels should be utilized where possible. 4-76 HUNTINGTON BEACH DOW,NTOWN ,&PECIF-IC PLAN �N,Q. =S' DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES,, P .:- = Chapter 5 CIRCULATION & PARKING I$ 1 HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN UPDATE. DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AN-D STRATEGIES this page intentionally left blank HUNT.INGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN U:PDAT.E, DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEG"IES t Rev.Oct 23 5 - CIRCULATION & PARKING I i Chapter 5 - Circulation & Parking 5.1. Introduction Achieving the Specific Plan goals and objectives will require improvements to the existing transportation system. Improvements will include construction of wider sidewalks that provide ' increased capacity and ADA paths of travel from streets to building entrances, realignment of I -; selected roadways, expansion of bicycle and transit facilities,strategies to better manage the parking demand and increase the parking supply. The improvements are intended to make it easier for residents, employees,and visitors to bicycle,walk, and utilize transit to get to and from downtown. I This chapter includes a summary analysis based upon detailed technical reports completed in coordination with the Specific Plan and summarized improvement recommendations from those reports. 5.2. Existing Street Network Characteristics -- - The streets within the Specific Plan Area make up a majority of the publicly-owned property, ' providing for vehicular, bicycle,and pedestrian access. The Downtown circulation system generally consists of a grid system of two-lane streets running parallel and perpendicular to Pacific Coast Highway. Exceptions to this occur at the north end of Downtown,where the'Main Street alignment turns north approximately 45 degrees,and the adjacent streets are oriented accordingly. ] A system of public alleys between the streets provide delivery and loading access for j businesses, access to private parking areas and access to residential garages and carports. i Some businesses also have a rear entrance to accommodate customer access from the alley. The existing street network is described below. 5.2,1. Main Street Main Street is a two-lane roadway designated as a local street and is the"main"street downtown. It carries moderate levels of vehicular traffic and has significant pedestrian levels. Main Street experiences vehicular congestion during the peak summer season and on event ! " days due to increased parking, bicycle and pedestrian activity. Metered parking is provided between Pacific Coast Highway and Palm Avenue. HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 - 5-1 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES 5 - CIRCULATION & PARKING 5.2.2. Pacific Coast Highway Pacific Coast Highway(SR-1) is a State Highway divided by a raised median with four and six lanes in the Specific Plan area. Four lanes exist where on-street parking is provided. It provides regional access to the downtown area and is classified as a six-lane Major Highway(divided) by Caltrans. Beach Boulevard(SR-39)is a State Highway designated as an eight-lane Smart Street on the County of Orange Master Plan of Arterial Highways(MPAH)through the City of Huntington Beach. Beach Boulevard is currently six lanes within the Specific Plan Area. 5.2.3. Goldenwest Street w^ Goldenwest Street is classified as a six-lane Major Roadway on the City's Circulation Plan. The ! six-lane roadway is divided by a raised median and parking is prohibited on both sides. 5.2.4. Walnut Avenue i Walnut Avenue is a two-lane undivided roadway classified on the City's Circulation Plan as a secondary roadway between 6th Street and ist Street and as a Primary Roadway east of ist Street,where it is to become Pacific View Avenue. Parking is available on both sides of theq , roadway,with metered parking within the downtown core. 15.2-5- Pacific View Avenue T Pacific View Avenue is a four-lane roadway divided by a raised median. With the completion of the Pacific City development,the roadway will be extended westward from its current terminus at Huntington Street to connect with Walnut Avenue at ist Street. Parking is prohibited on F both sides of the roadway. Pacific View Avenue is classified as a Primary Roadway on the City's Circulation Plan. 5.2.6. Olive Avenue i{{ Olive Avenue is a two-lane undivided roadway with metered parking through downtown. I } i 5.2.7. Orange Avenue . Orange Avenue is currently a two-lane undivided roadway that is classified as a,four-lane Primary Roadway on the City's Circulation Plan. Orange Avenue becomes Atlanta Avenue east of ist Street. Metered parking is provided on both sides of the street. 5-2 HUNTINGTON BEACH DOW'NTO-WN .SPECIFIC PLAN NO.1-5° DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATE`G'IE`S' Rev.Oct 23 5 - CIRCULATION & PARKING 5.2.8. Lake Street Lake Street borders the eastern edge of the Specific Plan Area from Palm Avenue to Orange Avenue. Lake Street is classified as a four-lane Primary Roadway north of Orange Avenue on the City's Circulation Plan. Lake Street is a two-lane roadway within the Specific Plan Area and has Class II bicycle lanes on both sides of the street between Palm Avenue and 6th Street. 5.2.9. 6th Street ( 6th Street is a two-lane undivided roadway that starts at Pacific Coast Highway and ends at Main I Street. Parking is allowed on both sides of the roadway. 6th Street is classified as a four-lane Primary Roadway from Pacific Coast Highway to Orange Avenue,and as a two-lane Secondary Roadway between Orange Avenue and Main Street on the City's Circulation Plan. i 5.2.10. ist Street i j ist Street provides two travel lanes and a center median between Pacific Coast Highway and Atlanta Avenue. Parking is currently restricted due to construction on the adjacent property. ist Street is designated as a four-lane Primary Arterial on the City's Circulation Plan. 5.2.11. 17th Street 17th Street is a two-lane divided roadway that starts at Pacific Coast Highway,and ends at Main Street. Parking is allowed on both sides of the roadway. 17th Street is classified as a four-lane Primary Roadway on the City's Circulation Plan. 5.2.12. Other Numbered Streets The other numbered streets within the Specific Plan Area provide one vehicle lane in each j direction with metered parking on both sides of the street. All streets have parallel parking j except for 5th Street,which currently has go-degree parking. I i E � HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC' PLAN NO. 5 ' 5-3 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES 5 - CIRCULATION & PARKING 5.3• Proposed Street Network Characteristics The Specific Plan includes development that would result in changes to the circulation network in the downtown area. The network changes are illustrated on Figure 5-1. A description of the improvements and the effect on the transportation network are described in Section 5.3.1. A description of the proposed roadway realignments are described in Section 5.3.2. The new cross-sections and proposed roadway classifications are described and illustrated in Section i 5.3.3• The cross-sections illustrate the curb-to-curb uses as well as the parkways, sidewalks and ' setback dimensions. j 5.3-1- Street Improvements k ' { The pedestrian realm will be enhanced along Main Street and 5th Street within the downtown core. Parking will be eliminated to provide for expanded sidewalks. .3.1.1. Main Street Main Street will continue to have one vehicle traffic lane in each direction and will only be closed to vehicle traffic during select special events. The expanded sidewalk width will be gained by ® removing on-street parking from Pacific Coast Highway to Orange Avenue and relocating the '- - parking into nearby lots and structures. A cross section of Main Street between Pacific Coast Highway and Orange Avenue is shown in Figure 6-3. North of Orange Avenue, existing on-street parking will remain in place and existing sidewalk widths will be maintained. However, design treatments and streetscape enhancements similar to the other portions of Main Street will be implemented. A cross section of Main Street between Orange Avenue and Acacia Avenue is shown in Figure 6-4. The width of the sidewalk in the section from Pacific Coast Highway to Orange Avenue has ' been increased to 26 feet,which provides pedestrians with plenty of space to walk while also providing enough-room for expanded outdoor dining and plaza areas.Any,removal of on-street i6 parking shall be replaced at a 1:1 ratio within walking distance of 350 feet of the existing site and pursuant to HBZSO Section 231:28. 5.3-1.2. 5th Street 5th Street will remain one traffic lane in each direction but the width of sidewalks along 5th Street will increase by converting the current head-in parking spaces to parallel parking spaces. I Any parking spaces lost due to the reconfiguration will be replaced in nearby lots and structures. A A cross section of 5th Street between Walnut Avenue and Orange Avenue is shown in Figure 6-7. 5-4 HUNTINGT`ON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN N,O-. :5' DOWN'T,OWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUMELINES A-ND STRAT-EG- ] &S S 71dey) ■ 111111 1 •� ■111111 �1 1111111111111■11■ IIIIIIINIIII� IIIIIIIII - IIIIIIII 111 IIIIC - �1 ' �j��r �ii!rIi �,•�i� , �p r r o � i O • • ��jr I�r�� ri 5 - CIRCULATION & PARKING An additional io feet of sidewalk will be gained with the new parking arrangement for a total new sidewalk width of 20 feet. This widened sidewalk area will allow for increased dining opportunities and small plazas along the street. 5.3.2• Roadway Realignments The changes include realignment of roadways to better serve the adjacent land uses and some new roadway cross-sections to provide additional bicycle and pedestrian access. -- I . 1 5:3.2A Walnut Avenue i Walnut Avenue will be realigned to intersect with ist Street at a right angle to align with the extension of Pacific View Avenue. This realignment is consistent with current City plans. The _ existing diagonal portion of Walnut Avenue between ist Street and znd Street would be vacated a by the City. The City will need to acquire the land for the public right-of-way between ist Street and znd Street. i Roadway Classification and Cross-Sections 5.3.3• Y The new cross-sections would change the roadway classifications as they are currently defined by the M PAH because the defined functions of the roadways would change-from primarily vehicular-serving to multi-modal facilities. There would be no 4-lane roadways in the Downtown area,and none are needed based upon the traffic forecasts and the Specific Plan objectives. f I r f C t 5-6 HUNTINGTON BEACH "DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN, NO. 5` DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATE.GIES., 1 Rev.Oct 23 5 - CIRCULATION & PARKING 5.3.3.1. 6th Street 6th Street is a two-lane roadway but is currently designated on the City's Circulation Plan as a four-lane"Primary Roadway"from Pacific Coast Highway to Orange Avenue,and as a two-lane"Secondary Roadway"between Orange Avenue and Main Street. The Specific Plan would change the classification to a"Downtown Avenue"with 2 travel lanes(one in each direction)and parking on both sides shared with bicycle lanes on the segment between Orange and Main. The cross-sections below illustrate the 6th Street segments between PCH - and Orange, and Orange and Main. f. 1 I ! I s a 1 .��:;;v:.t:�,;.,: cr W ���i--�i..I�i;,=..';J:!.�,�-�I4Ft�.�t`-�'"_En-�:6:; .t,�.�ti;rlfi+- ,;R;�E7r.•t�_m;���, �C�� '�2.,-;3�!' 8' 15' 1{ SETBACK SIOEWA!_K PARKWAY PARipNCJ&KE LANE TRAFFIC IANE TRAFFIC LANE PARKINGf&KE IANE PARKWAY SIDEWALK SETBACK Figure 5-2 Proposed cross section of 6th Street from Pacific Coast Highway to Orange Avenue AA q 1 I 1 — �-,rsl 3r_.-�t_s �•-'.:'?C�}��t= wit<�i�'� —='.,I;=° _r—^^�' r — z..y..:� "",��$;`",I a1�.In"3��...1=r �:1�,' 1�r ."" tz-I[f`-w"-,,,�.• ._t[ •-r.-"-' �.1•-7'��: jir' s'i.;sr��...i�;a .=.ru..... � '1 15' e' 8' 71' tt' IY IS I � SETBACK SIDEWALK PARKWAY PARK t2' IN G:8I KE LANE TRAFFC LANE TtiAFFlG 1.nNE PARKIN(i:BEKE LANE SIDEWALK 1 Figure 5-3 Proposed cross section of 6th Street from Orange Avenue to Main Street i HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC- PLAN NO. .5 . 5-7 - DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES= 5 - CIRCULATION & PARKING 5^3.3.2. Lake Street Lake Street is also currently classified as a four-lane"Primary Roadway"that would be re- classified as a z-lane"Downtown Avenue"with parking on both sides shared with bicycle lanes. The new cross-section for Lake Street north of Orange Avenue is illustrated below. o F��-+1+�"" d -_v- ._r _ «�N"ice',� r.F�--r-`;."-��.„3.i�is•-'-.11:i��yja;G��-t�trs-.���:�}_v`.='""i`ii°'i��. "`�!F.t�";, � !��'T'-':'^�r. _ ;ra. j SIDEWALK PARKING'BINE IN+E TRAFFIC LANE TRAFFIC LAME PARKING/BIKE LANE PARKWAY SIDEWALK SETBACK I Figure 5-4 Proposed cross section of Lake Street north of Orange Avenue ' I 5_3.3.3. Orange Avenue Orange Avenue is currently classified as a four-lane"Primary Roadway"that would be re- classified as a 2-lane"Downtown Avenue"with parking on both sides shared with bicycle lanes. { The new cross-section for Orange Avenue between ist and 6th Streets is illustrated below. I 17 1Y 1P 11' 12' 17' 1 3j .. SIDEWAUC PARKING/BIKE UNE TRAFFIC LANE TRAFFIC LANE PARKINGlBIKE LANE SIDEWALK I• Figure 5-5'Proposed cross section of Orange Avenue between 1st Street and 6th Street ' 5-8, HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN S PECIFIC'-PLAN'.N6"*' DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRAT.E�GI,ES , - w Rev.oct 23 5- CIRCULATION & PARKING 5.3^3-4. Walnut Avenue Walnut Avenue is currently classified as a secondary roadway between 6th Street and ist Street and as a"Primary Roadway"east of ist Street.The Specific Plan would change the classification to a "Downtown Street"with z travel lanes, parking on both sides of the street and no bicycle lanes. The cross-section below illustrates the Walnut Avenue segment between ist and 6th Streets. } j 4 10' 6 17 12' 8' 10' i SIDEWALK ARKING LAN TRAFFIC LANE TRAFFIC LANE ARKING LAN EIDEWALK Figure 5-6 Proposed cross section of Walnut Avenue between 1st Street and 6th Street a 13.3.5. ist Street i rr� ist Street is designated as a four-lane Primary Arterial on the City's Circulation Plan. The Specific Plan would change the classification to a"Downtown Boulevard"with z travel lanes, a center turn-lane,striped bicycle lanes and no on-street parking. The cross-section below illustrates the ist Street segment between PCH and Orange Avenue. f (E f f } k Apt } .�?:z" 6 15 SIDEWALK PARKING LAN BUCE TRAFFIC LANE CENTER LANE TRAFFIC LANE BIKE PARKWAY SDEWALK�� :i:.�SETBACK ' LANE LANE � } Figure 5-7 Proposed cross section of 1st Street between Pacific Coast Highway and Orange Avenue " HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN. NO. 5 5-9 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES' 5 - CIRCULATION & PARKING 5.4• Bicycle Facilities 5.4•1. Existing Facilities The Specific Plan Area includes a combination of bicycle facilities. Class II Bicycle Lanes,which are striped on the roadway and marked with signs,currently exist on Lake Street between Palm Avenue and Pecan Avenue, on Goldenwest Street and on 17th Street. On Lake Street south of Pecan Avenue to Orange Avenue,the bicycle lanes become a Class III Bicycle Route,which is marked by signs only. The Specific Plan Area also features a Class I multi-use recreational path along the beach through the Specific Plan Area. The City's Bicycle Plan indicates that a Class I I Bicycle Lane is planned within the Specific Plan Area on Atlanta Avenue. Figure 5-8 shows the �-- existing bicycle facilities in the Specific Plan Area. There is significant bicycle travel in the downtown, particularly for local residents.The existing bicycle facilities are well-used and connect residential areas with downtown. Bicyclists also I I; frequently use the downtown streets without dedicated bicycle lanes;such as Main Street, 5th i v i Street, and 6th Street, as well as the streets crossing Main Street; on these streets the bicyclists I must share the road with vehicles. Demand for bicycle parking downtown significantly exceeds the supply of bicycle rack parking. This shortage of formal bicycle parking does not stop people from riding their bicycles downtown. Bicyclists either do not park their bicycles,riding the bicycles throughout the E downtown instead of walking, or the bicyclists park and lock their bicycles.to fixed structures j other than bicycle racks, including sign posts, parking meters,trees,fences, and gates. I t � j # _ E E � I Iry �3 r ;5-gip HUN.TINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECI°FIC PLAN N'0 , 5 ; "a ° DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND-STRATEG°I�ES ° ; Rev.Octz3 5 - CIRCULATION & PARKING F,S Palm 4''a • i4Zric�ia' d A / x CIO • F /• 6th Pecan No 04.001. •\ /. sss. ••� .1C sf •• ti 17, .• • A ♦ C Legend .. Class I Bikeway - Existing ••.� ... Class II Bikeway - Existing �'�•,• .go Class II Bikeway - Proposed Class III Bikeway - Proposed W Bikeway Connection - Proposed Parcel Figure 5-8 Existing and Proposed Bicycle Facilities HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 5-11 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES 5 - CIRCULATION &PARKING _ 5.4.2. New Bikeways New bicycle facilities within the core downtown will be provided to provide additional incentive for more people to bike to and from downtown,and to better serve the large number of existing bicycle enthusiasts. The new connections are shown on Figure 5-8. Bicycle connections will be incorporated into the beach area near ist Street and 6th Street to provide convenient links tothe-Class-l-bicycle path on the sand.from Pacific Coast Highway. With improved crossings at ist Street and 6th Street,the connections will helplink the existingAl i separated bicycle path to other'parts,of the downtown.'. = u k Class II bicycle lanes will be provided along 6th Street from,Pacific Coast H,ighway"to the realigned intersectionwith,Main Street at Acacia Avenue. From there,the'bicycle lanes will � d s� cross Main Street and travel along Acacia Avenue to link to the existing bicycle lane along Lake Street. T �p Class II bicycle lanes will also be provided on Atlanta Avenue and Orange-Avenue,from ca Huntington Street to Lake Street. At the Orange Avenue/Lake Street intersection' the lanes"will ` continue north on Lake Street to connect with the existing bicycle lanes. This connection-will link the existing Class I I route along Huntington Street to the existing Class I I facility along Lake` Street. „ Class III signed bicycle route signs will be installed along 3rd Street from Orange Avenue to Walnut�Avenue and along Orange Avenue from Lake Street,to 6th.Street.-The.existing'right- of-way along these roadways does not allow for striped Class.11 bike lanes. The bikeroute s 3 designation will provide for designated connections within the core downtown.' �r 5.4.3. Additional Bic Cie Parking Additional bicycle racks will be dispersed throughout-the downtown in areas where available 'space ermits without impeding pedestrian movement or re uirin .the removaho �Pkfaring ;, k l New bicycle racks can be added at the following locations •, On-street, in the triangle-shaped,chevron-striped,areas at the end diagonal-parking x 'f rows., On the sidewalk,along red-striped curbs where parking is prohibited,`or where an , extended sidewalk area is provided At the end of coi-ner,curb extensions:.: Y • 'Adjacent to or near buildings, out of the walking pathVA 5.12 HU'hNTING'Tb BEACH D30WMTOWN SPECIFIC P,LAN O' 5 kit- DOV1%NTOWNS�PECh.FIC P_LAN�-°GUID`ELLNESAND SRACEGIS ' f Rev. OCt 23 5 - CIRCULATION & PARKING Im Acacia Y o, 9e y 1r pit, i e ®� ®® a dc;ACJM Od a sfy 'L° ® A dcl/f. C @� I qL I Legend ° Adjacent to Building ■ On Sidewalk N On-Street-At End of Diagonal Parking • Under Pier Specific Plan Boundary Figure 5-9 Potential New Bicycle Rack Locations HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 5- DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES 5,-.CIRCULATION & PARKING- ,. Potential bicycle rack locations are shown on Figure 5-9. The locations represent space for approximately 55o additional bicycles. A bicycle station with organized storage facilities and attendants could be located within the downtown. Some City-owned paseos could be prime locations for new bicycle parking, such as the paseo extending west from Main Street on the block between Walnut Avenue and Olive Avenue. Additional bicycle parking could also be provided in some private developments, such as the plaza and breezeway areas of the Pierside Pavilion, m and around Plaza Almeria, and inside other parking structures. ' In addition to'these spaces within the downtown,there is opportunity_for additional bicycle _ parking spaces on the beach side of Pacific Coast Highyvay.-,A,high-capacity bicycle parking . ! ' facility could_be located in the Pier.Plaza, under the Pier, and in and:around the Pier Parking,,: _. areas. i The location of public bicycle parking facilities that accommodate tenor more bicycles will be identified as part of the downtown sign program., " x 3 r Specific bicycle parking requirements are found in Section 3.2.26.5. Bicycle'Spaces Required',of -this Specific Plan. 5.5, Transit Facilities 5.5.1. Existing Service` i The Orange Count Transportation Authorit OCTA rovides local and re ional,bus service g Y R Y( ) p g - : to the City of Huntington Beach. Figure 5-10 illustrates the five bus`routes,operated by g OCTA"within the Specific Plan Area and the location of.the,existing bus stops. In general,the- downtown area is served by transit seven days a weekwith fairly regular.`service=of less than 30 ` _ � j minute intervals(headways).between buses. The downtown:can=be accessed via transit from all directions by one or more routes., i ^;ram'- 514 HUNTIN..GT()N BELA-CH -o-W:NTOW,td SPyECIFI,C`PLAIV NO S , 1 DOV1%NTOWN SPECdFIC F,LAl� GUtDyELINES AND STRATEGIES '* £ Rev. Oct23 5 CIRCULATION & PARKING Pairrr kve. i Legend Transit Routes df �s m m —25 yam. —29 � —172 - 173 \ 2 0Specific Plan Boundary IIIAAA __ _ Parcels � /—Atlanta vs. 173 Cp 5}' a + spy yy ~yA dCiS R' Atlanta ve. yy 3 cj~ u ryyA n a ?saC,�C pie >r M figure 5-10 Existing Transit Service HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 5 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES 5 - CIRCULATION & PARKING ; The transit routes through the downtown have been designed to avoid having buses travel. on Main Street,with buses traveling primarily on Orange Avenue,ist Street,or Pacific Coast Highway through the Specific Plan Area. Bus stops are located on Orange Avenue east of Main Street and on the north and south side of Orange Avenue near ist Street. Bus stops for Route 1 are also located at various locations along both sides of Pacific Coast Highway through the Specific Plan Area. A bus layover zone with bus stops for all five routes is located on Pacific Coast Highway between ist Street and Huntington Avenue. Facility improvements are currently planned for the.bus_layover zone,_ The downtown area, including the beach and the pier, are within'easy walking distance for downtown employees and visitors from the existing bus,stop locations., 5.5:2. Transit Improvements Improvements to the transit system can provide additional incentive or motivation for people 'to choose transit to get to and from downtown, instead of driving and parking their vehicle.And { some of the pedestrian improvements defined in this Specific Plan will provide for improved access to transit stops. - ® 5.5.2.1. ' PCH Bus Layover Zone _ Facility improvements are planned for the bus layover zone on PCH between ist and Huntington Street. This zone accommodates stops for all five of the routes that serve the downtown: The improvements include street furniture amenities and trash cans. . 5_5.2.2. Tr611ey System � A downtown `-`trolley" service may be provided e p' to circulate between the hotel development closer'to Beach Boulevard,the Pacific City s' development,the core_downtown, and x the residential neighborhoods surrounding downtown. The trolley is envisioned to , ` `f be a bus=like.vehicle with tires that would � allow nearby residents who work in or visit �. downtown to:do so without driving-and t o parking.'It would also allow visitors to move easily between'the hotels ,, Pacific City,the [ Cultural Arts area,and the downtown core andr .the Strand,.by allowing these visitorsto park 71 �f-! Example of a trolley, - '� s" Y,rl'q S Wk- 45 HUNTI46TON BEACH 'D.OVVN,TOVVN SP<E=CI;F:aC P,LIAN N ' k _ t ' DOw,NTOWN SPEGt=FICRLANGUIDE� INES RNDSTRATEGLES .� � � . Rev.Oct 23 5 - CIRCULATION & PARKING their vehicles once and access the other areas of the downtown through an interesting trolley system. Trolley stops would be clearly marked and designed with a consistent theme,and the shuttle schedule should be posted and advertised. The frequency of shuttle arrivals and the duration of service, including starting and ending times,will be dependent on seasonal demand and ridership levels. Implementation of a shuttle service would require additional analysis. The routes, headways, t i and costs would need to be defined. The service could be operated by the City or by a private provider. The costs could be based upon fares(user fees)or be paid for by the downtown businesses or the City. Similar services that exist in other southern California cities, such as,'free Manhattan Beach Ocean Express Trolley could be studied for implementation. : 5.6. Parking Facilities ( 5.6.1. Existing Parking Conditions The public parking supply includes all on-street spaces, City-owned off-street parking facilities, privately-owned off-street parking facilities that are available to the general public,and privately-owned off-street parking lots that are available for use only by the employees and customers of some businesses. There are currently 1,875 parking spaces located within the Specific Plan Area and another 397 spaces downtown. Of the total,76o spaces are located on, streets and 1,512 are located in off-street facilities. Analysis of the current parking demand did ' not include off-street parking spaces reserved for residential uses. There are four existing parking structures located downtown and all are pay facilities available to the general public. All other off-street parking is privately-owned,with use generally restricted to the patrons of those businesses. A detailed analysis of existing parking conditions as well as strategies and action items to address existing parking issues is provided in Appendix Y E of the Specific Plan. Parking in the downtown area is seasonal in nature,with significant fluctuations throughout the day,week and year influenced heavily by beach-goers. The current parking supply generally accommodates the typical demand on weekdays and weekends during the non-peak seasons. The demand increases with at-capacity or over-capacity conditions occurring during-peak summer days, particularly on weekends. The parking demand exceeds the supply on summer holidays and special event days. The chart below summarizes the current parking demand. i HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 5.17' DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND. ST.RA.T,E61ES 5 CIRCULATION & PARKING Sommer Wintrr Wookends I T pics Summer / Special Event Session Verner Weak 1 School in Session School BrooksW-and 1 #days per 175 85 777year %490 48% 23% 5% 4% All street parking full, residents increasingly impacted. Supplemental Adequate parking. Beach-goers traa�trg at on no meja faclities parking in Fern- measures plenty of parking encroathrc,ugchment out downtuvn. full free street do"tmn enade Any parking enaoachmant in SIMC needed, The Experience Parking parking taken, structures.Some Etpsrerrce r rking, rhoods is to toad of ingpar for turf rwi residentserely increased perking perking still Clfiicuk eeverel parkhg,and not due to lack of parking occurs on available d Supply to led impacted. neighborhood throughout peMlnq streets. downtown. Figure 5-11 Current parking demand 5.6.2. Future Parking Demand and Supply As new development occurs over the life of the Specific Plan, it is anticipated that approximately 300 to 40o additional off-site parking spaces will be necessary to support the net new development expected within the downtown. All residential and hotel development will required to have all parking on-site. Non-residential and non-hotel development will be required to provide parking on-site. In some cases,the requirement may be satisfied by paying an in-lieu fee, if applicable. All new development will be required to replace any parking lost due to construction as well as providing any net new parking required. Any loss of on-street parking spaces will be required to be replaced at a one to one ratio. Refer to Section 3.2.26.- Parking for specific parking requirements. The number of additional off-site parking spaces that will be required was calculated from the maximum development potential estimated for the Specific Plan Area and the on-street spaces that will be lost due to the redesign of Main Street. Figure 5-12 illustrates the zones where the additional off-street parking will be provided. The downtown is divided into three zones,with 50 percent of the needed parking proposed in zone A and z5 percent of the needed parking proposed in zones B and C. Zone A includes the Cultural Arts Overlay area,which will provide additional public parking in an underground structure. DRAI -18 HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES Rev. OCt23 5 - CIRCULATION & PARKING Palm p� A 50% -� 1 0/_ e r B 25% a, C 25% Arc' f6 �ba�f� rya �y A c Pk19 1-19 Legend Zone A N Zone B Zone C 0 Specific Plan Boundary Parcels re 5-12 Additional OK-site Parking Spaces Needed Due to Net New Development HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 5- DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES 5 - CIRCULATION & PARKING 5.6.3. Parking Improvement Strategies The parking improvement strategies described in the following sections will work in combination to manage the parking demand (who parks where,for how long and how much they pay) and increase the parking supply.These strategies were developed based upon the parking analysis,stakeholder input, and comments from residents at workshops to address future downtown needs and issues. The recommended improvements identified below are intended to represent a"toolbox" of strategies that can be implemented based upon opportunity. Some of the strategies, such as implementing a valet program, r could be easily and quickly achieved. Other strategies, such as constructing M temporary lots and forming business- to-business agreements,will require AllanianY additional effort and time to achieve. One of the most important aspects to consider is that most of the strategies are, and should be, interconnected. For example, parking in remote facilities � � S with a shuttle service can be provided on the busiest event days, or serve as Figure 5-13 Residential Parking Boundary an option for employees in the future —which would reduce the demand for employee parking spaces downtown. As each improvement is implemented,the remaining strategies may need to be redefined. - 5.6.3.1. Residential Parking Visitors to the beach and Downtown and employees of downtown businesses often park on residential streets. On a typical day,this is an issue primarily on the streets closest to the downtown commercial businesses. On high demand days, such as summer weekends and downtown event days, parking encroachment into the neighborhoods extends further. Implementation of a parking meter/residential permit system would preserve the spaces for residents as long as they have a permit. The boundary area recommended for this program is illustrated in Figure 5-13. The cost to park on these streets should be comparable to the cost to park by the hour at the beach or downtown. The meters should have time limits and the permits should be restricted to specific streets. U -20 HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES Rev.Oct 23 5 - CIRCULATION & PARKING 5.6.3.2. Valet Parking Program A valet parking program would increase the parking capacity by as much as 40 percent, due to the ability of attendants to park more vehicles more efficiently. Valet parking could be useful in any new or existing parking structure and might be especially beneficial for hotel uses. The Pierside structure lower level is already striped for both regular and valet parking operations and the valet striping can accommodate approximately 6o more vehicles. The lower floor and the two upper floors of the Promenade structure could accommodate approximately 125 _ additional vehicles. The Strand parking structure is already configured for valet parking, but the I ; Plaza Almeria structure would not yield as many additional spaces due to of the configuration of the parking aisles and support columns. A valet parking program could be organized in many different ways,such as being led by businesses or the City, provided all or only part of the time,and/or with or without formal agreements. The parking study report provides more detailed information regarding the options for how a valet program could be implemented. 5.6.3.3. Commercial Parking Commercial parking is a pay lot operated by a private entity. This use is allowed in some parts of the Specific Plan Area, including the core downtown area of District 1.To expedite this private sector investment,the City could either use its own land for a parking facility or the City could purchase land and actively recruit a parking developer to create a privately-operated parking venue. Depending upon the size of the property,the facility could be conventional surface parking, an automated parking structure, or a conventional parking structure. I 5.6.3.4. Parking Fees _.,. The rates(fees)currently charged to park downtown do not reflect the variable demand. Rate modification will help the City manage the demand by influencing where people park and for how long and improve parking conditions for all users. Rate changes will likely also increase revenues,which will allow the City to better manage the parking assets by providing for long- term maintenance and increase parking supply. The rate study will compare rates charges t in similar, nearby cities and will include analysis of all City parking programs; beach parking, validation, residential i 5.6.3.5. Shuttle Service { Access to parking spaces outside of the downtown area could increase the available parking I I supply on the days that have been defined as the highest demand.There are approximately I 1,30o existing parking spaces north of downtown that have been identified for potential use as i remote parking sites. A shuttle or trolley service could be provided between these locations J and the Specific Plan Area. Agreements between the City and property owners may be required 1 d HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 5-21 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES 5 CIRCULATION & PARKING y nxo--e c First United Baptist Church Seacliff Office Park �'- 450-500% 450-500 Huntington Beach Huntington Beach High School 'civic Center Soo u 5P Wortwy Park 400 4.- First Christian hurch 4. —j 30 me �a Vo h in 5�' Y 1 J A 90 ate. 'a Pe 94e a� 9�e Frankfort Ave O� 0,9 9 P i� A Legend p o m *Shuttle Drop Off-Location 'Y(.� A J dc�i m ♦31 Mile Radius a Vek. C31.5 Mile Radius qDe OSpecific Plan Boundary Parcels {� - Figure 5-14 Potential Shuttle Service Parking Lot Locations -22 HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES Rev.Oct 23 5- CIRCULATION & PARKING to use these parking facilities. The shuttle service would be needed to transport users and demand would increase as the demand downtown increases. Implementation of a shuttle service would require many defined actions and responsibilities, including who would fund, operate and manage the service—which would likely be the City, a private entity or the Business Improvement District(BID). Advertisement and signs would be required. A pick-up/drop-off point for the shuttle should be located near the north end of downtown to allow the shuttle to complete its circuit between downtown and the remote lots more quickly. These remote lots could be used for special events and/or could provide parking for employees;some spaces - - could be designated for employees only whenever the shuttle service is provided. Figure 5-14 illustrates the locations of these public and private lots,which are described below. • Huntington Beach City Hall has approximately 450 spaces,which are generally available during evenings and weekends. • Seacliff Office Park has approximately 500 spaces,which are generally available during evenings and weekend. These spaces are privately owned and may need an agreement with the City. • The City of Huntington Beach Central Library and Sports Complex is located 2 miles away from the core downtown and has approximately 700 spaces. While the number of spaces available for downtown events would depend upon the schedule of events -- slated for this location,it is estimated that 300 spaces are available during most i evenings and weekends. Since the location is 2 miles away,use of these spaces may be most feasible for the larger downtown events, such as 4th of July weekend. • On a case-by-case basis, parking supplies in nearby school, park,and church parking lots may also be available for event parking, depending on the days,times, and whether or not the school or church has their own activities scheduled. The potential- for another approximately 1,1oo parking spaces is identified in a number of school and church parking lots within a 1.5-mile radius of downtown. 5.6.3.6. Public/Private Partnerships The City/agency could partner with developers of larger parcels to provide additional public parking in excess of the needs for the subject project.The recently constructed Strand project is an example of how this system could work. r 5.6.3.7.Employee-Only Parking Designated employee-only parking spaces could be provided in the downtown area. Some i E employers currently provide parking validation for their employees, but those employees often utilize the most prime public parking spaces for long periods of time.The lowest levels of the Plaza Almeria and Pierside Pavilion structures and the upper level of the Promenade. structure could be designated for employees only. Monthly permits or employer validations could compensate the garages. Reduced rates could be charged, even.if only during non-peak HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN, SPECIFICTLAN� N0...51 1 . 5-23 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES 5 - CIRCULATION & PARKING demand times. Businesses could also enter into agreements with each other,with those with more spaces than needed being compensated in some way by businesses needing spaces for their employees. The new lots constructed on vacant parcels could also serve employees only. 5.6.3.8. Parking Structures Additional new conventional or automated parking structures will be needed within the downtown to accommodate the i future parking demand. - =: 5.6.3.1o. Parking Wayfinding Signage A series of static and electronic ip parking wayfinding signs should j be installed throughout the downtown. The signs will An automated parking structure adjacent to the Art Center would provide indicate the location Of parking approximately 200 new parking spaces-Images compliments of Apex Parking facilities and the number of spaces available at each designated location. The signs will direct users to harder-to-find spaces, .n manage the parking supply more efficiently, and minimize vehicle circulation. These information �. and direction signs should be located on the approaches to Downtown to inform the driver of where parking spaces are available, so that drivers can make the appropriate driving decisions prior to reaching a parking structure that is already full. The signs should also be posted near the major parking facilities, indicating how much parking is available at that facility, and' directing drivers to other locations where parking is available, if necessary. j n � - Sign locations and design should be coordinated with other direction and wayfinding signs within the Specific Plan Area. 5.6.3.11. Utilize Vacant Parcels i . . Small parking lots should be constructed on currently vacant parcels as an interim use-until that property is developed. This could include both City-owned and private properties. Lots located on the downtown periphery could be designated for employee-only parking and employers could be required to purchase or provide validations. The lots shall be designed with 1 E lighting, paving,and marked spaces in accordance with Chapter 231 of the,ZSO..Monitoring and enforcement would be required. Vacant parcels and the potential number of parking spaces = that could be gained are identified on Figure 5-15. Up to 265 parking spaces could be provided if this strategy were implemented. As each property is developed,these spaces would be eliminated and would likely need to be replaced either as part of the development or in another location. ' 2 HUNTINGT"ON BEACH'� DOWNTOWN S-PECIF"IC PLAN N'O. 5- 4� 5� DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES • �'i�, �♦�%/ �j ,,III I� , . III //� /�� I/��.•� Q�//I //��I� � '/ • O/i /� � �O ��I�IIII .� ♦IIIIII ♦��� 11 1► I�♦ �� 11 11�■ 11111111111111 � °'' 11111111 IIIIII .IIIII IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII • 1111111111 1111111111111111111111�II1■11111 IIII 111IIII 1111 nllllllllllllllll - IIIIII IIIIII ■IIIII =� �_ :1111111 11111�1 I Chapter 5 5 - CIRCULATION &PARKING 5.6.3.12. Parkins? Information and Guidance System A system that provides real-time information regarding _ # x parking space availability should be developed and # implemented for all of the existing and future large Yl parking facilities. The benefits of real-time information <x" za _ - are greater than what can be provided with static g P parking wayfinding signs. The system would help users °^ r ..identify spaces faster,,spend less time,driving.to^look �= for spaces and better understand the practical parking capacity—the perception as it relates to the operational ` f if effi'cilency and accessibility,of a parkingsupply. Currently, only the^Promenade parking structure provides real-time arkin su I information in^the form of a small di ital ^ ` information, parking_ g PP Y" g A system that providesreat-time }a � sign Over both entrances. regarding parkingspace'availability should be - implemented torah existing and future parking �x facilities A parking information and guidance,system should be provided for the parking structures,'plus-other select ' locations, in downtown to assist users in finding parking-and-maximizing the use of;available >t parking. This system is estimated to result in approximately to percent additional efficiency in the existing structures, or approximately loo available parking spaces. _. A. ° Y M Y ^^z x 'a ^ x 3� a'. f 5 6 HU`NTINGTO'tV BEACH DOW�ITOW.N S ECIF 'C PLAN NO{ 5 1 F�i �£ DO'"W4NTOINN SPECtFiG PLAN GU{D',ELINQES "AND4S:TR'ATEG{ESA F$ " a Chapter 6 STrK"" EETSCAPE & PUBL ] C AMIE.NIITIES r {¢ $ p w t. a � � HU.NTI.NGTON.i,BfACH 17C?WNQW'N SPECIFIC PLAN UPpATE r !)OW( TOWIV S°_Pf>C'1'FiC 'PLAN `GUI.D;ELIIVES ANDSTATEGIES this page intentionally left blank 5', ' a Aa ws J P 4 ' i� t �- � r _ - � � .yam• %txpr �+< F z .; v ec 'Y 3 x z a �zm ai � £ C 5 s a 42 r ASKAR Air HUN,TINGTON BEACH. -DO 'N'TOWN,SPECIFI~C -PLfCN UP�A7E fWk4,, � a## ', DC►WN,NTOW-N',SPECI-F.IC PLAN GUYD,FLINES AND ST.'RAT GIES ` Rev.Oct 23 6 - STREETSCAPE &-PUBLIC AMENITIES " Chapter 6 - Streetscape & Public Amenities 6.1. Intent The intent of streetscape improvements and public amenities is to create a pleasant and inviting downtown that enhances the surrounding architecture and activities,without disturbing the current positive atmosphere that attracts visitors and locals_. The goal is to provide-a consistent and cohesive theme that will unify and highlight the distinctive characteristics of the Specific ' Plan Area. - � The area will continue to develop into an exciting downtown that provides a unique visitor; k , experience 'Within a setting that is able to serve both large-scale special events and everyday commerce.This chapter provides recommendations for public streets within the Specific'Plan . ::r�dY Area and includes a coordinated streetscape and landscaping program devised to integrate y street furnishings, unique paving treatments,enhanced pedestrian,connectivity, new public K, I ; gathering spaces,and public art. 6..2. Overall Design Concept t The design concept for the-Specific Plan Area is to bring the ocean theme into,the downtown , From furnishings that mimic a sunset over the ocean to wave patterns flowing along the sidewalks of Main Street,downtown's relationship to the ocearrinspires the streetscape design: Incorporating ocean themes throughout the downtown will remind all downtown patrons of the importance of the ocean to Downtown Huntington Beach,whether or not the individual is actually visiting the beach. Creating an ocean experience downtown will build on the"Surf City"culture and create an iconic downtown environment. Beginning with significant streetscape improvements to Main Street,the new design concept `, �F will effectively create a natural extension of the pier down Main Street. The improvements will { � continue from the pier area to Acacia Avenue,thus drawing visitors and residents along the � A street to the north end of the downtown. i i The ocean theme will also spread to other local streets in the downtown through a variety,of features, such as paving patterns and furnishings. The level of design detail given to each street within the Specific Plan is carefully considered to create a special atnr osphere for each street that is reflective of the existing and expected new uses along the street. R r '. -.,.•`` ' .a `' aT r .s`x i ," _ . -, , .v -• , .'� ,,a °`,, d HUN.T�I_NGTON -SEAC_H ,D.OWNTOW.N 5:P-ECtF:,IC "PLA(�[ N.O S^ ;, DQW NT:C►WN .SP°ECa;F1C°PLAN GU°1.�ELIW S AND STRATEGIES s 6 - STREETSCAPE & PUBLIC AMENITIES The main goal of the streetscape design concepts is to create a pedestrian-friendly environment throughout the Specific Plan Area where both residents and visitors can peruse shops,go to work, and stroll and relax. 6.3. Streetscape Improvement Themes a Streetscape improvements are delineated for each of the streets within the Specific Plan Area. Each street has a designated streetscape improvement theme, or set of coordinated jv recommendations,for varying degrees of streetscape improvements,depending on the character and activity of the street. Seven streetscape themes were developed based on the activity expected along that�street. The Streetscape Improvements Themes Locations, shown in Figure 6:1,designates the location of each streetscape improvement theme. The following discussion details the location of=each � > streetscape treatment and the specific elements and street furnishings for each theme. While there are separate streetscape treatments,the objective is to create a uriified public- realm that provides a cohesive element for the downtown. It is also important to note that while the boundaries of the Specific Plan only extend to i the center lines of the streets on the edges of the boundary, the recommendations of this Specific Plan extend to encompass both sides of these streets to further promote cohesive development of these streetscapes. . r �' qn- 5.. .. i. t° a, asp "a."r'. a s-�, -e�,' e j *d" ,`' am�.'d; '`r m �„A M,d' t�.k t- y a t E r;2 HUNTINGTONBEACH :D.'OWN OWNSfPECIFIC PLANNU 5 � x �DOW'NTOV1/N SPECIFIC PLAN YGUfDELI,NES"W S1RATE IES� r' � ` Rev. Oct 23 6 - STREETSCAPE & PUBLIC AMENITIES we Ad Aced %a o, i A q ya A aC� aC� ap��E° c0 Sara a °a r arh � sry, ,yam H 7Ir Key Map Streetscape t Key Map Streetscape z Key Map Streetscape 3 Awci G° G°� �a Palm Palm 9 ° m O„ e o B o Baia r �a a%p O �m e0 4a °aarti � °asrti w C� '9 � m Ary4aY m W Key Map Streetscape q Key Map Streetscape S Key Map Streetscape 6 'god yaraar Each street within the Specific Plan Area has a designated Streetscape nary 01 improvement theme,or set of coordinated recommendations,for shwa varying degrees of streetscape improvements,depending on the character and activity of the street.The Key Maps presented here illustrate where each of the different Streetscape theme areas are located within the Specific Plan Area. Key Map Streetscape 7 re 6-1 Metal V HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES I� 6 = STREETSCAPE"& PUBLIC"AMEN.I,TIES Golden Medallion Tree Outer Wave Pattern: Inner Wave Pattern: Cassia leptophylla Beige Colored Blue/Green Beach Glass Sandblasted Concrete Existing Brick e with Shell Pattern Pavers Downtown ,, 1 Huntington f� Beach Logo e e Planter/Bollards Downtown Huntington Pink Trumpet Tree Existing Raised Medjool Date Palm Beach Logo Tabebuia avellanedae Seat Wall/Planter Phoenix dactylifera e Figure 6-2 Plan view with trees of Streetscape 1-Main Street between Walnut Avenue and Orange Avenue t 6.3.1. Streetscape 1: Main Street : Streetscape i is located along Main Street.from Pacific Coast Highway to Acacia Avenue. This > - street contains the heaviest pedestrian traffic of any street in downtown Huntington Beach, and, as a result, it will receive the highest level of design treatment and furnishings.. ': & 2 Streetscape improvements shall provide pedestrians With safe,convenient,and attractive passage throughout this retail and entertainment center; improvements will factor in.vehicular traffic and will accommodate temporary road closures for special events. The look and feel of Main Street will become more intimate with expanded sidewalks that'WilI } " result in_a more pleasant walking experience and dining experience-alorig the street. The result will be a plaza-like atmosphere across the whole street that will'Work'Whether Main Street is � open to vehicles,as_it will be most of the time,or whether it,is closed to Vehicles during spec►al : events. In effect; Main Street will function as atruepedestrian-oriented corridor: j Main Street will continue to have one vehicle traffic lane in each direction and will only,be closed p to vehicle traffic during select'special events. The expanded sidewalk width will be gained by ,= ; removing on-street parking from.Pacific�CoastHighway to, ;,range Avenue and�relocating the parking into,nearby lots and structures. Across section of`Main Street between Pacific-Coast " Highway and Orange Avenue is shown in Figure'6 3._ - - + Pit a. .y rik 4 r 4 M _ n� Z HU ITING,T,O- 1 BEACH DOWN,TOVI7N SPECIFIC PLAN sN S ` � 'DOWFT0IIVN. S.PECI_F1C P'LAN 'GUIDELIId-ES fi1DS1 R�T�GffS Rev.Oct 23 6 — STREETSCAPE &.PUBLIC AMENITIES North of Orange Avenue, existing on-street parking will remain in place and existing sidewalk widths will be maintained. However, design treatments and streetscape enhancements similar to the other portions of Main Street will be implemented. A cross section of Main Street between Orange Avenue and Acacia Avenue is shown in Figure 6-4. From Pacific Coast Highway to Orange Avenue,the traffic Jic lanes of Main Street will be paved with a distinctive gray concrete in diagonally scored pattern to indicate the unique nature of this part of Main Street and contribute to the plaza-like atmosphere..A portion of the downtown logo will }x ; be incorporated into the paving pattern at select intervals. The concrete paving pattern'vvill help y to create a plaza setting for Main Street when the street is closed to vehicle traffic for'special I � events but will also serve as an attractive driving surface when the street is open. Decorative s removable bollards can be used to block o Main Street to vehicle traffic during special events a , off g. The most significant feature of the Main Street streetscape is the enhancement-of the sidewalk P area. The width of the sidewalk in the section from Pacific Coast Highway to Orange Avenue 4 has been increased to 26 feet,which provides pedestrians,with lent of's ace to walk while` f P p plenty p � also providing enough room for expanded outdoor dining and plaza areas. Outdoor dining .. ii will be relocated adjacent to the restaurants with a clear passage area required between the . i curb and the,outdoor dining area. Plazas and public open spaces are required with most new ' I ..ee OUTDOOR DININGf TRAFFIC LANE TRAFFIC LANE OUTDOOR DININGi PLAZA SPACEISIDEWALK PLAZA SPACEISIDEWALK RIGHT-OF-WAY 1: ' Figure 6.3 Cross section of Main Street from Pacific Coast Highway to Orange Avenue, HU`NTINGTON B.)=ACH ,D.OWNTO_VVN SPECIFIC PL,A I NO 5 65 DOV1!NTOWN SPEC.IFIC P".LA1y, GUIDEL114 S A;N'D STRATEGIES = J 6 - STREETSCAPE & PUBLIC AMENITIES 77 L. t, '...# L 8 x u � T na e WIDTH VARIES WIDTH VARIES 12'-14' 12'-14' WIDTH VARIES WIDTH VAS SIDEWALK ANGLED PARKING TRAFFIC LANE TRAFFIC LANE PARKING LAN SIDEWAIL-,, RIGHT-OF-WAY p NOTE ALL TRAFFIC LANES,ON-STREET ANGLED AND PARALLEL PARKING, -r . "` AND SIDEWALKS TO REMAIN THE EXISTING CONFIGURATION AND WIDTHS Figure 6-4 Cross section of Main Street from Orange Avenue to Acacia Avenue development. These new plazas will provide convenient public gathering and rest areas and will be-furnished with a variety of amenities such as benches trash receptacles, double-arm, � ' pedestrian lighting, bicycle parking, ornamental planters, and street trees in tree grates. � _ The"sidewalk area along Main Street from Pacific Coast Highway to Acacia'Avenue will have a unique paving design that highlights the distinctive character of downtown Huntington:Beach i The new sidewalk design will retain the existing pavers closest to the building facades. In tli`e `g area between these pavers and the curb edge, a double layer wave pattern will be placed on-the ' _ s. sidewalk. i _ The portion of the wave closest to the pavers will_be composed of a,crushed coi-fiposite in a ..: � lighter beige color that is reminiscent of sand and crushed seashells. The other side of the wave `. close to the curb edge will be paved with a Lithocrete®composite of tumbled-beach glass ink, , k _whites, blues,and greens. The wave pattern should be reflective of random, undulating waves k wO- and should not mirror the patterns across the street. This sidewalk design will easily incorporate the existing"surfing walk of fame"'plaques and e, provide for a continuation of this feature along the streetscape. Kr .ce T ,,+p y^� p ' 3 a . :..A 4A' ? 6 ' e L«;I �'� :F_ = Srd F+ 4 k. HUNTINGTON BE,i4°CH DOV1/NTOVI7N SPEC1FtC PLAW,'N�O 5 � "4 .Q a DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC, PLAN GUIDEyLINES AND STRAT'E'Gg, s r¢� " .r~ar a-x '°"'v` i^ L't ,,•„z, Rev.Oct 23 6 =STREETSCAPE & PUBLIC AM ENITIES On Main Street,from Orange Avenue to Acacia Avenue,the sidewalk will remain the existing width and the wave pattern will be adjusted to accommodate these features in smaller bands. Outdoor dining, plazas, and enhanced street furnishings will be incorporated into the sidewalk design in this section as well. In some areas, existing pavers may need to be removed to incorporate the new paving design; these pavers will be reused for areas that currently have concrete sidewalks instead of pavers. The wave pattern on the sidewalks will be,designed to wrap around the existing large circular =` planter seat walls found along the street at intersections and mid-block crossings. These ` << _• large planter seat walls will also be incorporated into the street at intersections and mid=block crossings where the planters do not currently exist. All large planters at mid-block crossings between Walnut Avenue and Acacia avenue will feature � i t � new pink trumpet trees to provide shade,and color to thestreetscape;while the larger planters ,; .,_.,,. t at intersections will hold olden medallion trees. On the first block o Main'Street between g f� f Pacific Coast Highway and Walnut Avenue,,multi-trunk Newi Zealand Christmas Trees will be used at mid-block crossings and single-trunk New Zealand Christmas Trees will be used at the Pacific � Coast Highway and Main Street intersection. Decorative square tree grates will be incorporated. close to the street edge approximately every 20 feet to hold tall Medjool date palms. Trees in tree grates will feature tree guards to protect the tree trunk. Special'sub-surface construction is � required around trees to provide a longer street infrastructure life�span. ; ;4� <, r t. Outer Wave Pattem: r ner Wave Patte Beige Colored Sandblasted , h. ,. r - Blue/Gre each Glass 2te with Shell Pattern xisting at - � r s.w } . ' .' Usbng B /Green < ,• - Brick gear lass t Pavers e4 .a Bey eColored S r-5a dblasted I ` r' - Do town-' Score ray _ _ n ete' ith Shell x° s t.✓ i Logo Concrete` Pattern IS$}j J '•} "` - BenchTrash _' Outdoor Dining ; Receptacle Tree Grate r 3< Sp' .ad Figure 6,5;Plan view al rrg NM tr tree#€eafurrrig a�v pa t ,oaf iur ibled be46h glass tnebr raf #»tt #tom i rrCal p vrt� -. r d , HUNTINGTON :BEACII ,DOW'NT,OWN SPECIFIC PLAN`IVDg5f67 D01VNT.OWN. SPECIFIC P`LA.N GUIDELINES AND S:TR,4TgEGIES ' 6 - STREETSCAPE & PUBLIC AMENITIES Crosswalks and mid-block crossings along Main Street will consist of the beiges sandblasted shell concrete and will be outlined on each side by a strip of the tumbled beach ~ glass. The mid-block crossings - will have in-pavement lights to improve safety. The crosswalks will highlight 3 I pedestrian areas within 41 ` the street without creating -- — interference for the crossing . vehicle and will incorporate all required ADA standards. zk The intersections of Main r. 4 s Street with Pacific Coast41 - Highway,Walnut Avenue, Olive Avenue, Orange Avenue, " t - Pecan Avenue,and Acacia Avenue will be treated with Crosswalks will be outlined with tumbled beach glass and accented by pink trumpet and Med ool date palm trees, as shown in the illustrative example above In accent paving pattern p 1 p p that matches the beige sand " paving patterns in the waves along Main Street. These intersections will incorporate Huntington ° Beach downtown logo at the center of the intersection. Benches will be frequently placed to provide an abundance � k of convenient resting places along the street. Benches should ° be placed in groups of two to provide a comfortable seating °i arrangement. Trash and recycling receptacles will also be ° x placed frequently along the street to contribute to a cleaner downtown and should be coordinated with the placement } _ _ of the benches. Ash urns can be placed along the street as . -needed. Lighting will create a pleasant and safe environments along Main Street. A traditional style double-arm light A to o de icon the,Huntin ton Beach fixture will provide plenty of light while adding style to the g p g g. Pier will be placed in the'paving streetscape. Banners may be affixed to the light poles. Cobra- , 1 -„ the major intersections as shown in the head street lights are not appropriate along Main Street. illustrative example above t s � x JF 6 $ HU"NTIN.GIO°N B°EA-CH DOWN,TOIIUN SPECIFIC PLAN N'°Of 5 :s DON/NT0WN S4P..°EtIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES ANDSIRAT�EGIES , Rev.Oct 23 6 -STREETSCAPE &_PURLIGAMENITIES , ' ki xi ( 1 "F 7 3 p 411 t' Ct e 3< Main Street, from Orange Avenue intersection looking towards Pecan Avenue ' = '° Street light posts,tree grates,and tree well areas; should incorporate,electrical outlets for' s= J decorative lighting and downtown events. New bicycle parking will provide a much needed amenity or local bicycle riders. The existing Y P g P Yf Y g bicycle racks are often overwhelmed by demand for bicycle parking and many new,efficient ¢ racks will be incorporated along Main Street and in paseos adjacent to Main Street. Portions of the expanded sidewalk will create opportunities for bike parking., Most racks will be high efficiency systems but the City will also have the opportunity to incorporate a few custom bicycle rack designs,such as wave or surfboard shapes,that reflect the local beach culture., ` Where paseos and parking structure entrances intersect alleyways,the asphalt paving of, the alleys will be imprinted with a distinctive wave pattern to highlight these openings in the °. 4 building facades. The imprinted paving may also be used to link these,openings,within an alley f to guide pedestrians safely along the alleyway. While alleys,are not intended.for pe^destrian use, ; _ the imprinted paving will be providedto guide pedestrians safely across the alley andto cue ` motorists to pedestrian,crossings. ` 6 { Selected furnishings prescribed for Streetscape are detailed in Figure 6 6 � e 31 HO'N7I.NGTO.N B,E,ACH, DOW-,NyTOWN S Et ,C F11C PLAN NO 5 6,g DQWNTQV1rN `SPE^CIFIC PLAN `G.UI DELI NES , D STRAI EGlES � 6 - STREETSCAPE & PUBLIC AMENITIES CiE O'a o� Oqe �a�c it r °cz 0411 6'Bench yeywa ,z Keystone Ridge Designs Catalina Series Key Map-Streetscape l 1 f a 1 Planter Trash Receptacle Ash Um Quick Crete Keystone Ridge Designs Keystone Ridge Design, California Series Catalina Series Crescent Pedestrian Light Double Arm Acorn 9 Tree Grate Bike Rack Bike Rack Iron Age Designs Peak Racks Creative Metalworks Custom Design Square Oblio Figure 6-6 SbWscape furnishings for Streetscape 1: Main Street(I of 4 D R A -f0 HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES Rev.Octz3 6 STREETSCAPE & PUBLIC AMENITIES )/-ca Multi-Spot Electronic Bollards Lighted Mid-block a9s Parking Meter Delta Scientific Crossing �sr Reino Parking Systems 01 ay Key Map-Streetscape I \ I (1 Newspaper Rack Skate Deterrents Tree Guard Alley Paving SkateStoppers tronsmith StreetPrint DuraTherm Custom Design Sidewalk Paving T.B. Penick Lithocrete Blue/Green Tumbled Glass Wave&Beige Sand/Shell Pattern 6-6 Streetscape furnishings for Streetscape 7 Main Street(2 of 2) HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 6-11 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES 6--STREETSCAPE &;PUBLIC AMENITIES 6.3.2. Streetscape 2: 5th Street Streetscape i is located on 5th Street between Walnut Avenue and Orange Avenue. This street is expected to become nearly as busy as Main Street as the downtown redevelops and new streetscape improvements will provide pedestrians with an enhanced walking experience along this street. =sue 5th Street will remain one traffic lane in each.direction but_the width of sidewalks along 5th Street will increase by converting the current head-in parking spaces to parallel,parking spaces Any parking spaces lost due to the reconfiguration will be replaced in nearby lots and structures a F A cross section of 5th"Street between Walnut Avenue and,Orange Avenue is:shown��in Figure 6 7 ; An additional io feet of sidewalk will be gained With'the new parking arrangehlient for a total new sidewalk width Of 20 feet. This widened sidewalk area will allow for increased dining opportunities and small plazas along the street. `? Benches,trash and recycling receptacles,and-bicycle racks will also be:placed frequently along E ` E 5th Street. Streetscape furnishings will be distinct from the furnishings found in:the remainder of f 4 _ _ " i al � ..20 8 12 ','.z.. 12: 8` 20 '' ,{ SIDEWALKt "PARKING LAN TRAFFIC LANE TRAFFIC LANE PARKING LAN SIDEWALK/ d OUTDOOR DINING1 PLAZA SPACEI PLAZA SPACE �. OUTDOOR DINING {{ x a RIGHT-OF-WAY p,V� -ma F�gtire 6' ' t'6 &,s&ofidr�6f h Sfrroet b`6f wq Walr ttAsr %t rJd C1range txo zu rt :5{^�L..> //'� Vw Tv}" *q "/• ' i re NC -�.•� +a� { `'"'`t p 642 Hl1NTINGTON BEACH D0WN_TOV1/N SPECIFIrrCIPLAN ENO 5 r` ` f DOV1%hNTO\NN"S'PEClFlC PLAN sGU#D'ELINES ANDSTRATEGI�ESdF ; ,� Ad w Rev.Oct 23 6-- STREETSCAPE &.PUBLIC AMENITIES Diamond-scored Outdoor Dining! Wave Pattern Beige Herringbone Medium Gray from Main Street Brick Pavers with Concrete Sidewalk California Sycamore is Continued at Darker Beige Intersections and Running Bond Platanus rdcemosa j .Mid-block Crossings Banding - `: 4 � •'�`yy��'s— "tom P 4 '%. � �t ,o � g } m ✓ice,.: � a i- Beige Colored Sandblasted Parallel Parking . . Raised Seat Concrete with Shell Pattern Pink Trumpet Tree On Street Golden Medallion Tree Mexican Pan Palm Wall around f-; Continued in Intersections as Tabebuia avellanedae Cassia leptophylla Washingtonia robusta Tree Well on Main Street Figure 6-8 Plan view with trees of 5th Street downtown and will continue the furnishings in place at The Strand development on 5th Street between Pacific Coast Highway and Walnut Avenue. Street light posts,as well as tree grate and tree well areas, should incorporate electrical outlets for decorative lighting and downtown events. Sidewalks.will contain a' decorative beige brick herringbone pattern paver.strip for the 5' adjacent tothecurb. Flowering golden medallion trees with protective,tree guards will be ` placed in square tree:grates within the paver strip. Special sub-surface construction will bey required in tree planting areas. ° x Where tree grates exist, a perpendicular herringbone pa�er_strip will connect the area between the tree grate and the buildings. The remainder of the sidewalk will be paved with a diamond scored gray concrete. A darker beige brick will be'use'd to lay a running bond band between the herringbone pattern and the scored concrete. Li H.UNTiNGTO.N. BEACHSDO,WI�ITON/N SPECtF'1C PLAN i�10 5 613 m� D0VVNTO, N 'SPECI'FIC` PLAN_ GUI DELINES AFND ST�RAT�GIES", sm 6 - STREETSCAPE & PUBLIC AMENITIES 77, k - r r 5th Street will have its own identity while incorporating some of the enhanced elements from Main Street I Larger raised planter with seat walls will be incorporated at mid-block crossings and intersections to match the planters found along Main Street. These planter seat walls will feature pink trumpet trees to provide shade and color. Tall Mexican fan palm trees(Washingtonia robusta)and London Plantrees(Platanus x aceri folia Columbia')will be located near the mid-block crossings. These trees will be placed in round tree r grates that match the patterns of the square tree grates around the golden''medallion.trees and 4� will also feature tree guards to protect the trees. ., rn " Paving in the mid-block crossings will match the herringbone pattern edged with horizontal , brick banding. The intersections of 5th Street with Walnut Avenue,06ve,Avenue,and Orange . Avenue.will be paved with a beige sand colored concrete between the crosswalks,similar t'" Tv the intersections on Main Street but with no logo in the center of the intersection. The mid block crossings will have in-pavement lights to improve safety. The crosswalks will highlight g P g P Y ` pedestrian areas within the street without creating interference for the crossing vehicle and Will incorporate all required ADA standards. P Selected furnishings prescribed for Streetsca e z are detailed in Figure 6 " ` ` g P g 9 _ YZ' f �_V4 � 4 ",.`� - 't .(} `. t4 7 ,rs ., „„fie u r $ i x P' g y .' F "'�'"� +-�.; t.Y. .''.. �Y -E s". t s �, ".,.��"',t - .. d s 3 � s A�, 6.14 HUNTINyGTON->B°EACFi DOWNxTOW,N, SPE�IFI;CPLt4N N0 5 'ky DOINAl ;NTOWN� SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND Sl"RAT EGA,ES �& , r r e Rev.Oct23 6 - STREETSCAPE & PUBLIC AMENITIES Amcia O e \VZ c�sl oy a Bench Trash Receptacle Bowery To match the Strand design To match the Strand design Key Map-Streetscape 2 Planter Quick Crete l i ec G rate Tree Grate California Series Ironsmith Ironsmith Camelia Series Camelia Series Seat Wall/Planter Lighted Accent Paving To match the Mid-block Pavestone,Holland Strand design Crossing Herringbone - Pedestrian Light To match The Strand design w� .a.1 3 Skate Deterrents Multi-Spot Electronic Newspaper Rack Tree Guard SkateStoppers Parking Meter Reino Parking Systems Bike ike Rack Peak Racks 6-9 Streetscape furnishings for Streetscape 2: 5th Sheer i HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 6-15 , DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES .a 6 STREETSCAPE & PUBLICAMENITIES _ 6.3.3. Streetscape 3: Downtown Core Mixed-Use Streets Streetscape 3 is comprised of Orange Avenue, Olive Avenue, and Walnut Avenue between ist Street and 6th Street;ist Street, end Street, and 3rd Street between Pacific Coast Highway and Orange Avenue; 6th Street, 7th Street, 8th Street, and gth Street between Pacific Coast Highway and Walnut Avenue; and Frankfort Street and Pecan Avenue between Main Street and Lake Street. These streets make up the majority of the remainder of downtown and provide link to adjacent neighborhood uses. While these streets are heavilyytraveled by pedestrians,the r streets are not anticipated to demand as high of pedestrian use as�Main Street or 5tli Street: ; . The majority of Streetscape 3 consists of a mix of residential and light retail and-office uses _-�J Much ofthese streetscapes function as a passage between the downtown retail uses and the"' �x , outlying residential uses, and, as a result,the recommended street'improvements-reflect this intermediate use. All streets will contain one traffic lane in each,direction withbn eight-foot parallel parking lane on each side. Atypical cross section oftliese'mixed-use streets.is shown in", ;r ,p Figure 6-1o. New street-furnishings such as benches,trash receptades,_planters,and'single-arm pedestrian street lights will be added. - - �T Street furnishings in this Streetscape section will be similar in color to-but fewer in`number..than " furnishings:along Main Street: New Zealand Christmas Trees(Metrosideros excelsus) will line the streets at regular intervals and existing tree grates will be relocated from Main Street to m protect all Streetscape 3 trees. Tree guards over the tree trunks will also offer protection to:the trees., Sidewalks will be traditional gray concrete and intersections with; =striped crosswalks designed to make . drivers aware of pedestrian crossings. Selected furnishings, .w t prescribed for Y Streetscape 3 are _ detailed in Figure 6�-1i.� . R <- rt 12' 12 _ 10' PANKING LANE' LANE TRAFFIC LANEARKN�LN SIDEWALK A y ;,fix 2 Figure 6-10�Gross section of mixed-use"streets within thedowntown core _ .. 777 17 of e ; 5 +r 1 u r r 3 r wy - ,�" ,? at° n, b r .^, s .`` 6 1 HUNTIN�GT4N BF=ACH DOWN'TOW�N SPECIFI.'C P1AN N ,S " D0WNTOWN 5°PECIFt( PLAN JtUi 01 LL IES ANDSTRAT�EGIIES .-, x, Rev.Oct23 6 - STREETSCAPE & PUBLIC AMENITIES Made l s� 6'Bench Trash Receptacle ` Keystone Ridge Designs Keystone Ridge Designs Catalina Series Catalina Series Key Map-Streetscape 3 Planter-Quick Crete California Series Bus Shelter Multi-Spot Electronic Tree Guard Pedestrian Light Parking Meter lronsmith Single Acorn Reino Parking Systems Bike Rack-Peak Racks Tree Grate-Relocated from Downtown Core Piano-Key Crosswalk Figure 6-11 Streetscape furnishings for Streetscape 3: Downtown Core Mixed-Use Str HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES -6 - STREETSCAPEZt PUBLIC AMENITIES 6.3.4. Streetscape 4: Pacific Coast Highway from ist Street to 9th Street Streetscape 4 is located along Pacific Coast Highway between ist Street and 9th Street. This stretch spans the downtown core area and has higher volumes of foot traffic than other areas of Pacific Coast Highway due to its proximity to the downtown core. Much of the foot traffic along this zone is the result of pedestrians moving back and forth between the beach and the core downtown area, in addition to visitors to the adjacent retail uses. Pacific-Coast Highway is under the jurisdiction of Caltrans. In this section the roadway.currently . contains at least two trafficlanes in each direction and one center turn.lane. Additional r v turning or traffic lanes exist within the right-of-way at various pointsalong.the segment '. a --- ; . Parallel parking is available on both sides of the street between 7th'Street and 9th Street While no changes to the existing traffic or turnip lanes or parking is expected ected in this section ux g g g.. P g_ P., , recommendations are made below for sidewalk area improvements. " Streetscape 4 will receive new street furnishings such as benches,trash receptacles,tree grates, _ - tree guards,special sub-surface construction,and bus shelters. Streetscape furnishings will be - d similar and design and style to the furnishings along Main Street. New decorative paving will be t,'� JI " applied to the sidewalks as well as the crosswalks at ist Street, Main Street, 6th Street,:and 9th sI , Street. Combination street lights and pedestrian:lights will line both sides of the street,as will ', 3 new Mexican fan palms(Washingtonia robusta)and New Zealand Christmas Trees(Metrosideros I exceisus). Selected furnishings prescribed for Streetscape 4 are.detailed in Figure 6-13. z, w Era ; r.'iC _ •� � Y.0 i'{}:' ' =Figure 6-12 Cross section of Pacific Coast r F", Highway from,9st Street to 9th_S#reef 77, 4( i5 § a v ft- 4,4 6'18 HfU+NTINGT;ON BEA-CH 'DOWNTOW,IV SPECIFIC PLAN'NO 5 � ' ,w 60INN16.WN` s>PEtI`FIC PLAN `GUIDELINES AND STRATzEG°iExS' ' _ � Rev. Oct 23 6 - STREETSCAPE & PUBLIC AMENITIES /A-C/ ok e 6'Bench "r Keystone Ridge Designs Catalina Series Key Map-Streetscape 4 ' Multi-Spot Electronic Tree Guard Parking Meter Ironsmith Reino Parking Systems Trash Receptacle Keystone Ridge Designs Combination Street Light Catalina Series and Pedestrian Light Arm&Pole Bus Shelter Tree Grate Iron Age Designs Figure 6-13 Streetscape h,rnishings for Streetscape 4.: Pacific Coast Highway from 1st Street to 9th Street HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 61 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES 6 - STREETSCAPE & PUBLIC AMENITIES 6.3.5. Streetscape 5: Pacific Coast Highway from Beach Boulevard to ist Street and from 9th Street to Goldenwest Street Streetscape 5 is comprised of all areas of Pacific Coast Highway within the Specific Plan Area not included in Streetscape 4. This section of Pacific Coast Highway is also under the jurisdiction of Caltrans. The existing street conditions are two traffic lanes in each direction,a center median that varies in width and is sometimes landscaped,turn lanes at intersections,and parallel parking on both sides of the street. While no changes to the existing traffic or turning -- lanes,median, or parking is expected in this section, recommendations are made below for improvements to the sidewalk areas. This area receives considerably less pedestrian traffic than the downtown core,which limits the need for extensive Streetscape improvements. Many of the existing street furnishings along Main Street and other areas of the downtown core receiving new furnishings will be relocated to Streetscape 5, including concrete benches, concrete trash receptacles, and existing tree grates. Sidewalks will be of traditional gray concrete. New bus shelters will be placed as necessary along bus routes. Combination street lights and pedestrian lights"will illuminate the street and j sidewalks. Both Mexican fan palms and New Zealand Christmas Trees will line the edges of the street. Areas on the beach side of Pacific Coast Highway from 9th Street to Goldenwest Street should continue the currently prescribed bluff-top landscaping. Selected furnishings prescribed for Streetscape 5 are detailed in Figure 6-15. F I 1 , i !„r. r, Figure 6-14 Cross section of Pacific Coast Highway, from Beach Boulevard to 1st Street and from 9th Street to Goldenwest Street �a 6720 HU NIT INGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN N,O,. 5 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN' GUIDELI'NES_ ANbr•STRATEGIES ' Rev. Oct 23 6 - STREETSCAPE & PUBLIC AMENITIES Key Map-Streetscape 5 Combination Street Light and Pedestrian Light Arm&Pole Multi-Spot Electronic .� Parking Meter Bench-Relocated from Downtown Core Reino Parking Systems Bus Shelter Trash Receptacle-Relocated from Downtown Core Tree Grate-Relocated from Downtown Core Figure 6-15 Streetscape furnishings for Streetscape 5: Pacific Coast Highway, from Beach Boulevard to 1st Street and from 9th Stf to Goldenwest Street HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES 6 STREETSCAPE & PUBLIC AMENITIES 6.3.6. Streetscape 6: Primarily Residential Streets Streetscape 6 is comprised of 6th Street from Walnut Avenue to Main Street; Pecan Avenue from 6th Street to Acacia Avenue; Main Street from Acacia Avenue to Palm Avenue;Acacia Avenue; Palm Avenue; Lake Street;Walnut Avenue from 6th Street to Goldenwest Street; and all numbered streets from loth Street through Goldenwest Street. These streets are primarily residential streets lying_on_the outskirts of the downtown Specific l Plan"Area.and will have one traffic Zane and.one parallel parking lane"in,each.dir'ection. An " b "example cross section of these"primarily residential streets is shown in Figure 6=�6. These" " streets currently,have landscaped parkways with a variety of canopy street trees,adjacent to the parallel parking. The landscaped parkway will remain along these streets and chitalpa trees with VI special sub-surface construction are recommended where"ne`w trees:are"needed.` Sidewalks of, X. traditional gray concrete wili'a' t the landscaped parkway., Benches - _ I . Bench es and trash receptacles will be located as necessary along these streets,as`will bus _r Y , shelters. The benches and trash receptacles will be the existing concrete,furnishings currently ; found in downtown core that will be relocated to these outer'portions of'the Specific r ' Plan Area: New single-arm pedestrian lights will be used to illuminate,the sidewalks'. The t existing street lights will remain in place. The streets will have standard_ stripe crosswalks at " intersections. , Selected furnishings prescribed for Streetscape 6 are`detailed,in Figure 6717. _- z t SETBACK SIDEWAL PARKING LANE TRAFFIC LANE TRAFFIC LANE -PARKING LAN SIDEWALK SETBACK 4 4 PARKWAY PARKWAY L ; RIGHT-OF-WAY s: Figure 6-16 Example cross section of primarily residential streets as fight of way may vary among streets Ara Mk,fit.' �. ;A,0 �a., a+' q S �622 H�U�NTING�TON BEA:CN D.CIWNTOW`N SR;ECIFIC 'PLANp 5 ' D Gl W N T O VN N S'P C I`�F i.G O=L A N,. `G U 1,MET I N E S� A�N D S�1 R%AT E If,E,S" n, ;,I P4 wS Rev. Oct 23 6 - STREETSCAPE & PUBLIC AMENITIES ¢, t ae ^'-4 h� aGr 0 F; Bench-Relocated from Downtown Core Key Map-Streetscape 6 w Pedestrian Light Single Acorn I w Trash Receptacle Standard Stripe Crosswalk Relocated from Downtown Core 0 Landscaped Parkways f; Multi-Spot Electronic Parking Meter I�pical Street-Tree-lined with one traffic lane and one parking lane in each direction Reino Parking Systems Figure 6-17 Streetscape furnishings for Streetscape 6 Primarrly Residential Stfrcts HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 6-23 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES 6 - STREETSCAPE & PUBLIC AMENITIES 6.3.7. Streetscape 7: Other City Streets Streetscape 7 is comprised of 5th Street from Pacific Coast Highway to Walnut Avenue; Atlanta Avenue from awM Orange Avenue to Huntington Street; Huntington Street from Pacific Coast Highway to Atlanta Avenue; Pacifica Sunk View Avenue,Twin Dolphin, Beach Boulevard from Pacific Coast Highway to Sunrise Street; and Sunrise Street. These streets will continue under the designated treatment and design as previously determined by the City. If appropriate, street furnishings removed from the downtown area due F to improvements specified for other streetscape themes may be relocated to streets in Streetscape 7. The streets Figure 6-18 Key Map of Streetscape 7: _ part of Streetscape 7 are shown in Figure 6-18. other city streets Y 6.4. Streetscape Furnishings Streetscape furnishings include prominent and frequent items, such as benches,trash receptacles,tree grates, bicycle racks, planters, and pedestrian-scaled street lights, as well as less frequently placed elements such as specialty paving, newspaper racks, bollards,skate deterrents,and bus shelters. The streetscape furnishings presented in Figure 6-19 have been selected to represent the character of Huntington Beach,while presenting a fun and unique representation of the local F beach culture. Figure 6-19 illustrates each element and details the recommended manufacturer, model, color, and material for each item. If the recommended item's manufacturer and model is unavailable or cost prohibitive, an alternative product may be selected, provided that the alternative product's appearance,function, and aesthetic quality is similar to the item recommended in this Specific Plan. The particular Streetscape Improvement Theme area in which each element is located is also listed, as is the suggested location and spacing of each item. Site furniture should be durable and vandal resistant and should be permanently secured. The design of site furniture should discourage overnight sleeping and skateboard use. The light quality of pedestrian and street lights shall be as determined necessary by the City. DRAT i 6-24 HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES Rev.Oct23 6-- STREETSCAPE& PUB.LICAMENITIES Streetscape Furnishings Manufacturer Color & Product Streetscape Location or similar Material Keystone Ridge Black Streetscape 1, 1/loo ft. and at Designs Powder-coated Steel Streetscape 3, plazas i Streetscape 4 r Multiple , . ° benches may be clustered if " Bench necessary3; To match The Black Streetscape 2 1/loo ft. and at ,A Strand design Powder-coated Steel plazas Multiple benches may £l be clustered ifLL " necessary Concrete _f Bench Existing City Relocated from As needed ' Benches downtown core 71 streets to Streetscape 5& Streetscape 6 1 Bench fr Bench Figure 6'19treefsaperrishrngs4Ghart j48} t HU,NTI' TO°N` BEACH =DOWNTOtWN SR,U'F iC PLAN NFO 5` 625. ` - DiOWNTO-WN 'SP,EC1"FIC,,f'`i�AN` GU°IDLIIES AND STRATEGIE t Z e, 6 - STREETSCAPE & PUBLIC AMENITIES Streetscape Furnishings Manufacturer Color & Product or similar Material Streetscape Location Keystone Ridge Black Streetscape 1, 1/ioo ft. and Designs Powder-coated Steel Streetscape 3, at plazas Streetscape 4 and transit shelters Trash and ;§ _4 recycling receptacles `ng Trash receptacle may be clustered To match the Black Streetscape z ioo ft. and Strand design Powder-coated Steel at plazasf � and transit ` _: shelters . ; Trash and f 4 ZT recycling ` receptacles may be Trash receptacle clustered % :$ 1 Existing City Concrete Relocated from At transit , trash receptacle downtown core shelters and ; streets to as needed Streetscape 5& ;fig wStreetscape 6 f � i .w. Trash receptacle Keystone Ride Black Streetscape 1 As needed Y g P Designs Powder-coated Steele *z; Ash urn Figure 6 19 rye ape�umishings C—harf 2 cif$J — r . — * - °s` 4`,m"s .°. .s •✓,r .j, .>�ie �a �' t, g^ y y 0 �3' ,� a�'���x��9 62$6 nxmm h' HUNTIIVGTO;N#,BEACH DOWNTOWN§ SP>_ECIFIC PL/ANNO 5xgi z` DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLA�N , 11DELINS'A'ND S�RATEGIES� � ; � a Rev.Oct 23 6 - STREETSCAPE.& PUBLIC AMENITIES' Streetscape Furnishings Manufacturer Color & Product Streetscape Location r similar Material Quick Crete Concrete Streetscape 1, In plazas, Streetscape 2, at street r Streetscape 3 intersections, .- and as needed y Planter ' E Vyn - To match The Concrete Streetscape 2 At mid-block �i Strand design crossings and s - - s intersections . Planter 13 x Peak Racks Black Streetscape 1, Every 200 ft. Powder-coated Steel Streetscape 2, and in plazas Streetscape 3 1 Bicycle Rack Creative Black Streetscape 1 In special plaza }h i Metalworks Powder-coated Steel locations on Main Street { i � Cast Aluminum Bicycle Rack SkateStoppers Streetscape 1, As needed on Streetscape 2, the edge of } planters,walls, and benches in random ` ` intervals Skate Deterrents F,fgure 6=1� cap"eFurnisi�irrgs trr# t�f8) ({ T � HU.NTIN>GTON .BEACH "'DO=WNTOWN SPECIFIC' P °ANNO ,5r; -. �627 ` DO.WNTAWIV SPEC,IFIC.,PLA.N, GUI-DELIIVtES A;ND Sj RATEGIE:S" 6 - STREETSCAPE & PUBLIC AMENITIES Streetscape Furnishings Manufacturer Color& Product Streetscape Location or similar Material K-Jack Olive Gray Streetscape 1, Must be Powder-coated Streetscape z, consistent Steel with Section IiZ F 12.37 of the 11 Huntington } � f 9 w i Beach Municipal . Code Newspaper Rack` : =r 4�a V Reino Parking Stainless Steel Streetscape 1, 1/8 parking _ Systems Streetscape 2, spaces Streetscape 3, " Streetscape 4, . , � Streetscape 5, 44 e Streetscape 6 Multi-bay Parkin g Meter v.ter... Delta Scientific Olive Gray Streetscape 1 Intersections Powder-coated Steel of Main Street with Aqev A y Walnut 1 a h Avenue and I l: Olive Avenue i Bollard ;.< Ironsmith Olive Gray Streetscape 1, On all single Powder-coated Steel Streetscape z, street trees Streetscape 3, not in large '= Streetscape 4 planters ; Tree Guard 77 F�gure�6 997 00"napeFurrtsl��nt� frart{4of8) . s a fir 6i28 HUNTIN'GTON-,BEACH- DOWNTOWN SPECIFf'-C PL:AN N:O 5 , Rev.Oct 23 6 =STREETSCAPE&.PUBLIC AMENITIES Streetscape Furnishings Manufacturer Color& Product Streetscape Location or similar Material Iron Age Cast Iron Streetscape 1, 1/street tree Designs Streetscape 4 not in planter a _k Tree Grate � ' Ironsmith Cast Iron Streetscape z 1/street tree not in planterx Tree Grate Ironsmith Cast Iron Streetscape z 1/street tree ^� not in planter; � alms only P Y Tree Grate Existing City Cast Iron Streetscape 3, /street tree .� �- tree grate Streetscape 5 not in planter 4 _ Tree Grate } Figure 6`19 Sttscape Fur �stjirags Ghrt{ of } ti = 4 .HUNTINGTONB,EACH D-O�WN,TO�WN SP`EC.IFIC PLANO� 5 6,29� d DOWNiOW_N °SPECIF'IC .'P.,L�AN: GU.14ElINES_A.ND STRATEGIESw= -. _ , 6 - STREETSCAPE & PUBLIC AMENITIES Streetscape Furnishings Manufacturer Color& Product or similar Material Streetscape Location :-� To match To match existing City Streetscape 1 1/loo ft. on existing City lights; center or lights light quality per City based on I direction electrical z e w� - H ngineers ; x instruction k Double Arm E Pedestrian Light ` To match To match existingCity Streetscape �/ioo ft. on F b Y P 3, , - existing City lights; Streetscape 6 center or ; lights light quality per City based on g g q Y P Y � direction electrical - engineer's 3 instruction 4 ;y;l Single Arm nl Pedestrian Light To match Strand To match Strand design; Streetscape z /goo ft. on design light quality per City center or g. y direction based on electrical { Single Arm F engineer's41 - instruction Pedestrian Light Arm & Pole: To match existing light Streetscape 4, 1/ioo ft. on ; +� Ameron; poles; light quality per Streetscape 5 center or . Globe: City direction based on , King Luminaire electrical engineer's instruction - t p Combination Street " 4 Light& Pedestrian Light AV F,+gorea6 9 S9 eiscape Fumishings Chart(fi of 8) � � � ' ,> �> # x ''� �;. n 6.30 � HUNTINGTO''N BE`ACH �DOWNTOINN SPECIFICPLANh�OS � WN';SPE'CIFIC PLAN�.GU1D'ELIN`ES4AND ST�RAIfGIES� '' " b" .. rT� xL, ,., a ' y s air ` t'u '`' -" Rev.Oet 23 6 - STREETSCAPE & PUBLIC AMENITIES Streetscaue Furnishings Manufacturer Color& Product Streetscape Location r similar Material To be Colors will vary Streetscape 1, On light posts determined Cloth or vinyl Streetscape z B `N Y s ' # Banners - :T j - •r Lacor RAL 5003 Streetscape 3, At transit ` Streetscape Powder-coated Streetscape 4, stops Steel Streetscape 5 �l Bus Shelter -rw T.B. Penick Blue/Green and Sand Streetscape 1 Along Main 0� Concrete&Glass Street sidewalk `;, y AA is � Specialty Paving Fig'ure 6=19 .Str(e�a �urr�%strings har (7 caf p HU`NTIN'GTO=N BEAC+N -DOWNT01NN SP`ECIF�: C RLAN N°O5 ( 31 j DO.V1!NTOWN "SP=E�IFIC P,LANd.GU.iDELIIVE5= A.ND' S,T- ATEGIES 6 - STREETSCAPE & PUBLIC AMENITIES Streetscape Furnishings Manufacturer Color& Product or similar Material Streetscape Location - Pavestone Beige Streetscape z Along 5th Concrete Street sidewalk fl � Specialty Paving a StreetPrint To match sign program Streetscape 1 In alleys,to "1��k connect paseo and parking ; structure µ entrances and N , exits '`n { Specialty PavingL , ` N/A N/A Streetscape 1, At mid-block Streetscape 2 crossings t�fr; Lighted Mid-block Crossing N/A White Streetscape 3, At crosswalks r � t jN , Paint Streetscape 4, " Streetscape 5 Piano-Key Crosswalk 1 N/A N/A Streetscape 6 Along street 2 t _ edge j u Landscaped Parkway Figure 6 �9tretscape irctrnis73ings Char (8 0 � ` az N. 63� �." _ HUNTIN�GT4N :B�EACH 'DOWN.70W�NSPECIFI;C RL"ANNOkup� ` ''DOWNTOINN �SPECI'FIC PLAN GUiD`ELI�NES AND S'TKXVt.G°1E5 111 43`1 Rev.oct 23 6 -STREETSCAPE,& PUBLIC AMENITIES 6.5. Street Trees Street trees within the Specific Plan Area will create a green environment that softens the expanses of buildings, streets, and sidewalks. The trees will add color and provide shade to the streetscape. Adding trees will help in the effort to reduce the heat island effect. Street trees have been selected for each portion of the Specific Plan Area based on the ,. particular streetscape Iriiprovement Theme. The selected street trees are detailed�in Figure ' ` 6-20. The chart includes the common and botanical name of the species,the Streetscapex Improvement Theme'in which the tree is located,and the approximate spacing suggested for s each tree. r Some tree species in-locations within the downtown may require special-sub-surface ? �A construction to provide a rooting space that will allow those trees to.grow for 3o to 50 years without resulting the removal of the tree to repair infrastructure and without causin a F -- g�in P g damage to the infrastructure that would require root cutting. Root cutting ultimately shortens the . life span of the tree and sometimes results in tree failure or the trees'removal to repair the ° infrastructure. The elements of this Special sub-surface construction'are an excavated area that has an imported special growing medium prepared for tree root growth.This growing space is `'Rro to be located within the area approximately 3 feet to 4 feet below the finish surface and can be - up to 30 feet in radius around each tree. The imported:material.proposed to fill this excavated`� = space is the growing medium. All proposed use and installation of special sub=surface_ construction shall be per the City of Huntington Beach Public Works Design Specifications and " I Standard details. tt GTO�N BEACH :.DOWNTO-WNSzP.ECIFtC PL-AWN Nt7 5:" � 633 _DOWNT,OWNxSPEC,iFlG`P.LA.N: GU1(3ELINES A"ND S , e 6 - STREETSCAPE & PUBLIC AMENITIES Street Trees Tree Common Name Botanical Name Location S acin Date Palm Phoenix dactylifera Streetscape 1 1 tree per 20 `Medjool' ft. i - s }7 it t1 q 5 t. 4# s d Y j Mexican Fan Palm Washingtonia Streetscape z At mid-block robusta crossings . ` E �„ 'Ay p A Streetscape 4, 1 tree per k Streetscape 5 20 ft. .' alternating ,. with New . Zealand jg T Christmas ` J ti Tree , d� Figure 6 20' #reef Trees Chart(1 of 3) a ` . % 6jq HIINTiNGTON° BEACH'�DO��NN,TOWN; Pf SCI.0 PLAN .NQS _ DOWg.NTOV1/N SPECIFIC PLANGUfIjELINES AND STRATEGIES „ s ",Z , Rev.00t23 6 -"STREETSCAPE:& PUBL'ICAMENITIES Trees Tree Common Name Botanical Name Location Spacing Golden Medallion Tree Cassia leptophylla Streetscape 1 At street (Walnut to intersections . { Acacia) " wE Streetscape z 1 tree per 20 <v-) Pink Trumpet Tree Tabebuia Streetscape 1 At mid-block * avellanedae (Walunt to crossings k i Acacia) I_ Streetscape z At street x t 'P h intersections London Planetree Platanus x acerifolia Streetscape z At mid-block � w ` Columbia' crossings ` ' Figure T. tCe �resfrar { oaf 2} ' HUNTI NGTO-WBEACH -D,OWNTO''WN SPECIFIC 5 � 63� , DOWIVIOWN .S.PECI.F-IC 'PLAN GUIDELINES A=ND{ ST"R,AT:yEG1`ES 6 - STREETSCAPE & PUBLIC AMENITIES Trees Tree Common Name Botanical Name Location Spacing New Zealand Metrosideros Streetscape 1 As specified Christmas Tree excelsus ® Single trunk in location - Standard soil in all at Main/PCH section locations intersection `s - Multi-trunkF` _ x at mid-block crossing between PCH &Walnut Streetscape 3 1 tree per 25 � ` Single trunk ft. fiF> Streetscape 4, 1 tree per Streetscape 5 20 ft., • Single trunk alternating with Mexican Fan Palms ' ° n f Chitalpa Chitalpa Streetscape 6 1 tree per zo tashkentensis ft. .# <2 s n ref =' , ca. r Ia^ m Figure 6oV `2CY itr�eshar 3 r�f3j. y {° r D � V s tytg. :,:� ." ffk d trx HUNTI�NGT0N, BEACH D,OW'NTOWnN 5PsEC1F1 P71,-XNl1V;() 5 . � DO'WNTOVVN SPECIFIC PLA"N -.GUIbEL(- A:ND STRATEG!'ES Rev. Oct 23 6 - STREETSCAPE & PUBLIC AMENITIES 6.6. Public Signs and Wayfinding System An effective wayfinding and public sign system is a very important component to a successful downtown. A unified sign program A�,u,,, also creates a visual identity for an area. 6tD 6t Gateway signs, direction �g signs, and information signs are important ss 0 elements of a sign � ag program. Allsigns 'a within the sign program o, shall have similar design materials and lip components to provide consistency and unity. 0 5 �D The following conceptual sign 6 program was created to build off of the existing ocean theme in the area. Examples shown will need to be detailed further as an Legend implementation item but are intended to 06�ft Pen��6.ry illustrate different sign P81 types and potential Figure 6-21 Downtown Gateway Map design characteristics for the purposes of this document. DRAT HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 6- DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES 6 - STREETSCAPE & PUBLIC AMENITIES -` 6.6.1. Gateways Signs Gateways announce entry into the downtown area and set the tone for improved streetscapes, T. wayfinding systems, and _. _; F the overall character "� of the downtown. ' - New,gateway signs " " will be instrumental in providing;a sense of _ [ �[��� � ► [ (( arrival and transition ' into the'downtown. Gateway signs will be placed along Main Street " ; at the northeast corner �� wF ' of the intersection - with Pacific Coast .. Highway and at the . northwest corner of the ' intersection.with Acacia- ' Avenue. Gateway sign locations are shown on, Figure 6-21. - j _3 11 � a Gateway signs will announee_entry into the,downtown � 64 HU..NTIIdGTON BEACH D.OWNTOVI/.`hN *SPE-CIF1C PLAN ` NO �s DOW-NTO''WN SPECIFIC PLAN GUtD. LINES AND 53�RATEGI�ES �"+r - r �" ..g ° °s �.' #'t.0 & '�';' +"tiro y' s'a .- .` # d k ✓ Rev.Oct 23 6 - STREETSCAPE &-PUBLIC AMENITIES 6.6.2. Information Signs Additional signs that should be incorporated into a sign program include interpretive signs to highlight key buildings with historical or architectural significance, maps with pedestrian directories, public parking identification signs, and facility identification signs. f77, 6.6.3. Direction'Signs A clear and attractive directional sign system is an importanttivic (enter a i �:. component of..a public sign,program. Easy to read and , visually attractive direction signs facilitate the movement of i pedestrians and vehicles _ _ . . " Museum d to different areas withinLibrar � 1 - the downtown. Publicz These signs are intended rking to provide direction to important services . and destinations such aspublic parking,the library,and performance �'f ",'.:`1 venues. Direction signs Mt C11T"o=d " should include direction ° arrows and labeling to denote key shopping areas, public parking, a civic buildings,and tourist attractions.ABEEN . directional sign program should also include info rmational si ns for-historical sites and ; structures. Information signs should be incorporated," %Easy to read direction signs facilitate the " in the downtown wayfinding system"., movement of pedestrians and vehicles, within thie downtown tkp- i�" b a S (" = ' rHUNJING TON, BEACH. D;QWN`TOW, N S°PEC1FlC PC`AN N_O 5 ` 63c� DOWNTOWN o,SeP-Et,IFIC� PLANG�UIDEL1"NaES �4;NDSFTT:E RAGI`ES this page intentionally left blank - - - -- - - { 1S k'�" � v i f £ 5 66 £ z > � t fr d K j 3 E >3 _ mv a It I � F £ 141'k * r c N , s✓' - T. r s so . >ME xm -``'p'z - J: 6=# . `, d",. c , , ;n . zA 4 `i. sM1 2- b h HUNTI' NGION `BEACH"DUWNT$OWN SPECIFIC'YPL>ANLJPtjATErtw 11 g ©,OW`IVT,OaWN SPECIFIC PLAN `GUIDEL`INES AIND S'TRATE''G ESQ 4- _ Aw, %w... r Chapter 7 PUBLIC SERVICES & CI LI I S 7-7 s � � s < tf'UpN.I INGTON. BE,ACIi DOWNTC?W`N SPECIFIC: PL -'$N 11PD,,, ©O;VVNT©:- N S,PE`C1:1C PLAN,°°GUi[)ELIN'fS A'ND STRAT`EGiE:S�` ; this page intentionally left blank t v s �.. .R s,x b -�"'Vt y r .. ,a u s v AP ry Ly"v-- s- �� �.HUNTINGTON -,;BEACHDOWNT,O�WNSPE�iFi`CPLAI� llP,DAT€ � -Rev..Oct 23 7-PUBLIC-SERVICES &"FACILITIES Chapter 7 - Public Services & Facilities 7.7. Introduction The Specific Plan will allow for revitalization of and an increase of density in downtown Huntington Beach. Increasing the density however,will put increased demand on the existing infrastructure and may require upgrades to utilities, services, and facilities that have reached capacity.The following sections summarize the current conditions of public services and facilities Within the Specific Plan Area and identify potential problematic,areas and solutions. For estimation purposes,the average household size of units projected within the Specific Plan. rs . ' Area is assumed to be 2.41 persons. The General Plan Housing Element indicatesothat between ' � 55 percent and 76 percent of housing units in the Specific Plan Area-are rental properties and the 2oo6 American Community Survey sponsored by the U.,S.,Census Bureau indicates that they ° �d average rental household size for Huntington Beach is 2.41 persons per household. f Information has been compiled from site visits, interviews with Public Works Department-, i staff; GIS files containing existing utility line data provided by the'City;the Huntington Beach I General Plan;the Sewer Master Plan prepared in 2003;the Urban Water Management Plan i prepared in 2005;the Urban Runoff Management Plan;the previous Downtown Specific Plan Environmental Impact Report(EIR)82-2 dated July of 1983;and the Pacific City El prepared in 2003,the Waterfront Development Project El prepared in zooz,and the Strand at Downtown Huntington Beach EIR,which were all prepared by El Associates,which is,now part of PBS`&J. v.3 . p - 7.2. Public Service x 7.2.1. WaterSystem Conditions = .7.2.1.1. Water SuR Water supply for Huntington Beach is currently provided by the City of Huntington Beach,which acquires approximately 64 percent of the water from groundwater�production and 36 percent ` from imported water purchased from the Municipal Water District of Southern California ,.µ P P. P ' WD . Imported water is supplied from northern California through the State Water Project M ( - ) P PP • g � and from the Colorado River. e. There are ten wells located in Huntington Beach,that aid=in extraction of groundwater from the Tp a i Santa Ana.River Groundwater.Basin.The basin is managed,by the Orange-County Water District a (OCWD)and covers approximately 350 square miles and ranges upoto z,000 feet deep:The!wells � . 1-777 - (( [ i•Tl O �od :... � x�q a• ' , '. T a s^ X 4 ' >R HUNTING-T:ON BEACH DOWNTOWN SP:ECIF�IC PLAN N.0 .5 D'OWNrTO.WN SPECIFIC PLA`N, GUl,DELI`NES ArND SiRA1xEGIES" 7- PUBLIC SERVICES & FACILITIES have a total pumping capacity of 25,050 gallons per minute(gpm)and could normally supply 21,400 gpm if the City operated all of the wells at loo percent throughout the year. Imported water is supplied to the City through three imported service connections known as the OC-9, OC-35 and OC-44.The combined capacity of the service connections is 22,000 gpm. Per historical water data, in 2005 the City pumped approximately 14,945 acre feet per year (afy)of groundwater and purchased 17,847 afy of imported water. Water projections indicate " an increase in both imported and groundwater supplies by 201o. However;recent-statewide � initiatives could potentially reduce the imported water supply as a result of interim um in P Y P PPY P P g� restrictions on the State Water Project that could reduce supply by up to 3o,percent in the near " future. ,It is through aggressive water conservation and efficient water use that will continue to: I allow the City to provide reliable water service to its customers. '— ; 7.2.1.2. Water Demand The 2005 Urban Water Management Plan (UWMP)projects that in'zo,io, undera norma[year, the City of Huntington Beach will use approximately 35,Ooo afy of water and during multiple dry years the City could consume as much as 37,000 afy. In order to maintain and ensure water reliability, it is necessary that the City's available water supply satisfies the total water demand ' y of the Specific Plan Area under multiple dry year conditions. Based on preliminary analysis, the proposed increase in density within the Specific Plan Area will increase the total City N water demand specified in the 2005 UWM P by approximately one percent. Recently adopted conservation measures influence the water demand factors used to determine water demand gg for the Specific Plan Area. Implementation of aggressive conservation measures will increase P P the water supply reliability. x 5N 14 The water supply availability for each project will be analyzed based on the water surplus F , identified in the most recently adopted UWMP. The water supply analysis has been'analyzed > under the Water Supply Assessment and Wet Utilities Stud In addition the City sliall,re uire PPY Y y q each development to prepare an equivalent of a Water Supply Assessment that is not otherwise "; subject to Senate Bills 610 and 221 or at least those developments that cross acertain , development threshold)to ensure that adequate water supplies can be provided as.,each development proceeds. l 7.2.1.3. " Water Conservation S � h In an effort to comply with statewide water goals and reduce water usage by 20 percent in per, a " capita water use statewide by the year 2020,the City is recommending conditions of;approval " that could reduce residential demand by as much as 35 percent. Recommended,conditions :, of approval for projects within the Specific Plan Area should aid in reducing theoverall water usage. KV x am '�% � ,, e'te 7 10 HUNTCN'GTON` BE CH DoWNTOV1lNSP.ECiF'IC PLi4fN{ NOBS £ : Or0W,N7QVVN SPECIFIC PL;4N ,GUIDEL*1 IES AND sTRAI EG1ES . Rev.oct 23 7 - PUBLIC SERVICES & FACILITIES' Conversion of existing buildings and public areas to comply with the same conservation measures can further assist in meeting the zo percent reduction goal.The following water saving technologies can be implemented on a project basis to comply with these requirements. ® Waterless or lower flush urinals should be specified in all public areas, including restaurant and commercial bathrooms. • Low-flush toilets should be installed in all new residential units and encouraged through r - rebates or other incentives in existing homes. �. . Low-flow shower heads and water faucets should be required in all new residential and - " commercial spaces and encouraged in existing developed properties. Water efficient kitchen-and laundry room appliances should be encourage through rebates ° for both residential and commercial units. Landscaping should be completed with drought tolerant plants and native species. : " Irrigation plans should specify the use of smart controllers, have separate-irrigation meters, t and follow the City of Huntington Beach"Water Efficient Landscape Requirements". Water features should be designed with consideration to"conserve water.7.2.14. Water Distribution The existing water infrastructure serving the Specific Plan_Area'consists of a io-inch transmission supply loop in Lake Street that continues into 3rd Street at Orange Avenue and =` ,.� • € then runs northwest along Olive Avenue to Goldenwest Street.There is:also an existing 18-'inch � line in Olive Avenue running southeast from Lake Street to ist Street and then.southwest down K T` : ist Street to Pacific View Avenue where it again turns southeast and continues.down Pacific View Avenue to Beach Boulevard. There are 12-inch and 8-inch distribution lines in Pacific Coast Highway and 8-inch lines in most streets running perpendicular to Pacific Coast Highway. Some g Y gP P existing lines running in the alleyways and streets within the Specific Plan Area are currently 6 inches in diameter. s The additional demand produced by each development within the Specific Plan Area, along with.the typical fire flow required by the Huntington Beach Fire Department for this type of proposed and use,will be used to adequately size the pipelines within the Specific Plan Area. Additional hydraulic water studies will be required as individual development occurs to verify the pipeline_diameter required to adequately support each-specific-project. ; Pacific Coast`Hi hwa and Beach Boulevard are Caltrans rig ht of wa ys and will requireuire dual f < g Y g, Y q water lines,with one pipeline in each side of the roadway., This arrangement would minimize � FV� V� impacts to traffic flow by avoiding the need to cross these major arterials to construct and -; ` r . • , s HUNTINGTON BEACH DOW�NT0WkN SPECIFIC'PlAWN N0 5-` t] DOWNTOWN.SP".ECIFIC PLAN :G"UIDELINES A-ND STRAT'`EGIE'S x 7 - PUBLIC SERVICES & FACILITIES maintain water services to each development. The minimum pipeline diameter required is iz inches. All water facilities, including the number and placement of meters and location of backflow protection devices shall satisfy the latest Department of Public Works Standards and Policies and require Department of Public Works approval. 7.2.2. Wastewater System Conditions Wastewater Treatment - - The Orange County Sanitation District(OCSD) provides wastewater collection and treatment,{ services for the City of Huntington Beach.The City of Huntington Beach maintains many of the , ' � collection lines that flow to the OCSD maintained trunk lines. OCSD operates both Plant 1 in:� I � Fountain Valley and Plant z in Huntington Beach, 27 lift stations throughout the City,and"the" ,. large regional trunk lines running to the treatment facilities. .tea h Plant 1 processes about 83 million gallons per day(mgd)and Plant z processes about,151 , . MGD.According to the Huntington Beach Sewer Master Plan, all projected buildout within the41 �� City of Huntington Beach is estimated to increase total flow-by 1.95 MGD. Wastewater from f the Specific Plan Area is treated at Plant 2. Staff at Plant z indicate that there`are no current capacity issues and that the existing treatment facilities should, at minimum, meet area demand ; until 2050. b 7.2.2.2., Wastewater Generation The following wastewater demand factors were used to determine the total anticipated - ` maximum flow produced by the Specific Plan Area.These factors will be required to size pipes: 'e= - within developments in conjunction with City standards.The Specific Plan Areacould increase i An flows to o.67 MGD during peak usage points, but average daily flow should fall between 0.3 ; N � MGD and 0.4 MGD.A peak hour demand of o.67 MGD will not surpass the estimated 95 MGD planned for by the OCSD. !k iN 7.2.2. Wastewater Collection The Specific Plan Area is served b a network of city lines that flow-to,a inch trunk line m P Y Y 54- , . Walnut Avenue operated by the OCSD.The Public Works department has`;indicated that the. 54-inch trunk was originally designed to,support upstream:development that was ultimately rerouted to an alternative line.Therefore, current demand�on the,line is significantly less than ° <t _capacity and should support increases in flow from the Specific Plan.Area without issue Existing collection lines within the Specific Plan Area varyin size from 8 inch and�o inch m most �. streets to 15-inch in the abandoned portion of the Lake Street right-of way between ist Street and ind Street.City lines running southwest merge with the southeast flowing trunk line in v �k &a a" a wy� G53 7 _ 70 ,vnt e yF` HUNTIN;GTON; BEACH :DOWN�TOw,N SF'ECiFICPLAN ,NO 5 �`.��°���� � � � DOWgNTO.'+lVN SP�ECIFICPLAN -GU(DELINE�`5`�ANp STRAT�EGIES� ��-� � �� ������ Rev.Oct23 7 - PUBLIC SERVICES & FACILITIES Walnut Avenue. Lines consist of an 8-inch pipe in the alley between 5th Street and 6th Street, an 8-inch pipe in the alley between Main Street and 5th Street,an 8-inch line in Main Street, an 8-inch line in the alley between znd Street and 3rd Street,and a io-inch line in the alley between ist Street and end Street. Based on existing information,the system appears sufficient for the current loads, and no points have been identified at which demand is surpassing capacity. Pipe segments downstream of larger diameter pipes will need to be upsized when any development,occurs upstream.The F 8-inch line in Main Street is downstream of several to-inch segments and may need replacement ., n � with any additions in flow. .:., Realignment of Walnut Avenue between ist Street and znd Street will require relocation of the � j 54-inch trunk main in that location.The 15-inch line in the abandoned:section of Lake Street, 4 should also be relocated to Orange Avenue and should directly connectwith the to-inch and 18-inch lines in Atlanta Avenue at the three-way intersection ofAtlanta Avenue;Orange Avenue, and ist Street.All lines within the Specific Plan Area should be analyzed on a project by project" basis and sized based on the provided demand factors and City design criteria to determine.if �r upsizing is required. 7.2.3. Storm Drainage Conditions , 7.2.3.1. Storm Drainage Facilities Runoff from the Specific Plan Area currently drains-to the beach or to the.Huntington Beach ; Channel in a system of storm drain pipes.The Orange County Flood�Control District(OCFCD)is A+jA{ responsible for design and maintenance of regional drainage facilities. When the majority of the facilities were constructed in the area,,the established design criteria required the ability to accommodate 65 percent of a 25-year storm event. More recently,the County has modified the design criteria to require that all facilities accommodate loo percent of a loo=year storm event.All new facilities have since been constructed with an increased °- , capacity,and many existing areas have been upgraded. yy _. The City operates 15 pumping stations that pump drainage into the'Pacific Ocean through various channels.The three drainage facilities that are located within the Specific Plan Area'are the Atlanta Storm Water Pump Station(ASWPS),the;First Street Storm-Drain System(FSSDS), i s and the pipe system that reaches the beach at 7th Street. - ids � t 1 HU'-NTiNGT0N BEACH .,D:OWNTOWN SPECIFF( PLAN DOWNTOWN °-SPECIFICP.aLAN .GU1eDELINES ANDST`RATEGIES 7 - PUBLIC SERVICES & FACILITIES 7.2.3.2. Storm Water Management Currently the majority of the Specific Plan Area is already covered by impervious area. New development will minimally increase the impervious area,which will therefore limit the amount of additional runoff to a negligible amount. New developments adjacent to streets where the current system is inadequate will be required to upgrade facilities. According to local residents and business owners, drainage at the intersections of Main Street _ with Walnut Avenue, Main Street with Olive Avenue,and Main Street and Orange Avenue is -, t insufficient and flooding of the side streets occurs during most storms. � A Water quality priority project is a type of development project that has a high potential to 4 ^ 411 x . discharge pollutants that can harm the quality of downstream receiving water bodies. Priority projects-are required to incorporate treatment control BMPs, in addition to source control and a site design BMPs to reduce pollutants to the maximum extent practicable., Refer t6the`website www.bcwatersheds.com for more information. 7.2.3.3. Flooding Conditions ! Portions of the Specific Plan Area lie within the Federal Emergency Management Acf_(FEMA) , loo-year flood boundary.According to Flood Insurance Rate Maps(FIRM), during a one percent g chance storm,the area east of Huntington Street to Beach Boulevard would become inundated up to nine feet deep in some areas. FEMA maps are in the process of being updated to reflect ,. ^ the recent construction of levees around the canal;therefore, published flood depths could, decrease in the near future. Q. 7,2 4. Electrical and Gas System Conditions 4"60 7.2.4.1. Electricity Supply Southern California Edison(SCE)is the primary electricity service provider in the x x =i Plan Area:Service facilities include transmission, distribution,and communication lines. SCE t � � maintains approximately 280 miles of cable in the City of Huntington Beach, including service and distribution lines.There is one generating station located at 2173o NeWland Street and s . �Y operated by AES Corporation and six substations located at 15971 Graham Street, 8o8l,Warne 1 Avenue,1875 Edwards Street,73o Lake Street, 21202 Brookhurst Street, and iwi8 Ward"Street ` Within the,Specific Plan Area,there are aerial transmission lines that run along'Ist Street operated by SCE and regional 66-kV transmission facilities along Atlanta Avenue.Though proposed development within the Specific Plan Area should create a significant-increase in electricity demand,the demand should not surpass the quantity of electricity available,to the Specific Plan Area.zz �, ^ a 51 r s ;* 7 bra H U`N 1 I N'G T-O IVA BEACH D O W N T 0 WSN SPEC} F Irc,C P L'A N NO 57 ' DOW;,NT,�OWN S.01CI.FIC PLAN G111DELINES AND STf2A1 EGzi4t,0 � a _ - � Rev.Oct 23 7' PUBLICSERVICES& FACILITIES 7.2.42. Electricity Distribution While quantity of supply can be met by SCE,there are several bottle neck areas where supply can not be delivered based on a large quantity of electrical demand in one location at the same time.This is currently, and will continue, resulting in power outages in small zones within the Specific Plan Area.SCE is specifically having trouble delivering power to the second block of Main Street, between Walnut Avenue and Olive Avenue. It should also be noted that an increase in density within.the Specific Plan Area will likely lead to vertical growth and the quantity of elevators and escalators within the Specific Plat!Area may increase,thus creating a greater demand for electricity. Currently, incremental repairs _ .; and boosters are being added as development occurs.!Several new circuits and lines will need >. w to be installed to provide the required supply without impairing the levels of'se-vice to the ;g surrounding area. Each development will be required to pay for the development's share;of infrastructure improvements to electrical systems per SCE requirements. F 7.2.4.3. Gas Distribution Southern California Gas Company currently provides natural gas service to-the Specific Plan Area throw h,a network of under round aslines. Company staff indicated that there are no existing- through,g g g P y g : issues regarding gas supply or distribution.The proposed density increases will not 'requireline _ upsizing in the public streets, but additional service connections will need to be planned for new < development projects. Lines should be located by the.service providers prior to construction � activity to avoid conflicts or accidents. � F 7.2:5. Solid Waste Conditions l Rainbow Disposal provides residential and commercial trash service to the.City of Huntington zJ Beach.An automated waste collection system began in April of zoo7 throughout the communities within the service area.Automated waste collection takes place weekly using clean natural gas-powered vehicles,which are equipped with a mechanical arm that lifts and empties waste carts. Carts have wheels for easy handling and an attached lid that helps keep out rain water and helps to prevent trash from contaminating storm drains. Residential g ° units typically receive three_95-gallon or 65-gallon carts for trash, recycling,.an&green_waste. . Commercial spaces can receive multiple waste options including one-yard,two-yard, or three- yard commercial bins.-Trash service provides compactor pick-up service,40 cubic yard roll-offs, ten cubic yard low-boys,and three cubic yard Rent-A-Bins for,commercial,construction, and 7 ,., a residential properties. A state-of-the-art Material Recovery Facility(MRF)is also provided,which guarantees = comp liance_with California state lames.The following coducts are considered hazardous,waste, and are not allowed in regular trash: batteries, used motor,oil,'old paint,solvents, pesticides, w �7"77 77, 1 ti _ 5 HUNT INGTON BEACH DQWNTO'W"N SP�ECI171'C DOWNTOWN SPECfFaC P.``L`A"WGUI'DELIN`ES AND STRATEGIES 7- PUBLIC SERVICES & FACILITIES used automotive batteries, household cleaning products and pool chemicals.All development will be required to comply with current solid waste standards. Rainbow Disposal operates a waste transfer station in Huntington Beach where all waste is thoroughly sorted both mechanically and manually. Materials that can not be salvaged for reuse are sent to the Frank R. Bowerman Landfill in Irvine. Permitted capacity for the landfill is limited to 8,500 tons per day.Trucks are diverted to one of the other two landfills in the county if the per day capacity is reached at the Bowerman Landfill.The 725-acre facility opened in 1990 and is i planned for closure in 2053, based on permitted maximum daily use.The increase-in-density of the Specific Plan Area is within the planned buildout quantity assumptions of Huntington Beach' and is accounted for by local waste facilities in long term service projections g it 7.2:6. Police Department Services t Police Service to the Specific Area is provided b the Huntington Beach Police De artment The P P Y g P s Police Department has a substation that is currently located within,th'&Specific,Plan Area at 204 5th Street.The substation may be relocated in the future to the Pacific City development. ' Additional parking would be requested at the new substation.The Polite,Departrnent headquarters is located approximately a mile outside the Specific Plan Area at 200o Main Streets . The majority of the downtown core is served by officers staffed out of the police substation, including a Special Enforcement Team currently comprised of one sergeant and 12 officers, to of which are assigned to the downtown.A Directed Enforcement Team also operates ` out of the substation that is consists of one sergeant and four officers.The officers work a rotating schedule to service the area.Additional) parking spaces are limited at,the downtown " � g Y, P g P � substation. 'At present, due to the late night activity on Main Street the officers are often re uired to work w � g Y <,q , .overtime to adequately meet the public safety needs of the area.An increase in development within the downtown will require a proportionate increase in the amount of Police Department staff and services by the City. .z. Fire Department Services < �: The closest Huntington Beach Fire Department station to the Specific.Plan Area is Fire,Station 5 ' located at 53o Lake Street between Acacia Avenue and Frankfort Avenue. This;station opened ' a ' ins 81 and serves the downtown beach and ier. This station is staffedb ioyfire' personnel 2 ` , n hours a day, 7 days a week. The station is home to one paramedic engine:wit, 'four personnel, , - s31 7._ HU°NTINvGTONBEACH.�D;OWf <sTOW��aSP,ECIFIC PLANNO DOWNTOVI/N S'.P,ECIF1C "PLAN,`GUfD'-ELINES AIVD ,STRAT�E VE5 42, Rev.OQt 23 7 -PUBLIC,.SERVICES & FACILITIES one truck company with four personnel, and one emergency transport vehicle with two personnel. An increase in development within the downtown will require a proportionate increase in the amount of public safety staff,fire station facilities,fire apparatus, and equipment. 7.2.8. Communication Services Cable service to the Specific plan Area is currently provided by Time Warner.Cable. Phone ' service to the Specific Plan Area is currently provided by Verizon." Nd changes are proposed to, the existing cable and phone service systems. < l ._ There is a need to maintain the line of sight communications for the City's'ability to" l communicate via the 4.9 GHZ microwave. There is currently a link between the City Hall Police {° Department, Lifeguard headquarters,the south police substation, and Edwards fire station. x .7.3. Public Facilities } {{ f yy 1. School Facilities ' The Specific Plan Area is serviced by"the Huntington Beach City School District,which provides . elementary and middle schools, and the Huntington Beach Union High School District',which. provides high schools. While both school districts have open enrollment policies;the primary schools servicing the Specific Plan Area include John R. Peterson Elementary School;Agnes L. Smith Elementary School, Ethel R. Dwyer Middle School, and Huntington Beach High School. The Huntington Beach City School District is currently experiencing a declining enrollment. <T Therefore,the increase in population projected by the Specific Plan is not expected to have an'F ; a " m effect on the necessary eleentary and middle school facilities needed Within the City." While Huntington Beach High School has experienced a decline in enrollment:over the last several years, in zoo8 the enrollment level for the high school vvas at 98 percent. l' JA is f — — - — - — u HUNT.INGT0�N BEACH _DOWNTOWN SP.ECIFI,C PL.ANs VO 5 �9 , . DOWNTOaWN .S.PEC1'FIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND S;T'RAT-EGIESF .a 7 - PUBLIC SERVICES & FACILITIES 7.3.2. Parks The General Plan sets a standard of 5 acres of park space per 1,000 people. The City has a current estimated population of 202,250 people and currently has 1007.05 acres of park space. Therefore,at this time,the City is approximately 4.2 acres below the necessary park space recommended. Y The projected development within the Specific Plan Area is estimated to require 7.8 acres-of additional park space within the City. Currently,the city has the following three proposed parks planned for development within they next 12 to 36 months: •_ A two-acre park within the residential portion of the Pacific City development north of - _ .` Pacific View Avenue, between ist Street and Huntington Street. A 1.7 acre park as part of the Parkside Estates residential development on the west,side of Graham Street, south of Warner Avenue. • A two-acre park as part of the Blue Canvas residential development west of-Newland Street, N between Hamilton Avenue and Atlanta Avenue. Additionally,a 2.6 acre park is planned within the future residential development on the former Lamb School site. Development at this location is anticipated to be within the next three to five years. , Ft The addition of these park spaces will bring the City within approximately to acres of the'City's UN park space goal. The City is also examining additional options for expanding park space-within g �f�se � the City, including considering former school sites for development of park land. i� b t,t a . 1 ZNZ r ,� - r y7e" ;rc. g y, d ^t•(" ¢ ate. '"_'.� -. s+'T �- �T" ''';a T:y;q s""'R ,,.i.L+.'.�y^. a 3 31 c".,Ay s ,Y ,`4, ', a' - •- •-_•_ ? :' `: r`as. .� dt+ s v err:.. HUNTINGTOuN BEACH`"`D-OWN,TOV1/NSI'ECIFI;C, PLAN N;O� S � ;'DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUII?EL IN'ESAND SIRA*T�,E�GIE;S " a 4" Chapter 8 IMPLEMENTATION & PUBLIC B E N E�F I TS P LAN w_ _ _ s ." a t 3 ti H,'U' TI.fVGTO`N BEACH ,DC!1NNTOWN SRECIFi.0 PLA"N fPDATEf ~DO N,TOW-N SPEC,IFIC P,LA.N GUIDEL_IN ES, A this page intentionally left blank 17 sty 2� r � aF 611 5 xt LZ 4 Y } ., ter, 52Mc a Xc 1,44 2 hg.;, fit'�✓"s 4e s r ,.��, � �� �-� ��� t 5�� � r.��,�,�e�',� � d � .: ,. € F IS HUNTING.TON B'EAC'H .'D0WWro', sSPECtFt PLAN UPDATE : . � f DOWNTOWN S_P_ECIFIC PLANNGU�ID LINES .A�ND STRAT GdES` � � � � Rev.Oct 23 8 --IMPLEMENTATION Chapter 8 - Implementation 8.1. Introduction This chapter outlines the implementation program for the Specific Plan. The implementation program includes the following components: • An overview of the ways a specific plan can bring about economic investmentand desired (_ s physical improvements; ' ® A review of the existing economic conditions influencing current and future development ( " potentials in the Specific Plan Area; " A summary of the types of new development that are likely to beeconomically viable in the Specific Plan Area; f " • - A description of various economic development "tools"or implementation approaches available to the City of Huntington Beach to achieve the Plan objectives; ' An Implementation Action Plan and summary of recommendations;and • A review-of potential funding,mechanisms for implementation of key Plan initiatives. M1 k y, w., 8.2. Attracting Private Investment and.-Providing Public ,t Benefits }b �s An effective specific plan typically involves both the public and private sectors. Whereas e4' r� development of the land uses envisioned for a Specific Plan Area is often "kick started" by ! various public sector initiatives,the ultimate goal of this type of planning effort is to attract desired private investment. Broadly speaking,there are two major ways that a municipality can facilitate private development: " 1. , By creating a"conducive development environment""that is consistent with prevailing market demand for various land uses. This may include the following types of actions or policies:, : -3x { • Zoning,,design guidelines, etc.that are responsive to market needs at the individual f 3'_ establishment level,while maintaining the"overall character of the Specific Plan Area that ` preserves and enhances its general marketability; Information about the concepts, intent, etc.of the Specific Plan Area to prospective . investors/tenants; _ ® Streamlined permitting and"entitlement processes, 77 s • " d 1 s WUNTMGTON BEAC,H., DOW`NTO�/N a LAN GU.1,D"�� DOV�/,N70W,N SPECt.FIC P" ELINE5aA`ND S=TRATEGIE:S' � `- 8 - IMPLEMENTATION s Area-wide infrastructure investments, including parking facilities and street improvements; • Area-wide"amenity" investments, including landscape and streetscape improvements; • Marketing programs to enhance the area's identity and recognition among consumers; and ® Improvements to neighboring areas. 2. By providing focused development support to area businesses, property,owners, and key development projects. This can involve the following types of initiatives ssembling development or redevelopment sites;A _ Financiallystructuring shared infrastructure improvements that increa"se theProd uctiv�t g P Y �f of the area in ways that are advantageous to development,such as shared.parking, „A „ ® Investing in general infrastructure improvements in the Specific Plan Area Each of these potential implementation items is described in greater detail below in,Section 8.5. Creating the Conditions for Attracting Private Investment and 8.6. Implementation Action Plan 8.3. Economic Conditions Influencing Develo r�entPotential ; 3 g P Ai An effective Specific Plan needs to be based on a realistic understanding of the market ° 3 n conditions affecting the Specific Plan Area. Simply changing zoning on a map will not attract development unless there is an underlying market demand for a particular land use. On. the other hand if there is immediate demand for a desirable land use.that is not permitted t under existing zoning,a change in zoning can bring about very significant results- .Moreover, appropriate zoning changes can be made more effective if coupled with policies,that address- other existing barriers to development, such as insufficient infrastructure i The following is a summary of key existing conditions that will influence_the realistic range of r future development opportunities in the Specific Plan Area. R114 The Specific Plan Area is largely"built out." f i. Prevailing property values in the Specific Plan Area reflect the fact that most parcels are. already developed with existing viable uses. This situation will tend to,limit the financial' , feasibility of redeveloping these parcels with lower-density land uses ;Thatis,m most cases, fla new development would need to be relatively high density in order for the ultimate value of the development to justify the costs associated with buying and clearing land that is, x . . currently occupied with other uses. While there maybe some(currently underutilized)sites a that are exceptions to this observation, it should apply as a good rule of tliumbforAefining the types of,opportunities that are likely to exist for most parcels i 1 w r s , f a A lo5 a�. €+- 31 ' r$ 2 HUNTINGTON 'B;EACH b,0WNT0WNx5PECiFiC P('AN `Nw0 501, ' � > Rev.Oct 23 8 - IMPLEMENTATION' • The relatively limited availability of public parking,at least during peak periods,currently serves as a constraint to development in the Specific Plan Area. ® The above conditions suggest the following major conclusions about the types of opportunities that are likely to apply to existing or future development in the Specific Plan Area: ® Most new development will likely need to be relatively high density given prevailing land values,as well.as the related cost of assembling viable development sites. �i o Developers,will seek to leverage the activity generated by major projects currently being .y developed, especially The Strand'and Pacific City,by.catering to,the special needs of new types of residents and patrons that these projects could bring- Smaller, infill development projects will face the greatest challenges"'of financial feasibility, '` w and this is particularly the case when residential, even low-density residential,uses already exist; as the residential market,since it is effectively global and notjust localized, can, in � j circumstances where demand is particularly strong,out-bid local-serving businesses for land © Parking solutions for mixed-use need to be as creative as possible,'and these concepts are addressed in the Implementation Action Plan below. e The area should benefit from additional focus on visitor-oriented marketing and leveraging ,f existing events and the Special Events Plan that IMG/Action Sports will develop;and owners, I developers, and tenants should be encouraged to shift their business focus towards the messages embodied in these programs. a The preceding points all suggest that the City is well served by a`flexible approach that ; anticipates the above issues and is responsive to the accompanying needs and market si demands. f ^` 8.4. Summary of Demand Projections As part of the background research for this Specific Plan,The Natelson Dale Group, Inc.(TN DG) prepared a market study to identify long-range demand for various types of development in the =n Specific PIan,Area. Key findings from TNDG's market analysis are summarized below: :. y 8.4.1. Summary of Potential Land Use Demand a ` Figure 8-1 provides'a summary of conservative and aggressive demand"for;new development in the Specific Plan Area over the next zo years. HU:NT•1_N_GT0N B'EACH,�D-OW`NTO.WN SP.ECIFTC PLAN i�l�O >5' ," �8 DOW- NTOWN." S P E CIF I C'`P LA N GUIDEt�t,NES AtND S1 RATEG ES a ' K 9 +, E 8 - IMPLEMENTATION Summary of Potential Land Use Demand Market Demand 1 Land Use Conservative A99r- Retail 231,258 sq.ft. 388,770 sq.ft. Restaurant 75,783 sq.ft. 91,830 sq.ft. Office io8814 sq.ft. 225,897 sq.ft. i Residential 449 units 1,198 units 5 'Capturable Demand Estimates for 2025,TNDc ' Figure 8-1 Summary of Potential Land Use Demand 8.4.2.' Pro Forma Analysis . � The feasibility of new development and redevelopment in the Specific Plan Area.was examined in three phases by TN DG. First, demand for different land uses was'estimated based,on unconstrained supplies of land. Second practical limits on develo ment redevelo meet activit a PP , P P /< P y �" 5 were examined in cooperation with RRM planners. Third,TNDG prepared analyses of financial P feasibility through a series of pro formas that included factors such as existing land values. In order to assess, at a preliminary level,the financial feasibility of redevelopment of underutilized properties in Downtown Huntington Beach,TN DG prepared a series of analysis models for hypothetical redevelopment scenarios based on prototypes developed by RRM. The a models combined data on land costs,floor-area-ratios(FAR), parcel sizes(using actual parcels as , p project examples), building costs,parking requirements,potential building rents-and,sale prices (for condominiums),and potential development value based on proje'cted,cash flows. The evaluated prototypes included three mixed-use projects and one hotel project., The . ._$ P yP P 1 P .j. � mixed-use projects included retail,restaurants, and office(one project)and/or condominiums (two projects), with one project having a bed &breakfast component asan option. Data ' for the assessments came from a variety of sources, including RRM Design Group(design4 configurations, parcel data including existing development at'specific case-study sites, parking :l .,. requirements,and cost estimates),construction cost estimating websites;and our internal data _° on developmentcost and project operational costs and other information. . 4 Assessments of this type are subject to many cost/profitability factors andiresults should be � viewed as providing preliminary and general indications only. The particular circumstances ® that pertain to specific sites, owner/developer motivations and efficiencies, shifting market,,, conditions,functionality of projects, and the like, each affect, sometimes significantly;the 7 z � y 'M v a'A �14 ^}.> ( a y va sh -- + -7 $ 4 H,U N T I N.G T O N B E.A C H (3.0 W N'T 0, 1*! S F E C I�FBI'C P�l>A IV, � �k � DOVVNT' - S,P-E'CIFIC� PLA�N �GUID��EI�IN<ES' AND"�S�TR�AT�EGIE�S �����' , - y,`�.._.� ",� x S r � � �"� �.+�`�?a.`tar x.",• saY ,.� .,,.°d �'��.er .'" ��yx'`�a¢"� 'i rt� �*.er4''y�1 Rev..Oct 23 8 - IMPLEMENTATION "bottom line"of such projects. As such,there are an almost infinite number of combinations of input values and, consequently, analysis results that pertain to assessments of this type. In the discussion that follows,the pro forma assessments assume that all uses are equally leasable/saleable within the market—an assumption that focuses the analysis on the relative profitability of individual uses but is not necessarily accurate from the standpoint of a development business plan. The results of the assessments, in general terms,indica_tethefollowing: f a Parking requirements, along with the need to place much of the parking underground, are a significant challenge to rofitabilit of theseprojects. The high parking ratio that applies g g P y g P g PP A -; to restaurants is particularly challenging for that use;tconsequently,�retail tends to be more ;`., J E profitable than restaurants. In this regard, profitability improves considerably with the option for developers to a in-lieu fees to the City instead of, building Underground, P P pay Y Y _ g g parking at roughly twice the cost per space as the in-lieu fees. IaM Office is generally more profitable than retail due to lower o p eratin costs.and more g Y P operating r¢ T x=. favorable capitalization rates. It should be noted, however,that the projected demand for office space(in terms of total square feet absorbable through 2025)is less than half of the I projected demand for retail space. I ® The pattern of current land prices suggests(preliminarily,, as we have not analyzed this issue comprehensively)that residential use is perhaps more valuable than commercial,which. - s creates an additional burden for prospective redevelopers. • A hotel development should be profitable in a redevelopment scenario but this use has, perhaps the widest range of potential variation to input values,,so any generalization should be considered in that regard. ® Development of bed and breakfast facilities is challenging based on typical performance �K 4 factors for this type of project. While there is virtually no such thing as a"typical"bed and ., breakfast,they tend to have lower occupancy rates than hotels and are very,owner-specific in terms of acceptable rates of return,etc: Owners and operators of such facilities are not necessarily as focused on profitability as on a career,lifestyle., Y P y Y The residential units tend to be infeasible as apartments,but condominium sales`should yieldv� very satisfactory returns—perhaps better than any of the commercial uses. This conclusion' .; n regarding the financial attractiveness of condominium development would not like) a g g P X apply " q under current housing market conditions, but—consistent with the long range focus of'this planning effort_TN DG has assumed that the evaluated redevelopment scenarios would- '. occur in several years once the"market has returned to more normal.conditions:- ,- -- .� f ? ! �; E . HUNTINGT,ON BEA CH ,DOWNTOWN S�PECIF:tC P"LAN N,0 5` F ' 85 DOWNTOWN SPECNFIC "P_LAN, GUIDELINES AND 5= RA �E�IE_ 5 8 - IMPLEMENTATION 8.5. Creating the Conditions for Attracting Private Investment 8.5.1. Zoning From an economic perspective,two key issues need to be addressed as it relates to zoning within the Specific Plan Area: i Allowable densities need to be high enough to facilitate market-driven redevelopment of selected parcels given the relatively high land values in the Specific Plan Area.24 Zoning should allow the flexibility to develop desirable land uses for which.the future,market is uncertain. 8.5.2. - _Streamlined Permitting and Entitlement A key advantage to adopting a Specific Plan is that it provides a vehicle for'expedited approval ' g of development proposals that are consistent with the community vision established by the. ' Specific Plan. Developers consistently cite this type of provision as a key factor in selecting the .>� communities where they will pursue projects. In this regard, it is essential that the adopted plan remove to the maximum degree possible the need for discretionary approvals for projects that fall,within the development"envelope"established by the Plan. 8.5�3•: Area-wide Infrastructure and "Amenity" Investments The specific infrastructure and amenity improvements proposed as part of this.Specific Plan are ' identified in Chapter 5.Circulation and Parking, Chapter 6. Streetscape and Public Amenities; -and Chapter 7. Public Services and Facilities. 8.5:4. Marketing Program x ` Marketing initiatives can improve the Specific Plan Area's,prospects with respect to attracting ' ' both investors(i.e., new development and revitalization of existing uses)"and customers � key thrust of the overall Plan implementation should be to make certain the Specific Plan-Ar.'ea is appropriately re resented in promotional literature for the region,in ways that'elevate: represented P g� Y - the image and market"identity"of the Specific Plan Area. The following"fypes:of.m`arketing � activities are appropriate for the Specific Plan Area: • Establish a marketing committee representing a broad spectrum of interested stakeholdersw iA (property owners, business owners, developers, area reside nts,'etc.),"andexisting' organizations with a promotional role,such as the Surf City USA;Marketing and Visitors 7 " #LL— ., . .. .:a.. .. x e , �a b 3' �`: fi HtJ.NTINGTONB-EiA'CHDtOWN;TOWNSPECIFtC PLAN Noy 5 � �, ;;� � DOW"NT,&'WN_S, E"CIFIC.PLAN GU1DEL#MES A"ND STR, A EG� ES Rev.Oct 23 8 - IMPLEMENTATION,' Bureau and its affiliated organizations—the Huntington Beach Hotel/Motel Association, the Huntington Beach Restaurant Association,the Huntington Beach Downtown Business Improvement District, and the Huntington Beach Chamber of Commerce. ® Assess,through the committee,the existing marketing material that applies to the Specific Plan Area, particularly the official Visitors Guide and other web-based information currently produced and distributed by the Surf City USA, Marketing and Visitors Bureau, in terms of how best to ensure that the Specific Plan Area is reflected in existing materials in ways that �w correctly interpret its relative importance to the overall region's tourism appeal.', F -_' • Identify any new' messages"for the marketing campaign, including those that apply to,the = , Special Events Plan that will be developed by IMG/Action Sports,and incorporating data from previous visitor surveys done by Surf City USA, Marketing and Visitors Bureau. I Prepare a marketing Action Plan incorporating the types of programs outlined below and reflecting the specific input and priorities of the marketing committee. l Develop new graphic materials and color palettes to support the identified marketing i messages, if needed. ' o Implement streetscape,signs, and other physical improvements that reinforce_the"flavor and desired name recognition of the Specific Plan,Area. As a potential supplement to W, permanent improvements, a pole banner or similar program could be implemented on a , seasonal basis to expand consumer recognition of the Specific Plan Area as a,'place"and s ` to support specific special events, etc. This type of activity will be especially important for promoting pedestrian-oriented uses. 4 ® Update the annual calendar of special events, including those eventsidentified by IMG/: ,`€ ° Action Sports, as appropriate;aimed at attracting,additional"foot traffic"to the Specific `a ° Plan Area. }* a m Coordinate with Surf City USA, Marketing and Visitors Bureau and other producers of existing promotional material,to-design and implement a print media advertising campaign that reflects the,committee's recommendations. Where appropriate,the print media campaign can be supplemented by radio advertising.. Implement a direct mail campaign to existing businesses within the'Specific Plan Area to , � y encourage their participation-in the marketing program and in planned,public and private improvements occurring in the Specific Plan Area. It should be emphasized that marketing programs of this nature are typically most effective �. when supported by,both the public and private sectors. Whereas it'is'likely that the-Cifywould, have"a continuing role in facilitating the marketing program, it is anticipated that the business community would be responsible for long-term,management of the,effort. Potential'funding mechanisms for the indicated marketing program are described below --a 75 HUN.TINGTON BEACHDOWNTOV1/N S.flECIF'1C �PLAN �I°O � ,, $ � :i DOW:N�TOWN `SPdECIFrI �P°LA,N G,UJDELt°NES SAND STRATEGIeS 8 - IMPLEMENTATION $•5.5• Improvements to Neighboring Areas As discussed below in Section 8.7. Potential Funding Sources , and Financing Mechanisms, Community Development Block Grant(CDBG)-funded Enhancement Areas include the Yorktown neighborhood north of the Specific Plan „ Ave Area. As such housingprograms for this area can indirect) >s `' ams P g Y �` z, improve the image of the Specific Plan Area. The Specific ,,��� ` Plan Area is partially included in one of the Southern , California Association of Governments (SCAG) 2%Strategy - # Opportunity Areas",which are target areas in the SCAG region that represent two percent of the total land area, - and where SCAG intends to focus investments in planning -efforts and resources, in order to"yield the greatest progress i " z toward improving measures of mobility, livability, prosperity and sustainability for local neighborhoods and theirw residents." In Huntington Beach the 2%Strategy Opportunity Fi ure 8-2,SCAG_2%Sfrete ` g gY PP Y s sv� = 3 Area is centered on the Beach Boulevard corridor, shown OpporrunityAreas, in Figure 8-2,which could therefore be an area of potential ;~ planning focus that would indirectly enhance the downtown Specific Plan Area. 8.6. Implementation Action Plan 1,4 The Implementation Action Plan presented here details all of the actions, programs,stud"ies, g Y4,4 initiatives, and improvement projects necessary to make the Specific Plari recommendations a ` reality. V � The Implementation Action Plan details the selected action ro ram or ro ect-and mdicates- P , P g g- priority g P„ py I m; a short medium or long-term riorit for each item. Ashort-'ran a norit �ndicatesthe item should be completed in the next year, while a medium-range priority indicates-expected completion within the next two to five years. A long-term priority may take five or more years to complete. The Implementation Action Plan also details which group is responsible;focthe,completion of the item and identifies potential funding sources for each item. W� V HUNTINGT0N, BEACH D'OWNTOINN SP°EClF1-C`PxLAN N:O> � F D O WAN T O W NSA P E,CI.FI C P-L A N :G U I b ESL I iV E S A N D S T R ATEES Rev.Oct 23 8 - IMPLEMENTATION 7. Implementation Action Plan Action Priority Responsibility Potential Lead Support Funding Sources REGULATORY-ACTIONS= F Adopt General Plan/Local Coastal Plan/Zoning PL R&ED N/A I' m: Amendments w.{ Adopt Specific Plan PL R&ED N/A Create public amenity in-lieu fee R&ED BID N/A � = Create Restaurant Alcohol Permit 1 PL BID N/A �3 Create Security Fund to provide protection for 1 PL BID N/A I" , � restaurants with alcohol permits `' ` Designate the Specific Plan Area as an T PW PL N/A „z << underground utility district .t Develop employee parking provisions PL BID A,B l ` Revise existing downtown parking permit 1 R&ED BID A,C . program tPRQGRAIVIS;,STUDIES'AND.1N` ITIATIVES Allow and incentivize private parking structures 2 R&ED PBID C,D r (conventional/automated) " Create parking opportunities on City-owned lots 1 PW R&ED A,B,C Cultural Arts complex-Create RFP to attract 2 CS R&ED D,E ' public/private partnership Cultural Arts complex- Design development of 2 CS R&ED F i Cultural Arts complex Design development for Streetscape 1 1 PW R&ED G,H,I Design development for Streetscape 2 2 PW R&ED G,H,I Priority: 1 = Short Range(ist year), 2 = Mid-Range(2-5 years), 3 = Long Range(5+years) s4 i Responsibility: PL= Planning, R&ED = Redevelopment and Economic Development, BID = Business Improvement District, NG = Neighborhood Groups, PW= Public Works, PBID = Property and Business Improvement District, CS = Community Services(Parks), Pvt= Relevant Private Firms, Con = Consultant Potential Funding Sources: A=Vehicle Parking District, B = Parking Lot Revenues, C= Parking In-Lieu a Fees, D = General Fund, E= Foundation Resources, F= Foundation Grants, G =CIP, H = Caltrans, I = PBID, J = BID, K=Tax Increment Funds, L= Gas Tax, M = Proceeds from Sale of Assets Eigure 8 3 ItrllenentattrrActron�Ptar of 4 t {j HUNT"INGT,O,N BE.ACII .DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NQ' D`ONJN-TC>''WN 5°PEC"hFIC `P°LAN-''GUI DELIN'"ES A;ND SRATEGIE,S $ °, 8 - IMPLEMENTATION Implementation Action Plan Action Priority Responsibility Potential Lead Support Funding Sources °PROGRAMS;ST0DIES AND INITIATIVES Design development for Streetscape 3 z PW R&ED G,H,I Design development for Streetscape 4 z PW R&ED G,H,I ° Design development for Streetscape 5 z PW R&ED G,H,I �k Design development for Streetscape 6 3 PW R&ED G,H,I . . implement downtown trolley system z PW R&ED H J ' P Y Y Implement off-site/remote parking with shuttle 1 PW R&ED A,B,C,J for events Institute valet operations in existing parking 1 BID R&ED B C ��44 p g P g � 4�4' lots/structures Relocate existing outdoor dining adjacent to the 1 PL BID N/A F g g i zn�Y�.vx buildings s' .T Reopen Pecan Avenue to through traffic z PW R&ED G,L ,l Review and refine parking in-lieu fee amount and 1 R&ED PW A,B ° program Shared Parking Agreements- Business to 1 R&ED BID A,CF h = Business k Vacate Acacia Avenue between 6th Street and z PW R&ED G L M aq, �27th Street .. Vacate portion of Walnut Avenue between ist z PW R&ED G,L,M 1 Street and znd Street W . pp Vacate portion of 6th Street between north edge z PW R&ED G,L,M of Townsquare Condominiums and Main Street Priority: 1 = Short Range(ist year), z = Mid-Range(2-5 years),3 = Long Range(5+years) n , Responsibility: PL= Planning, R&ED = Redevelopment and Economic Development, BID = Business Improvement District NG = Neighborhood Groups, PW= Public Works PBID = Property and Business P , g p , , p Y Improvement District, CS = Community Services(Parks) Pvt= Relevant Private Firms Con = Consultant Potential Funding Sources: A=Vehicle Parking District, B= Parking Lot Revenues, C= Parking In-Lieu _ Fees, D = General Fund, E = Foundation Resources, F= Foundation Grants, G = CIP, H = Caltrans, I = PBID, � J = BID, K=Tax Increment Funds, L= Gas Tax, M = Proceeds from Sale of Assets . v. -- - 4 ; FlffUF@ Act!6�Plan(20-N -t x . ` ` r `" x 1� 9 .'G .^ A a r 5 4 "3 ti X 81q y6, Hl1NTIN,GTON BEACH 'D'�pWNTOWiW,SPECIfI,C PLAN° NyO 5 s `DOW.NTOINN 'S°PECIFiC ,P'LAIV: ,GUIDELINES AND STRAEGIEStM Rev.Oct 23 8 -.IMPLEMENTATION Implementation Action Plan Action Priority Responsibility Potential Lead Su ort Funding Sources M PROVEN ENTPROJ ECTS p• �. Acquire potential sites for additional parking z R&ED Pvt A,C,M (surface lots and structures) . Ac uire right-of-way for Walnut Avenue between z PW q g Y R&ED G,L,M ;. v_. ist Street and znd Street to align with Pacific ;Y View Avenue #` ! City-private partnering-Augment on-site parking z PW R&ED A,CrM for new development Conduct alley paving improvements at 3 PW R&ED G,L intersections with paseos ;z d l � Construct and install gateway monuments z CS R&ED Create additional tiered parking in existing beach 3 PW R&ED G,L parking areas j Create new bike lanes/routes z PW R&ED G,L,H 3 Develop City wayfinding system-locate and install signs PW Con G J n � s >> Implement electronic monitoring/status I PW Con B C J notification for parking structures n. Implement improvements to City-owned paseo z PW R&ED G,L of the north side of Main Street between Walnut Avenue and Olive Avenue Introduce exclusive pedestrian phase crossing at 2 PW R&ED G,L Pacific Coast Highway and ist Street E Priority: i = Short Range(ist year), z = Mid-Range(2-5 years), 3 = Long Range(5+years) : ' Responsibility: PL= Planning R&ED = Redevelopment and Economic Development BID = Business = ti Improvement District, NG = Neighborhood Groups, PW= Public Works, PBID = Property and Business Improvement District, CS =Community Services(Parks), Pvt= Relevant Private Firms, Con= Consultant Potential Funding Sources: A=Vehicle Parking District, B = Parking Lot Revenues, C= Parking In-Lieu Fees, D= General Fund, E= Foundation Resources, F= Foundation Grants, G =CIP, H = Caltrans, I = PBID, = r J = BID, K=Tax Increment Funds, L= Gas Tax, M = Proceeds from Sale of Assets Figure, Tp1ementa116n AJion,Plan,{3 of4} � H:UNT'�ING-TON• BEACH DaOWNTOWN SAP-EC,1F"C PLAN ,N N �EGIEFIC -PLAN GUIE ES AD., WN,TO\ N-- , ECI 8 - IMPLEMENTATION Implementation Action Plan Action Priority Responsibility Potential Lead Support Funding Sources IMPROVEMENT PROJECTS Introduce exclusive pedestrian phase crossing at z PW R&ED G,L Pacific Coast Highway and 6th Street Introduce new bike parking/racks downtown 1 PW CS G,L,H .� .� .m4u i Realign Acacia Ave/Main Street intersection to go z PW R&ED G,L,M � 3 �. degrees r ' = Short Range(ist year), z = Mid-Ran Mid -Range Range(5+ ears)Priorit : " 4 N . Responsibility: PL= Planning, R&ED = Redevelopment and Economic Development, BID Business41 ' N` Improvement District, NG = Neighborhood Groups, PW= Public Works, PBID = Property and Business , € Improvement District, CS = Community Services(Parks), Pvt= Relevant Private Firms, Con =Consultant s Potential Funding Sources: A=Vehicle Parking District, B = Parking Lot Revenues, C= Parking In-Lieu Fees D = General Fund E= Foundation Resources F= Foundation Grants G =CIP H = Caltrans I = PBID J = BID K=Tax Increment Funds L= Gas Tax M = Proceeds from Sale of Assets 1, ^s „ C3 Zl gw Frgurelerrenfatt`arr Action Plano csf4) — - - ��-- fx gg vo LL r HIJNTIN-GTON BEACH, -D01NN�TOW'N SPECIFICPLAN%Nt? 5 ` i,�` 8 ' ', = 'DOW'N,TO'WNSPEC'I'FI'C P>.LAN W`GU{DELINES AND ST'RATEG'1E5° m . Rev.OCt 23 8 -.IMPLEMENTATION' 8.7. Potential.Funding Sources and Financing Mechanisms Several major categories of funding mechanisms are potentially applicable to the Specific Plan Area. These potential funding mechanisms are listed and described further below. ® Sale of City assets, such as abandoned streets. ® - In addition to the existing Downtown Huntington Beach Business Improvement District - g g_ P � da . ; # formation of a Property and.Business Improvement District(PBID)to fund various.specific/ location specific improvements and activities within the Specific Plan Area. fJ • Establishing a"Public Amenity In-lieu Fee"to fund public open space-areas,such as these ; proposed plazas and paseos. _ >, ,. • .Formation of a Vehicle Parking District to fund needed parking improvements in-the Specific ' Plan Area. t • Parking in Lieu Fees. • .General Fund allocations for planning efforts and program administration: Fundingallocations throw h the Cit 's annual Ca ital Im rovement'Plan CIP rocess for , g Y P P ( )P . (. ` ° - major infrastructure improvements in the Specific Plan Area). Grants to fund various improvements and activities(particularly transportation-related),in the Specific Plan Area, and this might include involving other,,non-governmental,entities in f applying for and administering grants. - � Development agreements(contributions). These are contractual arrangements between tu developers and government to either pay fees or to construct infrastructure in the Specific Plan Area. Local gasoline tax revenues for improvements to local roads and streets. ° Rule zoA funds to pay for the conversion of overhead power,lines and other equipment to . s r underground facilities("undergrounding"). Community Development Block Grant(CDBG) Funds,although these funds are most'likely r -. to only indirectly affect the Specific Plan Area, by improving housing_conditions in targeted areas such as the nearby Yorktown neighborhood. � i Tax increment funds available through the RedevelopmentAgency,Which are already programmed to'help fund redevelopment projects in the Specific Plan Area. . - w 4 ai 35 b d X i sf ti NU`N1'ING.T.O,N B E�7�CH D�OWNTOW..N SP`ECIF,I��C PI:A`N� N,O DQW.NT:O�_WN ,S.P�f-C'I,FIC RLA`N GUID.ELI`1IuES A:ND STFtA,�EiGI 5 F � 8 - IMPLEMENTATION ® Transient Occupancy Tax(TOT),which currently helps fund the Surf City USA, Marketing and Visitors Bureau. ® Parking revenues from the beach and downtown lots and meters, as well as annual beach passes. 8.7.1. Sale of City Assets The Plan contemplates the abandonment of various streets in the Specific Plan Area',and. these sites could potentially be sold for development, and/or perhaps included'as part of land assemblage packages. c # n§rp 8.7.z. Property and Business Improvement District A Property and Business Improvement District PBID authorized b the Pro-erty -and Business ' P Y P (PBID) Y. P Y_ ;� Improvement District Law of 1994-could augment the existing merchant-based BID and could be more ideally suited to fund certain planned physical improvements in the-Specific Plan � 4 Area. Whereas the existingBID assesses merchants in the Specific Plan Area for purposes: P P P . b of marketing and other programmatic activities that serve to directly benefit area businesses -a PBID assesses the owner of the real property. In this respect,the PBID would be a more, �. appropriate means of funding permanent physical improvements that stand to improve property values in the area. A PBID is limited to a maximum of five years of assessments. While it is beyond the scope of this Specific Plan effort to conduct a feasibility study for the - e formation of a PBID, it is recommended that.this step be pursued during the initial stages of the Specific Plan implementation. As a first step,the City would propose the new district, UPS , b ado tm a resolution of intention which would identify the t es of im rovements and:` f Y P g Y YP P €� activities to be financed. The City would then be required to send noticesto all affected property owners publish public notices in local newspapers and to hold a publie,heaein'g. .If not protested by a majority of property owners,the PBID is established and an advisory board is U appointed. 8.7.3. Public Amenity In-lieu Fee An."Public Amenity In-lieu Fee"would provide a mechanism for new development projects to contribute to an "public amenity"fund. The funds collected for this fee could be used to finance the development of public open space areas such as the public plazas; paseos, and the � . i e.7=77 < t77777- n ' 7'V ✓`"` ,ems ;,s.. b,, ^s «`� r X s t '� , r a d �xs a �. xs` , , M1 u d S§,•J f Y, C;, a,r. '.: °` ` .. "'f g3 '# + sw11 s,, ' e q z E P „BEAC H "D-OW NT OWH U , > DOW.JNTO NN SPE.ChFIC RtA, GUID�ELIIVES A1VD STRATtt-TE`5 � � Rev.Oct 23 8 - IMPLEMENTATION 8.7.4. Vehicle Parking District A Vehicle Parking District is a mechanism local government agencies use for financing the acquisition of land,the construction, operation and maintenance of facilities and garages. This is one potential financing approach that could apply to funding the comprehensive parking management and facility recommendations in Chapter 5. Circulation and Parking of this Specific Plan. With this approach to finance the costs of a parking structure project the City would levy assessments and may issue bonds. - . � Given that a Vehicle Parking District is a form of a benefit assessment and a type of assessment `r district,only properties that directly benefit from the parking structure are assessed the fees. =� In this case,the Vehicle Parking District would be formed and would include property only in. ; .. the Specific Plan Area,given that these are the properties that would benefit from a potential �w parking structure. The following outlines the steps to create a parking district(or any other type of benefit assessment). " " `.: The first step would require the City to prepare a detailed engineer's report,which would include a report outlining the proposed area, proposed parking structure costs,the annual costto each property, and the benefit formula used to determine each property's share of the cost. '" m All landowners in the proposed Vehicle Parking"District'ar_e`sent a ballot and notice'of public h # . hearing. The City must consider all protests at the public hearing. A majority of the ballots 3, must vote in favor of the Vehicle Parking District to approve its formation. In addition, < ballots are weighted according to the proportional financial obligation of each property. ky£ Once approved,the assessment is created and is billed on property tax bills each year. As opposed to traditional property taxes, benefit assessments, by law(Proposition 13), y,.F cannot be based on property value. In this case,each parcel in the Vehicle Parking District is assessed according the specific benefit it receives, as determined by the,engineer's report, " from the parking structure. j 8.7.5. Parking In-Lieu Fees " # Parking In-Lieu Fees could be used as an alternative to the Vehicle_Parking District. The existing in-lieu fee amount must be re-evaluated and adjusted to reflect the'market rate value of constructing the additional parking space.The intent of the"fee is to"allow projects who have: no ability to park one ability to add additional development through the payment of an in-lieu fee. Utilization of the in-lieu fee program will be contingent on the avallability of off-site - - [ Jk , HUyNT.INGTON BEACH QOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO5R 815 D"0WNT0INN" SPECI,FIC.`PtAN GUIDEINES AND L S1 RATEGIES . FJ,1y 8 - IMPLEMENTATION parking spaces prior to or concurrent with the payment of in-lieu fees.This may require some new development will wait until there is a solution to the off-site parking issues, but will limit the potential for a parking problem downtown. 8.7.6. General Fund General Fund allocations are used for planning efforts,capital improvement projects and -7] program administration. General Fund revenues are monies collected by-the City from property taxes, sales and use tax,transit occupancy tax,and other forms of revenue and are used by: the City to fund municipal operations such as fire, police, development services, public works, recreation, and a wide variety of other municipal services. AM A- Nil 8:7.7. Funding Allocations through the City's Annual Capital Improvement Plan (CI P) Process These allocations would generally apply to major infrastructure improvements'inthe Specific Plan Area, and would be coordinated with other capital-improvement needs throughoutahew City. Having these projects in the CIP increases the likelihood that the cost-effectiveness of the work will be maximized, due to economies of scale.; 8-7.8. Grants - A number of grants from both private and public sources are available to fund many of the �8 ' recommended Plan improvements. Given the existing downtown BID's status as a nonprofit organization,a number of grant sources of funding would be available.=Some of the-resources the BID could'use to pursue various rant funding sources include the Center Non rofit P g g P � Management, located in Los Angeles,which provides a comprehensive database on,,cuirentf,. ZZ g g P P local, state,and federal grant sources for community development projects. In addition- the center provides additional resources for nonprofit organizations,'such vvorksliops on grant seeking, proposal writing,financial management, etc..A valuable online source of grant information is the Catalog of.Federal Domestic Assistance(CFDA),which provides access to a � r database of all Federal programs available to state and local governments and private profit and � g i � nonprofit organizations and institutions. i � F P In additional,to-grant sources available to the nonprofit organizations,the_City.is also eligiIV ble= to apply for a number'of funding sources itself as a local government agency F,or example,;> Caltrans has the Community Based Transportation Planning program,,a trans ortati, tannin ® Y- P g P g P. P g < that could support the planning phase of comprehensive concepts in.communit program PP P gP P P improvement in which parking,streetscape enhancements,and travel modes are addressed " r ? ' �` 2, r . Vt - $ �6 H64TFNGT0K= B-EACH '-DOWNT©W-N SP3ECIFIC PLAN K-O 5 DOWNTOWNSP;'ECI.FIC PLAN GUIDELINES ,AND STRATEGIES � ' Rev. Oct 23 8 - IMPLEMENTATION Other planning and technical assistance programs could aid in development of a local transit system, namely the Transit Technical Planning Assistance,for planning transit functions,and Transit Professional Development,to build capacity in terms of analyzing transit options, etc. Transportation programs that could potentially provide funds for construction of projects are described in Caltrans'Transportation Funding Opportunities Guidebook,and these include programs such as the Congestion Mitigation and Air Quality(CMAQ)program and the Transportation Enhancements"(TE)program. t� : In some cases existing non-governmental institutions could be encouraged to serve as grant ;( channels more suitable to certain types of projects,or riew institotions could be created for . such purposes. For example,funding for a Cultural Arts complex'might best be accomplished through existing foundations such as the Huntington Beach Art Center Foundation, anon-profit private corporation, or the,Orange County Community Foundation. Certain private granting organizations,for example the,James Irvine Foundation,will favor awarding arts-related grants a to such entities. Given the inherent uncertainty in obtaining grant funding based on the competitive application .;; process,the City may choose to expand its staff capability for grant writing and applications. 8. Development Agreements Contributions � As a form of a contractual arrangement between the local government`and the,developer,, development agreements have the advantage in that they are not"subject to AB i600 requirements unlike development impact fees which are subject to those requirements(see_._. 4 .� above). One particular form of a development agreement would require a developer of a project in the Specific Plan Area to pay fees or donate infrastructure related to the physical `= improvements proposed irrthe Specific Plan in return from some form of assistance from the City. As an example, a"bonus density"agreement would allow a developer to build a residential'or commercial project at higher densities in exchange for the developer donating ,i infrastructure that is part of the recommended physical improvements in the Specific Plan Area Alternatively,the developer could pay a fee for the needed infrastructure improvements. In the case of the Specific Plan Area,which is largely built out with existing uses,,land values tend n9 to be relatively high. As a consequence; increased densities are often necessary to make new development, or redevelopment of existing uses,financially feasible. Irraddition to increasing " " allowable densities, zoning should allow the flexibility to develop desired land usesas"the future market is uncertain(e.g., live/work space). a " ✓ _ - - � � t Gt 77 HUNT-1"NG TO,N BEACH DOWN,TOwN SPECIFCC PLAN NfO DOWN'TOV�/IVi,SPECIFIC PLAN GUI,D1LIN'ES A'ND S*TRAT-EG1Ezs 8 - IMPLEMENTATION 8.7.1o. Rule zoA Funds Rule 2oA undergrounding projects are financed by SCE ratepayers through the Rule 20 tariff approved by the California Public Utilities Commission (PUC). Undergrounding projects qualifying for funding must meet one or more of the following criteria: • The location has an unusually heavy concentration of overhead facilities. The location is heavily traveled. { 01 The location qualifies as an arterial or major collector road in a local-government's general ; u plan. k s The overhead equipment must be located within or pass through a civic, recreational ore scenic area. A k ,a { Given that the Specific Plan Area meets at least some of the criteria described,above, RUIe"20A funds would be a viable source of financing the recommended undergrounding of utilitiesF 8.7.11. Community Development Block Grants f As a designated Community Development Block Grant'(CDBG) entitlement community, CDBG funds are a source of annual entitlement money that accrue to the City on annual basis for the purposes of investing in a variety of community projects from street improvements to*ade rehabilitation to housing projects. In Huntington Beach,70 percent of funds benefit persons, of 8o percent median income or less and are generally applied to,CDBG Enhancement Areas" '_ " meeting certain income criteria throughout the City. As such,these-funds are most likely to onlyzi indirectly affect the Specific Plan Area, by improving housing conditions in tar getedareas such " as the nearby Yorktown neighborhood. - el ". 1 f � { 8.7.�2. Tax Increment Funds " These funds are available through the Redevelopment Agency of the City�of Huntington Beach The Specific Plan Area is part of the Agency's big-acre"Merged Project Area",so<tax increment ; revenues from the five sub-areas are available to be spent throughout the merged urea The P g g , -Agency has funds allocated for the Specific Plan Area in,its'Five Year Implementation Plan e 2oo5-og. RI 45 e• . 4c k 4 & lij 45111 HU�NTIN,GTON��BEACH�' DOWN,TOW�N "SPECIFIC PLANN0� 5 � DOWNTOWN SP�Ec1FIC PLAN `GUIDELINES AND STRAfiLG1Ey W � ` a Rev..Oct 23 8 - IMPLEMENTATION. 8.7.13. Transient Occupancy Tax Receipts from this tax, paid by guests staying in hotels, have grown steadily in Huntington Beach as the city increasingly becomes a destination resort area. Of the to percent Transit Occupancy Tax(TOT) levy, to percent is currently allocated to the Surf City USA, Marketing and Visitors Bureau. The City could increase funding to the Surf City USA, Marketing and Visitors Bureau by keeping the to percent base allocation and supplementing that with a higher share of new increments of tax receipts that accrue in future years. - 8.�.1 . ' Parking Revenues 'b 4 According to the City of Huntington Beach Budget Message,,Fiscal Year 2oo8/o9, revenue from all parking sources is expected to be$9.o million for FY 2oo8/o9,and some of these funds could be earmarked for parking improvements: . _ a A �x y e .... 7"� 'E CAN- CH ,DOWNT0WNSH° ON R ECi'F1C P _O T 19 DOWNTOWNS-S,PECIF�IC°_'P_LAN Gll1D.ELINES AND gSTRATEGiES : this page intentionally left blank 01 j ' # "Fu toy ova�� a g��,As Tom � owl 41 Wyk on: c r , v; wo MA A was MAX fran a �0501 woo ''.0 M,WIN an. 4 TRW_ my�y{�, z s' .4 ki a 5t b !' 3 S t .` r x s ` WO 74 Iu HUNTINGTON BEAG'N D"SOW'NTOM!" CARS F1.CAU Wig pof amm I VAI ..a � � ,DOWaNTOWN SPECIFIC �P°`LAN GU IDELINES AND .SRATE=G�IES*4v s- " ?,ry^r ' 'gy f Appendix A SPECIFIC PLAN ® UNDARY $ b' a } d. -� - �Y 1 �,` 6 i; Pry` Y` fi�*�'� •� u. HUNTIN,GT0N BEACH 0WNT0WN, SPE,CIFlC,�P'LAN UPl7ATt « DO;WN TOWN"SPE'.C�IFIG PLAN GU'I.�EEtNES AND STI TEGd « ;y f this page intentionally left blank cry vq� . , { A. `# l gz- 6. .,z,4 nw 00 z, 1 IDIOM y d , x .; y'`� > x b Wy = � � ": . . ;� U Moo WOVOWT11 TV.is x €. s .. .` u 5 r. : Rao a. tr Qn 2 a . ^» sShow 5 , w S wOwi j f' t P` a € £ bey # 1 s fi. ,� ., �'. `s��t ice' i,..i � E�`�a. .HUN,T`INGTON' BEA fl "DOVN UTOWN SPECIFIC;�PLAN UPDAfE '_, �DOW�NTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN QUIDE�LINES AND ST�RiAT kGI�ES�� � Rev.Oct z3 "ASPECIFIC PLAN BOUNDARY AppendixA - Specific Plan Boundary The property described herein is included in this Specific Plan and shall be subject to policies and development standards set forth in this article. Precisely,this Specific Plan includes the real.property described as follows: Beginning at.the most northerly corner of Lot 22, of the Map of Huntington Beach Seventeenth Street w Section, as recorded in Book 4, Page to of Miscellaneous Maps, records of Orange County, State of California;thence northerly 50 feet approximately to a point, said point being the,centerline intersection - of Goldenwest Street(formally Twenty-third Street)and Walnut Avenue, said point also being the , _ True Point of Beginning;thence southwesterly along said centerline,of Go ldenwest Street and its ; southwesterly prolongation 78o feet approximately to a point on the,high tide line of the Pacific Ocean; thence southeasterly along said high tide line 6,i0o feet approximately to a line"parallel with and 72.50 feet northwesterly, measured at right angles from the southwesterly prolongation of the centerline of Main Street;thence southwesterly along said parallel line 1,470 feet approximately.to a line parallel with heretofore said high tide line;thence southeaster) along said parallel line feet approximate[ to aline ' g Y g P 45 PP Y F s parallel with and 72.50 feet southeasterly,measured a right angles from said southwesterly prolongation ` of the centerline of Main Street;thence northeaster) along said parallel line 47o feet approximately to Y g P � PP Y . the heretofore said high tide line;thence southeasterly along said high tide line 5,470 feet approximately to the southerly prolongation of the Survey Centerline of Beach Boulevard;thence northerly along'said Survey Centerline of Beach Boulevard 2,800 feet approximately to the easterly prolongation of the southerly line of Tract No. 958o,as shown on a_map_recorded in Book 444, Pages-z9°through 31 inclusive i. of Miscellaneous Maps,records of Orange County, State of California;thence westerly along said easterlyF:°,�� yj prolongation and the southerly line of said Tract No. 958o and said southerly lines westerly prolongation i 1,800 feet approximately to the centerline intersection of Pacific View Avenue;,thence northwesterly along said centerline of Pacific View Avenue zzo feet approximately to the centerline intersection of f Huntington Street;thence northerly along said centerline of Huntington Street 1,240 feet approximately to the centerline intersection of Atlanta Avenue;thence westerly along said centerline of Atlanta Avenue l 750 feet approximately to the centerline intersection of First Street, said intersection is also the centerline intersection of Orange Avenue;thence northwesterly along said centerline of Orange Avenue 650 feet °e,. approximately to the centerline intersection of Lake Street,thence northerly along said'centerline of Lake Street 1,830 feet a roximatel to the centerline intersection of Palm Avenue thence wester) along said i 3 PP_ Y , Y ; gT -<<_"l centerline of Palm Avenue 332 feet approximately to the centerline intersection of Main Street;thence southerly along said centerline of Main Street 430 feet approximately,to the centerline intersection of Sixth Street;thence southwester) along said centerline of Sixth Street y g ,750 feet approximately to the , centerline intersection of Walnut Avenue;thence northwesterly along said centerline of,Walnut Avenue i feet a proximately to the True Point of Beginning. 5,533 PP Y g g• HU,NTINGTON BE`ACH, D30`WNTO,WN $r;PECIF1t PLAN '[ +C) DOWNTOWN .SPE-GIFIC° PLAN GUIDELINES A,ND STR'ATEG{ES this page intentionally left blank 41 3,vSe �} . `F 'W - o- > t' .. vp y 77 sA TV _ a ,K r r ' 4 ZZ ae � eF r Yc Sa � nw '=� of +' � � .. �� �t�' � "„ r •y `*�`� a.,. a �,`' '`z r .�• <.! yea, ,,," 'Y�`" ".c ,. a ..�i r .. '* yS«,W `n✓`� NO . , . ; , ;. . ; HUyIVTIN.GttTON BEAC°wH 'bO,WNTOWIV .SPECIFIC`PLR4NURDATE ; g DONtk11 ON SF GU EC'IFI:C PLAN IDELINES AND ST W 4 pn* Appendix-B SPECIFICPLAN AM EN DcM EN'TS 4 � o a �y 4 d` € "��44 s^w h "yry7i ` .flF N�1 ( �I.NG�{�N� BE74.CH L?OV�NTOWN 504E'C1FAiC� PLANbfl�T�� � 60=WNTC}1 N 5',PECITIC �P�.AN; CrIFIDELINnES A iD S I2 T GIBES �; this page intentionally left blank loon Kip ban .� d QWQ i Z ov C Rai .N' % rst>g{ § r MY 41, ago W, -PO My will NtZ < K y y " Y a x o— as p 440 IT r i*�... rzsf�' coy ji r % t E r ` HUNT,TINE,i'ON''B`E ACH` DOWN7�0WN SPECiFIt'-k�i- N�UP,©SATE � > � � bOV1/NTJOVI/N SPECIFIC PLAN ,GUiDELI°I�ES AND STRATEG1�fS��� COP '�„' `pry,' ",''a „�.... L. A, '�:«t` `""` a.�#'M x � �.`,�,5� «� Rev.Oct 23 B -SPECIFIC PLAN AMENDMENTS t Appendix B - Specific Plan Amendments Date Ordinance No. Adopted November 16, 1983 Ordinance No's. 2646-A, B&C and Resolution No's. 53o8-A, B&C Amended June 18, 1984 Resolution No. 5392 i Amended March 2,1987 Resolution No. 5760 . ' Amended June 15,1988 Ordinance No. 2942 r. Amended January 19,1989 Ordinance No. 2981 i Amended November 19,i990 Resolution No. 6229 rY , 993 Amended February 1 i �l Ordinance No.3�80, A e,nded October 25,1993 Resolution No. 6522 Amended November_16, 1994 Ordinance No.3239 t � Amended June 1, 1995 Ordinance No.3280 1 Amended June 15, 1995 Ordinance NO.3248 Amended May 7,1997 Ordinance No.3351 Amended January 5;2000 Ordinance No.3433 J Amended November 6, 2000 Ordinance No.3482 j Amended December zo,z000 Ordinance No.3483 „ ... Amended January 6,zoo2 Ordinance No.3532 � ;. : Amended May 2, 2005 _ Ordinance No.3713i �° s Amended October 10,2007 Ordinance No.3774 &.,..„.,..^t^ •e-^""--------..--c- .-.-m._ '"---rv---^,,.sy pva 4rn -°'7 .- ^.fig" "71, 2 tt HU.NT.INGTON ,BEACH, D,OWNT.OVN%N SF?ECtFIC PL',AN NO DOWNT-OWN SPECI,FIC' P.LAN-�GUIDELIN`ES A`ND A T STREGIES this page intentionally left blank #' y hya YIN FPO OR semi" --� x 'i AMOCO WON- know doubt ts_211 y 4 4 E i " Ol AAA s F Ls rsr . - stow 00 Ana M. MAT of - rOVA ON :.H - K � jam t; Ate` "9� a" a� '�wr'tka`;, �ov'ti,€ ., t '' a - I e'"�;Ot' . i�"" a' k ? ?�'" *j. ,g",� c'°.. `, ,, TMc;".• 9 '''>n. 'z z , .LAN Jrr Sw r lCf & y 'a .•$ �s $x"``W' -ea ea�us s�V. , HUIN{T N,G�TON «B'EA;CHDOWNWIF *Swrt PLAN =UPDATE , Appendix C COM M U N ITY OlUTREAC.H y �Tl e. a d J{€ Yet 4, _ S ' Y k,•_ t HU:NTINGT.ON BEAC`H..[3UWN�TOWN. SPzE-C ,F Ctt$ PLAN UP ?ATE eR � OW, SuPFCi-F 'C'.PLAN' GU1 D' EU1, ES ANI� S�RATN C1E5 ` . this page intentionally left blank � a � = p V,* °# i 4 4 ° b i ri t � - <n f- 74, s � w �'N Sr' vJr a SA NI a 14alp-• "' ^ # ''" ' e �HIINTINGTONrBEA.CM Dn~WNfi�OWN, sP 'CIFICPLANUPDATE � 7 � , ,- ` � _ �DOWNTOUVN SPECI`F�IC` �PL'A G IDELINES AND ST�RATEGtES �. Rev_.Oct 23 - - CC-COMMUNITY OUTREACH Appendix C - Community Outreach C.1. Summary of Community Outreach C.1.1. Key Stakeholder Key Stakeholder Interviewees Interviews Name -Affiliation Jamal Abdelmuti- Property Owner 4 F A series of,interviews Michael C.Adams- Developer, Former Planning Director were conducted in - - later zoo7 and early Jeff Bergsma- Business Owner f Robert Bolen- Property Owner, Business Owner q# 20o8 with residents, property owners, Steve Bone- Robert Mayer Corporation f p Tammy Bui-Southern California Edison developers, agencies, Ran Chamberlain-Caltrans and organizations with y strong interests in the Steve Daniels- Downtown Business Improvement District # y Ramiro Fernandez- Property Owner downtown area. A list of.; = interviewees is located in Joe Gergen- Property Owner Bill Goodman- Property Owner Figure C-1. The purpose "- . . Scott Goodman- Property Owner R. ..a of these meetings was to ;::,r listen to the issues and Richardson Gray-Townsquare Condominiums i observations from key Dick Harlow-Citizen, Former Planning Director persons about the Specific Kate Hoffman- Huntington Beach Art Centera6� n Plan Area. The interviews Ronald Hsueh- Property Owner 4 were quite informative Ed Karens- HB Tomorrow µ for laying a foundation of Robert Koury- Property Owner background information Fred Lahijani- Property Owner and for identifying many Jason Miller- Property Owner issues as well as visions Robin Ott- Huntington Beach Public Library, Main Street Branch for the downtown Connie Pedenko- Downtown Business Improvement District a Joyce Riddell- Huntington Beach Chamber of Commerce area. Overall, most of , the stakeholders voiced Gary Scwazblatt- Property Owner ;1 Kristin Stilton-Citizen' Pier Colony HOA t consistent feedback. Ethan Thatcher-Makar Propertiesf: John Tillotson-Property Owner #` Doug Traub- Huntington Beach Convention and Visitor's Bureau , Mike Williams-Townsquare Condominiums : 4= Robert Wurl-CIM Group Figure C-1 Key Stakeholder Interviewees- 777; ` _ MUN.TIIVGION ;BEACH ,D`OWNTOWN SPECIF C PLAN N`O 5 �` D-OWNT0INN_ SP.EC`IFIC RLAN GUID.E�LINES AND STRAT`EG}E.S � C- COMMUNITY OUTREACH The following issues were consistent topics of concern. ® Parking. ® The potential for closure of Main Street. Transportation issues. ® Downtown events. Regular downtown activity and land uses. r 0 Downtown appearance. as Development standards. � Architectural style. The need for a significant feature on the north end of downtowns Some of the most frequent comments included the following ideas. Additional areas, including the western side of 5th Street and eastern side of-3rd Street, . should be added to Parking Master Plan in order to utilize the in-lieu fee program. xi . Need a parking structure'at north end of town, north of Orange Avenue. �`43-71 ® Don't permanently close off Main Street; occasional closures, including Surf City Nights, are r good. htt Integrate a trolley system to connect hotels, downtown,and neighborhoods. ,_3 . Make Walnut Avenue a pedestrian-oriented thoroughfare. 4 ' Increase bike facilities-paths and parking. ® Downtown is missinglive entertainment' live bands dancing, comedy'club theater.: ` .p@ e. g, . ,t ; Al " Attract a higher economic level, higher level of restaurants andretail.fewer bars and more family atmosphere. here. Need more residential downtown. , � p Need neighborhood services-specialty grocery, dry cleaners, video sfore,,drug.store, book 4 store. Need to move away from white wall/red tile roof approach to a variety,of the available styles ; found in the Mediterranean. } C2 a H'U;NT1 "a e � � 5D"OWNW 54 �NGTC EAC O S #�j DOW'NTOWNSPECIF-IC- PLA,N G UID�,ELINE x ' Rev.Oet23 C-_.COMMUNITYOU;TREACH ® An eclectic mix of architectural styles is preferred. ® Raise cleanliness level of downtown, currently perceived as dirty. " ® Needs to be more pedestrian-oriented, in terms of landscaping and seating areas, wayfinding, identification of pedestrian corridors. ® Need some sort of attraction at the north end of Main Street;Vision of arts center/cultural - district. C.1.z. Public Workshop #� The first public workshop was held on,November 27, 1007 at the Main,Street Branch of , } i Huntington Beach Public Library. The workshop was well-attended by over 50 individuals . i concerned about the future of the downtown. P i 6 The purpose of the 7777-71 first workshop was to bb a j x, introduce the update _ s to the Specific Plan " r and the purpose of the 4 planning effort and to F get initial thoughts and �n � ideas about problems and desires for the =� i Specific Plan Area. After I a brief introductory presentation explaining the function of a Specific Plan,workshop participants broke -into groups to provide feedback on five salient , Interactive groups provide feedback on parking issues at.Public Workshop#1 r topics: Parking and F Transportation, Land , - Uses and Activities, . Design and Architecture, Downtown Appearance and Identity,and Pedestrian Orientation ? and Street Design. Following.is a summary of feedback received on each topic. A copy of the presentation can be found in Section B. Public Workshop#1 Presentat"ion.in this Appendix. x* • - .. s ;i",! oil, i ^li� �' � :�� � zx e �, �, r HUNT.INGTON ,BEACH, DQWNTCIWN SPfCtFl?C PLAN NCO 5 dC3 DOWNTOWN -SPECIF,1C' P,LA-N GUi ELI.UE :A. ID STRA EG1-E45 f.:. .. C -COMMUNITY OUTREACH C.1.2.1. Parking and Transportation • Parking meters should accept more quarters;extend amount of parking meters. . • Consider a residential parking pass to alleviate parking problems on numbered streets. • Management of all public parking is needed; should all parking facilities be combined under one company? • Consider remote parking with a shuttle system. k C.1.z.z. , Land Uses and Activities • Residential should be allowed above first floor throughout the Specific Plan Area ` i A • Need uses for t a a variety of age . r groups. 17, 1 .t t#aes^ rg • More outdoor dining & ' is desirable. 44, a y • Encourage upscale --�.� u uz uses— Bristol Farms, I Trader Joe's—within walking distance. y , ' C.1:2.�. Design and Architecture ? Don't increase �.. height in downtown- Public Workshop#1 gafhered information from citizens on a variety of salient topics" x keep the first block of Main Street to 1 z four stories. t � • Buildings should vary in height and higher stories should step back Lots of landscaping is good. `a Mediterranean style is desirable but without a cookie-cutter identical approach I C. 2.4. Pedestrian Orientation and Design Enhance and maintain sidewalks. s Provide'furnishings and lights'. ' P 'Integrate all areas throughout the Specific Plan Area; use branding to cre_at'ea specific - theme. t� -.T a dk *. gV kw HUNTIIVGTO,N BEAC H. DOWNsTOVC/N SPIrC1FtC PAfiNNO5 � �, "�DOWNTOWN �PECIFIC PLAN -°GU1DaEL11V ES AND STRATEGS6 � >z a Rev..Oct 23 C-COMMUNITY OUTREACH C.1.2.5. Downtown Appearance and Identity • Create a gateway with surf city theme and logo. • Integrate public art; use interpretive signs and iconic landmark sculptures. C.1.3. Public Workshop #2 The second public workshop was held on February 20, 2oo8 at the I Huntington Beach Art f Center..The workshop �- �- brought out over 85 >� - individuals interested in changes to the : I downtown. li .� The purpose of the second workshop r was to present initial concepts for land use districts,traffic and circulation, and streetsca e � ' P Over 85 interested citizens attended _Public-Workshop#2 ,' improvements. After ._ a brief recap of the I project purpose and information collected to date,workshop.attendees participated in an interactive presentation where each set of concepts was presented and explained and public comments and questions were taken. All comments were recorded on large banners which were placed around the room { next to exhibits describing the concepts to collect further comments throughout the meeting.. Following is a selection of comments and questions addressed during the presentation. A « copy of the presentation-can be found in Section C. Public Workshop#z Presentation in,this Appendix. ;f C and Use Conceits ° ,- • Can you create Cultural Center at'the library and other city parcels • Preserve green/open space-downtown already has too1ittle. • Build,in green compliance/sustainability/LEED within the plan: -- — t H°UNTINGTO'N BEACH ,DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC P1`AN NO �5 CS DOVyNTfC?WN SP,.ECILLFIC P+LA(V GUIDE;L.INES..A,N"D„STRAT.EGIES C - COMMUNITY OUTREACH C.1.3.2. Traffic and Circulation Concepts • Clean up city-owned properties and utilize for public use, i.e.open space, park, parking, water quality. • Slow traffic on residential streets leading to Main Street; protect neighborhoods from fast- moving traffic and promote the safety of locals. • Pedestrian and vehicle separation mechanism is needed at the intersections of Main Street .._; with Orange Avenue, Olive Avenue, and Walnut Avenue. • Paseos need to be more pedestrian friendly. P i • Treat alleys as paseos. _ i r hs Public transportation is needed from downtown to Goldenwest Street. • _ A trolley is a great idea in combination with parking structures outside of the downtown ° area to reduce congestion downtown. C.1.3.3. Streetscape Concepts ' ° s Main Street enhancements should provide better pedestrian experiences._; • Most innovative part of presentation is the cultural designated area at the north end of Main Street. T, Need public ` bathrooms in �{ downtown. v -C-1.3-4. Parking lssues e • Allow shared parking _spots reserved for �. residents after 51)m �. but available to businesses during . + . � s open hours. t *' . Provide.additional " parking downtown. �r • Consider building iP additional parking Ysz as a parking deck ' under existing beach f, Groups brainstormed ideas for the north end of Main Street.at PubliCWbrkshop#2 ? � a . .t "' «?. • .:.� a. � a . rtT iv '.,a ` HUNTIN'GTO�N BE.A.GHwD=OVUN�:70WN SP-,ECIFIC$ PtAN05 C6 DOUV.NTOWN SPECIFIC °P7. 51 LAIN 'Gl1iDELINES ;4lyD S,TRATEGIESu e t ' § Rev.Oct 23 7COMMUNITY OUTREACH' parking west of Pacific Coast; parking should not be higher than the adjacent level of Pacific Coast Highway. Following the interactive presentation, workshop participants took part in a design charrette activity for the north end of Main Street. The goal was to solicit community ideas about what these individuals would like to see happen in the area near the existing Main Street Branch of the Huntington Beach Public Library and Huntington Beach Arts Center. Workshop attendees broke into eight groups and were able to draw and record their thoughts on large aerial maps of the area. Each group then gave a brief presentation to the entire assembly at the end of the workshop. A summary of the results of the brainstorming , exercise is presented ► below. yr " C.1.3.5. Common Ideas • Create underground parking; also consider multi-story above ground y parking structures. _ • Put underground t� E parking at =- ' " •-. .. intersection of 1 •: aE• i Orange Avenue Design Ideas -k UB sroa dowses , and Main Street at Jax Bicycle Center and Electric Chair w' awmro OE :� properties. �•^P" • The former Mandic .� Motors site is critical for drawing people ENHANCED CULTURALARTS DISTRICT up Main Street. One result of an interactive charrette for the north end of Main Street is shown above HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 C-7 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES C- COMM UNITYOUTREACH • Develop a gateway feature for the downtown. • Add theater, performing arts, improv, music, dance, and/or museum venue on library site. • Consider an amphitheater,with sound protection for.adjacent residential areas. • Create and preserve green space throughout. • Enhance existing Art Center, either through new innovative building or adding on to existing building. Add bistros cafes upscale restaurants. Add a small grocery market. • Con sider.artists'lofts and craft centers. � C.1.3.6. Other Ideas . ` Have shuttle parking from outlying sites. • Create water feature on librarysite to draw children and families. p • Create a pedestrian walkway between library and Arts-Center. C:1.3.7. Conflicting Ideas N< ' • Leave original library building vs:tear down library and-build a new venue. • Leave 6th Street open to traffic as is vs. close 6th Street to create larger parcel for cultural area. Public,Workshop #3 A third public workshop was held on April 23, zoo8 at the Huntington Beach Central-Library ,A Approximately 65 people attended the.workshop toadiscuss parking issues in the downtown. , A presentation was given in two parts,with'time for questions,comments,and discussion after w each portion. The first part of the presentation was delivered the City's-trafficand parking consultant, Kimley-Horn Associates, and provided information on data collection and existing conditions. Results indicate that'the:City approaches a parking problem'approximately 30 ` percent of the year,,mainly during the summer months and"on special event days Impacts during those periods include a lack of adequate bicycle parking and downtown parking i encroaching into residential neighborhoods. Following are some parking strategies presented that can�be implemented in the near future to help alleviate parking issues through-the year`.. ` w A copy of the presentation can be found in SectionD. Public Workshop#3 Presentation_ in this_ Appendix. . — { a ` 41 - k _ try ' i C$' ' ;HU-NTY.NGTONyBEA'CH D'OWNTOINN SPECIFIC P�[ A�N N(} 5 :DOV1/°NTOIIU'N SPECIFIC RIAN sGU1DELINES ANDSTRAIEGIES q] Rev.Oct 23 C.-COMMUNITY OUTREACH C.1.4.1. Parking Strategies to Support Downtown Today ® Evaluate strategies to reduce parking impacts on residential streets. • Install meters . with residential klil <i permits. V, "• Place time restrictions with residential i permits. k " • Increase bicycle , parking. 1 Create wayfinding } parking signs. Develop an f " electronic � � monitoring/status i notification system. � �� • Conduct a parking Increasing bicycle parking is one strategy to deal with parking issues today fee analysis.. _ ;r • Review all downtown parking time restrictions/allowances pricing. Cost 4 • Cost analysis. - g. • Strategize on parking rates. F_ City-private partnering. ,°F ' • .Augment on-site parking for new,development. • Arrange for off-hour use of private business lots. • Develop parking agreements—City to Business and Business to Business Create employee parking.provisions: , , • Add downtown parking on City-owned lots,temporarily on.vacant Lots; and with"new_ development. • Construct conventional and'automated structures. lln Develop a local shuttle or trolley. • Investigate valet operations in existing lots/structures: 7.7 ? � H .y - - 5 s HU:NTINGTO•N BEAC.H .DO:W`NTOWN ,SPECIF_ICPL°AN N-05mC'j DOWN7ON.=SPECt,F1°C P-LAN=Gl11DELINES,W A;ND "StiRAT`E'GIES a =:k a C- COMMUNITY OUTREACH • Utilize remote lots. - Maximize parking capacity. ® Create off-site/remote parking with a shuttle for special events. After the initial comment session,the City's Specific Plan consultant, RRM Design Group, presented the Downtown Specific Plan Update concepts and the effect of new development on downtown parking. Several strategies were presented for handling parking issues in the future u as new development occurs. _ i` g� C.1 °4 z Parking Strategies to Support Additional New Development, Continue Urban Land Institute shared parking ratios and expand the area to.which shared. ° 'parking ratios apply. a a Allow in-lieu fee payment concurrent only with available additional public parking. P Y Y P P g• Provide additional public lots and/or conventional/automated structures , ® Replace existing parking lost due to new development and streetscape improvements ° Incentivize public/ ? private partnerships - f to provide additional I � public parking(i.e. Plaza Almeria Allow and � incentivize private �. ° parking structures " conventional/ �; � i ( . automated). - "A i',dd rM :k- ° Durin the summer months, street ark�n rira reach 99 ercent ca adt � ., 9 p 9 , #! P P Y 4 Y � a I R8b �t$ I �z` R +4..yY ilip P . LOWT ICPNT,FN GT ON BEACH D a F STR D.OWN, TOWNy'*SPECIFIC PLAN ,GUI ,1;;1 ES A'ND ATEG ES � r Rev.QCt 23 C-.COMMUNITY OUTREACH C 2, Public Workshop #1 Presentation x Huntington h Downtown Specific Ian }t$ Update µ. Community Workshop 11127107 kj .i. C rrmd s[gogroup creating environments people enjoy` - yy Agenda ,. I v - o 6: 30 Welcome and Project Overview 7:00 Workstation Activities o 8:00 Summary and Next r Steps I .. HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN rrmrggrOup ol 11 J27J07 COMMUNITY WORKSHOP 1 aeeiing environments people enjoy' HUNTiNGTON BEACH ;D£OWNTO.WN S'P'ECIF'!C P.L=AN N0 5 C11`, a, .. T' _ _ D&W,� -NO W N :'5�PE,C�;F IC :,G wPLA�N'� V1; ?ELi'kES qND STRATgE�GIES ���'"� � � C - COMMUNITY OUTREACH Project Objectives Update the existing Downtown Specific Plan Create a healthy mix of land uses Create an urban village that serves as a destination to both residents and visitors Implement Development Standards and Design Guidelines to encourage development of underused parcels with a mix of uses and unique architecture Ensure adequate parking Integrate pedestrian pathways HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN rrm group 11/2 7/07 COMM UNITY WORKSHOP 1 <reeurg en ronmmu peope mi y Specific Plan Area M Ilan 6•p a°e�°;°e W ale°W, 7 4kL1V4f1, Lp.M pw.,rw+n •paarmrw HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN rrm group 11/27/07 COMM UNITY WORKSHOP 1 C-12 HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES Rev..Oct 23. C-,COMMUNITY"OUTREACH You r Team o City of Huntington Beach o RRM Design Group - Land Planning and Urban Design o The Natelson Dale Group, Inc. - "s Economic and Market Analysis ` o Kimley-Horne & Associates, Inc.- Parking and Traffic Analysis Y�a F o Graphic Solutions ,b Sign Program g } o Hodge & Associates Environmental Planning - rr HUNT INGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN rrm OsIgrgroup �. (, 1 1/27/07 COMMUNITY WORKSHOP 1 _ "'` _L creating envi—meets people enjoy- k� Uutreach Process Stakeholder Interviews 4 ic> Community Workshop #1 - "a:� Data gathering and issue n identification o Meeting with Business - Improvement District Community Workshop #2 Presentation of land use and urban design concepts and gather input o Community Workshop #3 io Presentation of recommended plan I. " . elements ; o Public Hearings fir, 9 y $ § HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN rrm,�f � igngroup n 11/27/07 COMMUNITY WORKSHOP 1 cmatingenvironments people enjoy' `H'»UNwTiN.GTON B"E.A`CH"D`OW.NT0'W` SPECIFIC PIAN N�O DOWtVTO..WYN �SPE'C`IF;IC PLAN* GUtDELI,NES kND S}TRAT, G`'1E=5 C - COMMUNITY OUTREACH Existing Parking e, HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN rrm group 11/2 7/07 COM M UNITY WORKSHOP 1 amiinq rnmronmaxo people m�q' Parking Fees 1'` x ti r. HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN rrm group 11/27/07 COM M UNITY WORKSHOP 1 C-14 HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES I Rev.OCt 23 C- COMMUNITY OUTREACH Issue Identification. Exercise Ilk s grr 13 w+1t f f tl/ sF X A 1 I . y HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN rrmd�signgroup �. 11/27/O7 COMMUNITY WORKSHOP 1 mating environmenu people enjoy' Specific Plan Process o Project Understanding i - Identify Opportunity and Constraints I - Analyze Current and Future Market j Potential - Parking and Boundary Analysis i o Public Outreach o Specific Plan Development and Revised Design Guidelines o Develop Sign Program o Program EIR o Specific Plan and EIR Adoption - -J HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN rrmdesigngroup 11127107 COMMUNITY WORKSHOP 1 mating environments people enjoy HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 C-15 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES C - COMMUNITY OUTREACH Next Steps Land Use and Circulation Concepts o Modification of District Boundaries o Desired and undesired uses o Development regulations including: - Building setbacks, building height limits, parking standards o Circulation elements Urban Design and Pedestrian ;yl Enhancements Concepts o Urban design framework o Landscape/ Streetscape concepts ro o Proposed streetscape improvements Workshop #2 - February 2008 HUNTINGTON EEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN rrmdesigngroup _ 11/27/07 COMMUNITY WORKSHOP 1 creating environmenu People enjoy, fe 10 I 4Fi � Y 1 j Ptp1 1 s C-16 •HUNT•INGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN -SPECIFIC" PLAN Nb.�5 -- ' DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN G-UJDELINES, AND STR.ATEGIESa,. 'Rev,.Oct 23 C-COMMUNITY OUTREACH C.3. Public Workshop #z- Presentation s on�town- . u n ti_n gto �m h S _pcific ;I�t1. pd t Public Worksho 2` p a 1 i¢ 3 ry v <. �. rr g. • • 6 Ti Agenda L Introduction . s II: Summarize Community Input- III. Review Ideas- and Concepts E IV. Mini-Charrefte - Design Cultural Arts ,Hub X V N eXt Steps a, A pI -- E x A �A O 00 O '® d • • 9 �.._ HUNTIN:GTON B'EACIi .`DOW,NTOWN SP°ECIF;IC DAV\/NTO'WN ,S,PEC-IFIC =RLAN GUI:D.ELI'NES AjVD SaTRATEGIES C- COMMUNITY OUTREACH Project Team © City of Huntington Beach RRIVI Design Group - Land Planning - and Urban Design_ The Natelson Dale Group, Inc. Economic and Market Analysis 71 • Kimley-Horn & Associates, Inc.- � M . a Parking and Traffic AnalysisOC ry Graphic Solutions - sign Program • Hodge & Associates - Environmental Planning i z ' - z ® o a sWN;SPECIFIC'PLAN!UPDATEr 'Q °ngrou.pl, r' F � � Community Outreach Key Stakeholder Interviews: Residents, merchants, property owners, t � u business owners decision makers developers, architects, community leaders ' E � n Workshop #1 ® 11/27/07® Interactive information gathering exercise - arking; circulation / transportation; land p uses; design / architectural character; downtown appearance; pedestrian enhancements / streetscape design , � L ) a xa a > ' ;. a C18 ' HtJNTIN�GTON B,EACH.�DOW'NTOINN SPECIFIC# PLAN'N S �R 3 . L fr a` .a1141 j $5` `' ^ 1` �i ,,.&'r F x• DOWNTOWN 54P.E,`CIFIC PLAN>,GU#DELCN,ES f1ND 57RATEGIES Rev.oct 23 C'-COMMUNITY`OUTREACH 0mmunity Input r nl , y Land Use and Activities O Specific Plan & Parking Master Planx _� ,. need to work togetherIr Need more residential downtown- 'multifamilyandabove fetail. Encourage neighborhood services downtown-grocery store, bookstore,, , z a cafes, drug store Encourage-ups caleshops- 1 restaurants; and,gal e'ries � 1 Need uses-fora variety ofages--,. s I balance between bars ah.d. family f oriented uses F ' Downtown needs live entertainment.— e comedy club, playhouse/theater, small performance venue =,,o •. Arts:center/ cultural district should be y. located at north end of Mairi Street . 71 d' e IF V o y O t ran unity Input '%5 . ,a rr�. r'J ry Circulation and Parking f Temporary closures of Main Street-special events, weekend, � summer activities e Manage pedestrian and vehicular congestion-along Main,and P.CH . a Expand:parking districtand develop comprehensive parking `- strategy-public parking, in=lieu -' - Al - : .. _ fees; alternative transportation, pricing; remote-parking, local trolleyy; partner with private development,;etc. Minimize pqrkin an'd circulation @ ,R im pacts on.su'rrouriding i s neighborhoods i.w • Provide more dedicated bicycle parking areas ' Connect WalnutAvenue to.Pacific View Avenue O O O O 'D ''- � O � ,.: .. HU'NT4NG'TON' B-EACH- D-OWNTOWN SPECr i; c PLAN D;OVNTOWNSP CIF,IG .RLA_N ;GU,_IDEL ,`NESAND 'lam P# 6.. •¢ x s _ ` k { t C - COMMUNITY OUTREACH Community Input SummaIr _ y, Downtown Appearance • Maintain & enhance Downtown's appearance - clean, safe; welcoming • Improve pedestrian environment - lights, trees, street furnishings, wide sidewalks, outdoor-dining, paseos • Create a brand & - • _ _ wayfinding system in v Downtown - logo,, . gateways, directional signs, banners - Integrate public art r Mediterranean style (as , , currently defined) is too restrictive-allow variety 0 l,ti� and "eclectic design style" Better connect beach events and activities to the � Downtown - -- - - - s_i a Beautify Pacific Coasts r Highway_ _ 9 ®O O P C a Plan Goals l Objectives • Healthy mix of land uses that create an urban village serving both residents & visitors ' Implement standards ,& guidelines that encourage ',` development_ of underused parcels with mixed'uses k and unique architecture Ensure adequate parking Is made available ® Improve pedestrian environment"throughout Downtown �J - create connections . = Create an anchor with cultural arts focus at north end of Main Street � Strategic marketing between beach events / activities and Downtown area 3 ` " . nllinimize negative impacts on:surrounding neighborhoods ~ » ; s y o ®e o -®• ® . LHJIT CZp , ,WUJ IN;GT©N BEACH D'OWIVTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN �0 5� a DOW;NTO,WN SPECIFIC PLAN :'GUIDELINES /AND STRAEGIESf3 �$ Rev. OCt 23 C - COMMUNITY OUTREACH Preliminary Ideas / Concepts • Districts / Land Uses • Traffic / Circulation • Streetscape Improvements DOWNTOWNHUNTINGTON BEACH rrmdesigngroup Districts & Land Uses Ong'_.-. T 420 moli � 41- >dA aM err b�' q•�.• / et lai -. _ - i oil(la�l urr. 1 • rd� HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN UPDATE rrmdesigngroupill HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 C-21 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES C - COMMUNITY OUTREACH District 1 R"' A, i I,n'•r!„j°6�'i''F • Wes, ��1 p c Downtown Mixed Use Core • Commercial at ground floor �4 • Mixed-use; office and residential, ! __ above ground floor ° 'y�+e, • Primarily visitor-serving uses; hotels, B&B, Inns, restaurants, retail In-lieu fee parking district HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN •.• COMM UNIT WOPI SHOP 42 District 2 Neighborhood-Serving Mixed-Use �,sf `n Commercial/office at Ground floor r' n M f - Mixed use; Office and residential } 0 lo, .f w; above ground floor r^ay ' Primarily serves surrounding • ee. N . _, residents �s �` to cP.190 &A - Potential concentration of cultural 94�s R-Cd uses—Cuftural arts hub +�••• Consider a parking structure, �.+ ` ^; *iR. �.. ;•, -VAN... •. tea = 1 - Y� either above or below ground ,� s� � :134:�'• '�� 1�� • In-lieu fee parking district '` r�� • :. �o HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN •. rrmdesigngroup C-» HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES Rev. Oct 23 C - COMMUNITY OUTREACH District 3, 41 & 5 op �A , f �� •� y�"v�QRhl!F91q—qpp Ie? aC�'6/.'l�pi {iA "^�+ zgiy Tf i I11 t1' �. .e�,f' - 3-Transitional Mixed-Use �,� SaF• � +°g� t • Existing uses primarily ���� ' 4i � �"`-`"'"^""'--. residential 6 • Allow residential on �o./yR��° �'rlf".�fill�l�!.•3;:, ,�• ground floor 4. �� ''..bs�a.e e.ae.e•r i • Allow other compatible + 5 , eea ,Wi� T'y'^' �,�•�� �pi non-residential uses at y "^rT'^^•:� lYi street level and above ^•. �_ ._ • In-lieu fee parking district T..+.� � AUR. lis Jill .` phi 1°=1'-o i ■ 4-Established Residential '��', !�'t„r r " �, 1_=1_,� T■■ Existing S proposed uses ` �•�` im L e;5•II�N^����� are primarily residential _ r . it 5-Established + • Existing S proposed uses are multi-family residential HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN UPDATE rra-desigrgroup District 6117, & 8 V/'Ap rye P51S".u:.__ 6-Tourist-Servingtc �Sty_etssscs'6±p7Nl i Commercial , �a A'�PlPPPPPIeHE;. Uses that serve visitor e, �1, vd%I� ryap �>tor. Deli. ��o'tf�,'•. a '8�AP[:�',��,.,�:: population—Hotels, ta, d:�Ed1e,r � 9r s, sr ,:.• :. �� restaurants, retail °eH 46a A� is.r•7 P9 "" 7-Pier • Maintain existing coastal Q''• of � ����-a dependant and serving uses 8-Beach U "9tlO16 !6• Maintain existing coastal dependant and serving uses v,..a .6.v7 .5.rvnp Ca+mutl 17 HUNTINGTON REACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN UPDATE rrmdesigngroup HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 C-23 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES C - COMMUNITYOUTREACH Comments on Districts and Land Use HUNTINGTON REACH DOWNTOWN , , Circulation / Traffic D R A F T i L, t4 �or_e_rr_s nm.eam. HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN UPDATE ,' 1 1 C-24 HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES Rev. Oct 23 C - COMMUNITY OUTREACH Road Closures & New Roads Potential Ro Closur. D R A F T'' - Temporary Road • Opens up space _ - Closures forpotenfial - -- ------ • Special Events Cultural District __ • Eliminates - ��.� c, --. - Surf City Nights Markets) from elnutss eaiW!!1. Ms "•�, - - Markets) from Walnut `• — -- - • Fairs&Parades Avenue _ _ .-...... • Eliminates • - _ • Surf,volleyball, awkward i' an d othansports intersections at competitions angles othorth an "• -- - '---- Seasonal 90 degrees closu res in the "" future Potential New Roadway Provides more directoccess e. Roundabout alongmajorroad Traffic calming MI Mnnays - _ measureslows avenue, MN•^ vehiclesupon through to M downtown area n Pacific View ,+• downtown Avenue Symbolic barrier y between 6"'Street • °•*•'"• "°�•^ 19I residential and through to -Main Street mixed lend uses % n HUNTINGTON REACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN UPDATE rraridesigngroup Pedestrian Connections Pedestrian Vehicle `°" Paseo Improvements Separation Provide access between • En hanced traffic .- streets control • More defined _ Improvedlighting separation between - in creases safety pedestriansantl ,, Provides new shopping veh icles at intersections % display opportu nitres ,., Opensup new dining opportunities a°• Provide bicycle panting Exclusive Pedestrian Signal Phase when possible • Provitlessafe - '_�' Future paseofeatures passage across potentially include, Pacific Coast Highway •`'y ,+`• - Special paving forpedestrians - Public art • Stops vehidetraffic in o-• - Water festu res all directions to allow - Mini plazas exclusive pedestrian - Sooting crossings ° • Provides con n activity to the beach i Proposed Mid-Block Crossings \ :� •' _ • Marked street crossings �• • Specialty pavin g or scored concreteprovidevisual cueto •• vehiculartraffic HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN UPDATE rrmdesigngroup HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 C-25 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES C - COMMUNITY OUTREACH Bicycle Connections Multi-use Path j, Provides additional connections to Downtown from surrounding neighbcrrhoods Portions of path utilize old rail righl-of-way Bikeways -Class I Existing Class III Proposed completely separated from any street striped and stenaled Iane for travel on a street Class III-Bike Route- identified by signs only and shared with vehicles H UNTINGTON REACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN UPDATE rrmdesigngroup Potential Trolley Route Potential Trolley Route • Provides a connection between hotel district, the downtown, and the beach • Allows travel throughout the downtown and minimizes vehicle traffic HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN UPDATE C'26 MUNT| N6T0N BEACH DVYYNT0YYN 3PE[| F| ( PLAN NO- 5 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES Rev. Oct 23 C - COMMUNITY OUTREACH Comments on Circulation and Traffic DOWNTOWNHUNTINGTON REACH rrmidesigngroup lip Streetscape Concepts DOWNTOWNHUNTINGTON BEACH . . HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 C-2 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES C- COMMUNITY OUTREACH Main Street D R A F T DOWNTOWNHUNTINGTON BEACH Main Street J -illy•�'y � �_ Design Features • Plaza-like paving throughout • Bollards for temporary • Planters and landscaping closure • Street trees— palms and accent • waste and recycling trees receptacles • Wide sidewalks with outdoor dining, • Bike parking plazas, public art, waterfeatures • Wayfinding signage, banners • Vendor kiosks and event signage • Benches HUNTINGTON REACH DOWNTOWN -.• C-28 HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES Rev. OCt 23 C- COMMUNITY OUTREACH 5t" Street 4 - _ - Option A �� � • O tion B HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN UPDATE rrmdesigngroup 5t" Street -yam•.u`,o:c�y,yRst� '. ', d Design Features • Special paving on expanded sidewalks • Benches • Street trees— palms and open • Waste and recycling receptacles canopy trees • Bike parking • Wide sidewalks with outdoor dining, • Wayfinding signage, banners plazas, public art, water features and event signage • Enhanced crosswalks HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN .• HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 C-29 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES C - COMMUNITY OUTREACH r Downtown Streets f' 11111 spool r L 4. Design features: • Improve sidewalk paving throughout • Pedestrian lights rs►' • Streettrees in grates • Enhanced cross walks—piano key HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN -.• rrmdesigngroup Residential Streets b R A F T Design features: • Pedestrian lights • Street trees • Landscaped —! — parkways r'1 I'ti • Enhanced cross 0 fAL — walks—piano key _ HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN UPDATE 1 1 1 C-30 HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES Rev.OCt i3 C - COMMUNITY OUTREACH Pacific Coast Highway Design features: • Pedestrian lights I • Palm trees and shade trees • Enhanced crosswalks • Landscaped medians Main to Beach Blvd • Wind protected bus shelters • Benches, waste and recycling receptacles • Create greenway from Pier plaza to condos V � ` AN J HUNTINCTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN UPDATE rrindesigngroup 1 Comments on Streetscape Concepts HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN '•• rrmdesigngroup HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 C-31 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES C - COMMUNITY OUTREACH Cultural Arts Brainstorming Exercise 4 Orange � w DOWNTOWN rrmdesigngroup Next Steps • Develop gateway and sign concepts • Conduct 3rd workshop on parking and alternative transportation—March/April • Begin developing draft specific plan • Conduct 41" workshop to review draft specific plan—June/July For more information contact: Paul DaVeiga pdaveiga@surfcity-hb.org HUNTINGTON REACH DOWNTOWN •. . . C-32 HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES Rev_.OCt 23 C'- COMMUNITY-OUTREACH C.4. Public Workshop #3 Presentation` r Huntington Beach Downtown Seif is Plan - Update f a t, s Community Workshop z 4/23/08 n Kimley-Hom rundesigngroupill �> and Associates,Inc. Agenda� A L" r 1 o Background a Existing Downtown Parking Master I Plan :C - Present findings of existing parking inventory l - Present strategies to aid existing parking issues ' x '. o Downtown Specific Plan Update Present parking Issues for new development Present strategies for new development o Gather your input on parking strategies c� Next Steps HUNTINGTON REACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 4/23I08COMMUNITY WORKSHOP 3 KimleyNom rrmdcs, ragroup � and Associates,Ina �� „�_. �«, HUNTIIVGTON BEACH Dno..WNTOWNN SP'ECIF'IC- P�LmAN hlO 5 : t 4Y33: DOWNTOWN iSPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND` STRA'TEGtES $ , g fi C - COMMUNITY OUTREACH Project Team o City of Huntington Beach o Kimley-Horn & Associates, Inc.- Parking and Traffic Analysis o RRM Design Group - Land -_ Planning and Urban Design o The Natelson Dale Group, Inc. - Economic and Market Analysis . o Graphic Solutions - sign Program e o Hodge & Associates - Environmental Planning HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 4/23/08 COMMUNITY WORKSHOP 3 ®� KimleyHom rrili 1grOUp � I®_ 3 rdAS5 0!ntes,ItIC ngrou*mp. Process to Date l :s 9 o Existing Conditions and Opportunity and Constraints Analysisti o Market Analysis a o Key Stakeholder Interviews o Public Workshop #1 Gathering inputon design character, downtown appearance, parking, land d use, and pe estrian atmosphere a o Public Workshop #2 � - Presenting land use, circulation, and streetscape improvement strategies HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 4/23/08COMMUNITY WORKSHOP 3 Kimle♦yHom rrmdete€fin=group� � " E and Assoaates,Inr. .zeviuy em+m..ra.peapk enpx` v,Z'"s' k,'{y. k a` ^Y ® C`34� � '� HUNTIN,GTO'N,.�'B EACH D'OWN;TOw�;NSPECIFIC P�ANNO 5 � yx aDO t� iC)V1lN S4P'ECIFIC PLAN .'GUIDELINES AND SfRATEGIES�R a t s- p� Rev.:OCtz3C-;COIVIIVIUNITY.OUTREACH Downtown Parking Master Phan (DPMP) Update o Identify Existing 2008 Parking Inventory 71 �o Conduct Parking Demand DataK - Collection o Identify Parking Issues Develop Parking Strategies =p 3 o Update and Integrate Parking Master Plan into Updated ' Downtown Specific Plane t � xt HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN ; 4/23/08 COMMUNITY UNITY WORKSHOP 3 { -HDm -ri � � eY rrmT���_� group _ and Associates,InO Downtown Parking �e Master Plan Area A DPMP -_t4yee 1 1r Boundary Study Area 1 Boundary 71, 1� 7 02 1B �- �� . FIGURE t fSTUDY AREA r HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN E 4/23/08COMMUNITY WORKSHOP 3 lCmiey4iom rrwki,,�,5r=group® � _ and Associates,inc ,�., �� ..,.�w -H=U'.NTINGT,O,N ,B-EACH-DOWNTOWN S,`PECIFIC "R�L;AN 5 ; �35t : DOWNTO,WN'2SPECIF�IC: P.-�LAN �GU.I,DELI,NES A,ND S=T�RATEG�IES : , C- COMMUNITY OUTREACH DPMP Update 2008 Status o Parking and Land Use _ F Inventoryt k .R - Existing 2008 Near-term Future * (With Development Approved / Under ; ., Construction) 3 v . ,. � eE HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN zz�� �= - 4/23/08 COMMUNITY WORKSHOP 3 Vichy-Hom rrmcirs group[! --..., - ® and Ammlies,inc. «� . DPIVIP Update ,� 2008 Parking Inventory i o On-Street o Off-Street - Public t �: f ¢ a€ ®Promenade structure Public Private `a ®Plaza Almeria `7 ®Pierside x - Private Business Lots o Beach Pier Lots (not part h a � , of ®PM P) i HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN M ® 4/23/08 COMMUNITY WORKSHOP 3 tGmley Hom rr(11'Jat =Un rOu and Associates,inc, a,� g P� � 4 C 6u HUNTINGTOtV BE/ACti DOWN'-T*OWN SP>ECfFICxPIANNO k bOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND -STRATEGIES � � � � �� '`� - .�. x�` # � :,,��'' .�r",_�> S., �' 4 `•l�'�' ��� '�a ewe.r� �' �+fi" �.� �� 7''ry�.; Rev. Oct 23 C - COMMUNITY OUTREACH 2008 Parkinq Inventory l f 2 Pi Der Lots -618 spaces Legend (Notpart of PMP) t 756 ublic On-Street Parking 1,232 rival Off-Street Parking 232 rivate Off-Street Parking 0 Specific Plan Boundary Building Footprints Parcels HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 4/23/08 COMMUNITY WORKSHOP 3 G_" IGmley-Hm rrm group and As tes,Inc Parking Fees Fees ORPeCOS}aalNFmplgees Only I -flneXe NnY1dMM \ :. 1 NeklnO mMmc Ma_/f1.50/SIODRIY TImk Un10� C ® Beahvmmn md:MaK/OtlSisfl}OO/SI},DD `�`•, my Raza almpla: 30u1n/f21p/ftLU �(` ,• MYriRmmkvade. ISmin/U /NOD ORevdr PaNllw: MOM/N.15/fl},DD r 0.� I HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 4/23/08 COM MIJ N ITY WORKSHOP 3 G=Fj IGmley-Hom rrrrl group m and kmdates,im. ,...,; HUNT ON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 C-3 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES C- COMMUNITY OUTREACH n Parking Inventory Inventory Location Spaces On-Street 756 Off-Street-General Public 1,280 Private Business.Lots 232 a ,. - , Total 2,268 r m I - Includes public parking in privately-run structures � ,��`�-r° ;zg 11 v : - Does not include private residential parking u * - __ �__ 1Fa.'A HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 4/23/08 COMM UNITY WORKSHOP 3 � eyrHom rrrn;4 tag,-,.group ami Associates,Inc. Near-term Future Parking Inventory g � - with Development Approved i Under Construction Inventory Location Spaces On-Street 756 + Off-Street-General Public 1,729 Private Business Lots 232 E ", , t Total Z 717 H ' `... dr3 IA Includes public parking in privately-run structures � '' � } - Does not include private residential parking Ut I IP i" �t £ it81- KR �, HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 0 4/23/08COMMUNITY WORKSHOP 3 IGmley4i= ramesi rgroup��� g _._.- and Associates,Inc a C3$ HUNTINGTOIV BEACH DOWN`TOW_N S£PECIFI`C PLANN,;O5 � ' 1D0V1%NTOxWN SPECIFIC P#LA N:G117 UI;DfELIIV, S ANDdStT"RA7E`G31ES� � _ � Rev.OCt23 C COMMUNITY OUTREACH, Parking and Land Use Summary o Existing 2008 - 2,268 spaces - 5101000 SF o Near-term Future 2,717 spaces - 717,640 SF � ; PZ i a HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 4/23/08COMMUNITY WORKSHOP 3 � Kim18pHDm rfiTlr�es'�;+tgfOUpFl11� - � � K { __.,._. and Associates,Inc. a'narzg arnvn�u�na.µoyke.�uy' �'`§ x DPMP Update s Parking Demand Data Collection U} Parking Demand Surveys conducted . Summer Weekday . Summer Weekend - Major Event / Summer w Holiday r HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 4/23108 COMMUNITY WORKSHOP 3 g a Kimley+iom rrrrt c>s ;igroup® Y and Assoaates,lnc. .�. , HUNTI„NGTON` BEACH' D;OW,NTOWN SPECIF'1CPLAN N"O 5 C3 ` �. 9. D0WNT'O'WN S-Pt G:IFIC :R`LAN,.GU$l UE,L14ES AND�STR'A1EG1ER5 { �� e �j C - COMMUNITY OUTREACH Parking Demand Parking Demand-Summer Weekday 2000 Peak 7.8:00 PM 1.356.64°/ Average S 1500 1.246-59% f000 4enlcles I ' 500 0 o .cP S4 o0 .KP d? o° 9 a' S' Tim*of Day (Beach parking peaked at 71% at 12 noon) HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 4/23/08COMMUNfTY WORKSHOP 3 =^ In6rrm,. groupifl Summer Weekday Available Parking 7:00 — 8:00 PM % OK..„. i I �J < 1 1 to a a.rt nv , N a f HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN pp 4/23/08COMMLINITY WORKSHOP 3 C=^ od eey-HOOmA�a Mrmt gt OLIPM C-40 HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES Rev.Oct 23 C - COMMUNITY OUTREACH Parking Demand Peak 2.3:00 PM Parking Demand-Summer Weekend 1.991.920 Weekend Average 2666 1.656-76% 1800 1600 — V Y 1400 _ 1200 u 1000 ■Vehicles 0 i r n 800 9 600 400 200 o - C8 0 e e,�c9 Tlm•of Day (Beach parking peaked at 93% at 1 -2 PM) HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 4/23/08 COM M UNITY WORKSHOP 3 Emm" Kjrypy4 rrm groupill and Assocates,Inc Peak Parking Demand i ; Ay Street parking 99% full HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN zzJ 4/23/OB COMMUNITY WORKSHOP �nI(pllay.Hpm rrm group�ll C�� \ end Associates,inc. HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO . 5 C_ DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES C - COMMUNITY OUTREACH Seasonal Peak Parking Demand 1 Promenade Structure full HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPEGFIC PLAN 4/23/08 COMMUNITY WORKSHOP 3 ��^ � 41V rrm groupW � , and Aaotlelee,lnt .-.......a.,..,...�...o; Summer Weekend Available Parking 2/:0000 — 3:00 PM ♦ ♦♦ a ♦ i ♦ A ..«a. 1 F 02 HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN snanc PLAN group IN4/23108 COMMUNITY WORKSHOP 3 G=" pmley-Horn rrm I , and As=ate,Inc. C-42 HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES Rev.Oct23 C - COMMUNITY OUTREACH Neighborhood Parking Typical Summer Weekend HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN ee 4/23/08COMMUNITY WORKSHOP 3 IGmleyHom rrm gio.ip and Associates.Inc. Neighborhood Parking Holiday Weekend r u41 y _ wM _ uN _ w.ulY wh HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 4/23/08 COM M UNITY WORKSHOP 3 mIey.HDm rrm group G�� IG and Assocates.Inc - HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 C-4 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES C - COMMUNITY OUTREACH Seasonal Parking Fluctuations 2008 ; .. ]L 3i—L- .. •__if_ +�tl_ n x. a ,. zr a v • ; e , v r , v u u . • • • a b a u n ,. v e a a x, v v ., r• v 1 v u r u � u v u u u u HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN '• ��� 4/23/08 COM MUNITY WORKSHOP 3 C=n Kimley-Hom rrm group m I 1 and Aswaates,Inc Seasonal Parking Characteristics HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN PARKJNG SEASONAL CHARACTERISf1 CS L..r raamar.,rr in.,.,r. c..r care, aaaa rtaaea a,srve su,.aeer ,ra a'a'Da 174 ee 70 xaa. 411% 24% M B% 4% Street pads g rmra hewty ulkeed,residents iwmsi I i aCal. 1 SLrcmerbench padangantal Adequate Darling, rates in erect. Dnsporand norrgorfaallies Bearhrgoas P,an- transportation Flady olparlmg throughout due . area, treasures /Jl,ireestren. pending in an'pakng auvoachren(n �o needed, TMtilaA nsi tGerhmds isto woid pentane iakm, dtures. n P v 9 payingln increased peddrg structures. � residents Darldug,and not due to lad of paring severely oemreon Dadon sell Pena spy' rei�borhood waiable Paaa9 kpaded. streets. thoughoul donnto«n HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 4/23/08 COM M UNfTY WORKSHOP 3 C=" tlimley-Hom rrm group and Associates,Inc. C-44 HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN NO. 5 DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN GUIDELINES AND STRATEGIES Rev.Oct 23 C-.COMMUNITY OUTREACH " Preliminary Parking Strategies for Downtown Today Evaluate strategies-to reduce parki0Jffipact'6n 3 res;ideritial streets -`�Meter,int% residential pe`rmrt Time` restrictions wj res,identral permit - Seasonal = Employee park ing.provisJons � l,ncreaSe Dicyele-parking' wO i Parking FeeAnalysis ` ., n �$ �Revie.w al,l downtown parking time re,s:trictions J 4 allowances,and pricing -Costanalys,is. Strate'giz,e on: arkin" .rates [Ele�(ftrb, arking_ signs / wayfinding % directional $ �a nic rnonitoring I statu, notification mployee parking provisions i HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN � Cr 4/23/08COMMUNITY WORKSHOP 3 ►(jmlByHom rrllyge�vp;group®ee il andAmclates,rnc Preliminary Parking trateiesI for Downtown Today City-private partnering - Augment on-site parking fo,r,ne,w development Arrange foroff=hour use of„private busine'ss�lots - Parking Agreements- City to Business � - - Parking Agreements- Business to Business' , Add downtown parking x - On City-owned lots Short-term use of vacant lots 4 - With new development . - Conventional and automated Local Shuttle or Trolley Valet operations in existing lots/structures i - Utilize remote lots .. - Maximize parking capacity Off-site rearrotr tang with shuttle for events - HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 4/23/08COMMUNITY WORKSHOP 3 w 1® IGn$ey4i0!n rr n'� a` ,lgroup■!�� y v .. and Associates Inc. « , H,UNT•1NGT0N .;B'EACH ,DOWNTO-WN S'PECIFsIC PLAN N+O 5t: C45: ` DOWNTO,VVN .SPEC.I.FIC;P'LAMGUIDELIN,ES=ANDSTRAT�EGLES ' C- COMMUNITY OUTREACH Preliminary Parking Strategies Evaluat.e,strat.e.gie,s to re�duce �....�_.. v downtown / beach visiitor pa°rkin in� ..4 neighborhoods - E np"loyee p4fk-ing provi"sio�ns ' g� - Meters with residentia[perrnits - Time restrictions _ - Seasonal provisionsfi. p Potential Benefit - Improved. parking .^ experience / environment for, residents t �f Potential Effect - Will push s,orne parking demand into beach and ; downtown parking facilities t F HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 4/2 3/08 CO M M UN ITY WORKSHOP 3 ® Khley4bm rrmdec iz,group® � EM V and AssWat jnt Preliminary g Parkin Strategies }? 4t i ., Increase bicycle parking throughout the 'Downtown Oil � s fi $ Na.z :, ...I, ll �' u F HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 4/23/08 COMMUNITY WORKSHOP 3 IGlrtle Hom - ®® y rrrn �group - ®I and AmwteS Inc f S t HU,NTINGTON,^.BE.ACFI `pOWNTOWN 'SpPpEC1FtC PLANiV05 € Yy_ ' .DOW:NT,OWN "SPECIFIC R�LANGUIDELIIV.'ES AND 7ST�RAT3EGI46 ES 311, 21 § v .............. 4T ,F(F K NEU Or C- COMMUNITY OUTREACH Preliminary Parking Strategies Increase bicycle parkirig throqgib�',o-g-,`,� Downtown Fill in, small pockets on'-street,.allte, 4 'y to buildings - install new, high-capacfty racks - ke-orient, maximize existing - -site bike racks forhleii�i evejo�,p jDm ReqUire on 4- 7, 10 5 s pace,s recently added, anotlief",17.t planned M Pote.ntial Benefits - Increase in bicyc-fe, ridership, less cars driving and parking. k PoteAtial Effects - Space requir'Od of parking, walking areas HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 4/2 3/08 CO M M U N ITY WORKS HOP 3 rWrl Kdey-Hom umdesig.-group Nil 'm andAssociatosIx 0- Preliminalifty, Parking Strategies J_ 4" Z -9 n' s%.., Review Public Parki R Je A an d Ti'Me R-Ok 5" � -r ug.riou ft "j 0 X HUNTINGTON BEACH DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 4/23/08 COMMUNITY WORKSHOP 3 A CEM" Kmley-Hom rrmd-�Si,-�njgroup and Associates,Im WpOl P, 777-77777, f H UNA-,VIN,Gfb N"B �N """�f7 "is LA CH D','0 W N,T�QWN.",,5,' V 'Q�o�W1r'NT-'o'W N,,,,,�.,S:R,E C I IF I C RL W 'AX